2026: A Barrier to Talent — Restrictions on Inter-city Transfers of Urban Household Registry

Two days before we left US Embassy Beijing in 2001, a friend from Wenzhou invited me to a dinner with leaders of the Wenzhou community in Beijing. It was especially interesting since Wenzhou has been one of China’s prime centers of entrepreneurship and for the stories I heard about how hard it was for members of the Wenzhou business community to get a Beijing hukou. The visit was fascinating, I didn’t report on it for the Embassy because I was already about out the door.

Background from Wikipedia article on the household registration system in China:

Hukou (Chinese: 户口; lit. ‘household individual’; IPA: [xû.kʰòʊ̯]) is a system of household registration used in the People’s Republic of China. The system itself is more properly called huji (Chinese: 户籍; lit. ‘household origin’; IPA: [xû.t͡ɕǐ]), and has origins in ancient China; hukou is the registration of an individual in the system.[a] A household registration record officially identifies a person as a permanent resident of an area and includes identifying information such as name, parents, spouse and date of birth. A hukou can also refer to a family register in many contexts since the household register (simplified Chinese: 户口簿; traditional Chinese: 戶口簿; pinyin: hùkǒu bù) is issued per family, and usually includes the births, deaths, marriages, divorces, and moves, of all members in the family. …

In the modern era, the hukou system functions as an administrative tool to address challenges of rapid urbanisation, primarily through population management and controlled migration to megacities and large urban centers. A central rationale of such policies, particularly in first tier-cities, has been to prevent severe overcrowding, infrastructure overload, and the emergence of large-scale slums during China’s rapid industrialization and urbanization phases. Shahid Yusuf, a Senior Adviser in the World Bank’s Development Research Group noted that the hukou system served as a “cornerstone of China’s urbanization strategy” by controlling migration and channeling migrants toward small or medium-sized cities rather than allowing unchecked inflows to the largest urban areas. He described China’s ability to achieve rapid urbanization while largely avoiding widespread slum formation as one of its “greatest successes” in managing its urbanisation pathway, stating: “One of China’s greatest successes in its rapid urbanization has been that it has managed to contain the process to the extent that there are crowded living conditions but very few slums. This is an important achievement for a developing country.”[7]

However, there is ongoing debate regarding the future role of the system, and in recent years China has created reforms whose aim is to gradually relax hukou restrictions.[7][8][9] Due to its connection to social programs provided by the government, which assigns benefits based on agricultural and non-agricultural residency status (often referred to as rural and urban), the hukou system is sometimes likened to a form of caste system.[10][11][12] It has been the source of much inequality over the decades since the establishment of the People’s Republic of China in 1949, as urban residents received benefits that ranged from retirement pension to education to health care, while rural citizens were often left to fend for themselves.[13][14][15] Since 1978, the central government has undertaken reforms of the system in response to protests and a changing economic system.[15][16][17]

Internal Migration Controls and Residence Permission in China’s Big Cities

Although there is a lot of information about rural versus urban hukou, I haven’t seen much about the barriers to inter-city hukou transfers. Local benefits can mean a lot to residents, including preferential treatment for admission to “national universities” like Peking University, which Beijing hukou students enjoy. Talking with members of the Wenzhou, Zhejiang community that evening, I got the impression that people had visas for working in Beijing with a definite expiration date. These quasi-embassies, or representative offices of provinces and some big cities in Beijing, reinforced that impression. Near these offices, you can see cars with out-of-province plates — the quasi-embassy personnel keep their out-of-province plates.

Chinese cities are often reluctant to grant migrants full residence rights because providing education, healthcare, and other services is expensive. The strict restrictions from the first decades of the PRC are gone. Now, cities don’t mind benefiting from a cheap labor force. However, cities generally don’t want to shoulder the significant expense of providing these services. They see exhortations from Beijing to do so as just another unfunded mandate.

Increasing difficulties in local finance in China seem to be bringing back local protectionism (stomped down considerably at the time of China’s WTO entry) see 2022: The Rebound in PRC Interprovincial Trade Barriers and 2023: Crisis in Chinese Local Government Finance — Prof. Victor Shih’s Chinese Language Podcast Interview so perhaps many localities would have incentives to be even more restrictive on migrants.

Nonetheless, people are moving to the cities to escape the limitations of village life, especially unemployment, underemployment and lack of educational opportunities.

When on a China trip with the US State Department Science Advisor delegation in 2005, we visited the Shanghai Municipal government. When I noticed the Shanghai Municipality population figure was about three million too low, I asked why. The official explained “We don’t count migrant workers.” So-called migrants stay in the city for many years without getting official residence permission — their children sometimes cannot go to local schools. Fan Yusu 2017 autobiographical essay on the life of a migrant worker made a sensation in China. Translated at 2017: A Chinese Migrant Worker’s Story: “I Am Fan Yusu” 《我是范雨素》英文翻译

Other countries have effective constraints on mobility although they are often economic rather than legal ones. In the USA for example the cost of housing is a big effective constraint on moving from the countryside to the big city. See response and references I got from ChatGPT LLM search engine on the US internal migration situation. In the US both geographical and social mobility have been steadily declining in recent decades.

These hukou restrictions on moving into a big city for people from lesser urban agglomerations, I gather,  are not national policy but are crafted by the authorities of the bigger cities. So talking about moves between big cities in general is difficult — they all make their own policies.

Anyhow, I was curious and so I queried my ChatGPT Large Language Model about this in Chinese.  It came up with info and relevant links that helped me understand the current state of play. 

This is getting into the weeds a bit. I got to thinking about Professor Whyte’s point about how the hukou restrictions constrain China’s best utilization of very able people with rural hukou. See  China’s Hukou System: How an Engine of Development Has Become a Major Obstacle  and China’s Hukou System, with Martin K. Whyte.

I don’t suppose the restrictions on moving to bigger cities are as significant for people from other cities who already have urban hukou. Nevertheless, people in medium and small cities make up a large portion of China’s population and are likely much better educated on average than people in rural areas. Therefore, these household registration transfer restrictions may still be a significant barrier to talent. As China’s population gradually declines, pressure to relax these constraints on talent development may become more urgent.

The usual requirement that a person moving into an urban hukou can give people pause who worry about giving up their collective property right to land in their rural home area — having land back home can be a kind of insurance policy if things don’t work out in the city.  Wuhan recently has become more flexible in that regard according to a recent report.  2025年新规:四类人员可回村分地、建房,户口迁出不再受限

I wonder too about the restrictions that China’s biggest cities impose on transfer of a person’s residential hukou. What about someone moving from big city A to big city B — say from Shanghai to Beijing? See further down below my query #2 and the response I got with references.


I made my ChatGPT LLM query in Chinese  擁有城市戶口的中國人是否可以搬家到任何另外一個中國城市或者擁有某一個城市的城市戶口會限制他們搬到另外一個城市?

[in barbarian speech, Can Chinese citizens with urban household registration move to any other city in China, or does having urban household registration in one city restrict their ability to move to another?]

Response in Chinese and translation of the response into English is at https://chatgpt.com/share/69c97c91-3178-8329-aeda-a19bd457a4bd

Summary: Each Big Chinese City Sets in Own Migration Policy: It varies from place to place. The response was about what I expected, interesting to get an update. Including people from other cities and the countryside in the local population has financial consequences for hard-pressed local governments; they probably see pressure from the Center to do so as just another unfunded mandate to be dodged as much as possible. There is the Chinese saying: For every measure that comes down from on high, a countermeasure is devised down below. 上有政策,下有對策。Shàng yǒu zhèngcè, xià yǒu duìcè.

ChatGPT LLM response:

They can move to another city to live or work, but that does not mean they can freely transfer their household registration (hukou) to any city they want.

In China, this really has to be understood as two separate issues.

First, physical mobility itself. Chinese citizens can of course move to another city to rent, buy housing, work, and reside there long term. Having an urban hukou in one city does not legally “tie” them to that city so that they cannot move elsewhere. Recent reforms have generally moved in the direction of making population mobility easier, promoting hukou registration based on one’s place of actual residence, and making hukou transfers and government services more convenient.(mee.gov.cn)

Second, whether the hukou itself can move with them. That is not something a person can do automatically just because they want to. It depends on the settlement policy of the destination city. The general national policy in recent years has been:

  • Cities with fewer than 3 million permanent urban residents: hukou restrictions are basically abolished.
  • Cities with 3 to 5 million residents: settlement requirements are broadly relaxed.
  • Mega-cities and very large cities with more than 5 million residents: these usually still use points-based settlement systems and do not allow everyone to obtain local hukou directly.(mee.gov.cn)

So, to answer your question:

1. Having hukou in one city does not prohibit someone from moving to live in another city.
They can go live and work elsewhere. The main restriction is not on whether they can move, but on whether they can formally transfer their hukou into the new city.(ndrc.gov.cn)

2. Having urban hukou in one city can still affect what benefits they can access in another city until they successfully obtain local hukou there.
Before transferring hukou, they are usually treated as non-local permanent residents or as residents holding a residence permit. The state has pushed for more basic public services to be available where people actually live, but many local benefits and qualifications still depend on local hukou or on specific local policies.(mee.gov.cn)

3. What really constrains people is the policy of the city they want to move into, not the fact that they already hold urban hukou somewhere else.
In practice, eligibility usually depends on whether they meet local requirements involving stable employment, stable housing (including rental housing), length of residence, social insurance contributions, points accumulation, and similar conditions. The biggest cities generally have stricter requirements.(mps.gov.cn)

In one sentence:

Having an urban hukou in China does not stop someone from moving to another city to live there, but it does affect whether they can formally transfer their hukou to that new city. Whether they can do so depends mainly on the destination city’s settlement rules, and the largest cities still maintain significant restrictions.(mee.gov.cn)


擁有城市戶口的中國人是否可以搬家到任一个大城市到另外一个大城市如从上海市到北京市. 的城市戶口會限制他們搬到另外一個大城市?从上海迁居北京的人会面临什么样的户籍限制?是否有针对从一个特大城市迁往另一个特大城市的人员的全国性规定,还是像北京和上海这样的大城市会制定并执行自己的地方政策?地方财政问题在涉及从一个大城市迁往另一个大城市的政策中是否起着重要作用?

Can Chinese citizens with urban household registration move from one major city to another, such as from Shanghai to Beijing? Does urban household registration restrict their ability to move to another major city? What household registration restrictions do people face when relocating from Shanghai to Beijing? Are there national regulations governing the relocation of people from one megacity to another, or do major cities like Beijing and Shanghai formulate and enforce their own local policies? Do local fiscal issues play a significant role in policies regarding relocation from one major city to another?

Summary: What about Moving from one big city to another such as a Shanghai to Beijing move?

No national rules, each big city decides, coming from another big city doesn’t give you an advantage.

I asked the ChatGPT for more details and references.

Yes, they can move, but having an urban hukou in Shanghai does not mean they can automatically transfer that hukou to Beijing. In China, in practice, two things have to be distinguished:
first, residential mobility, meaning that a person moves to Beijing for work, rents or buys housing there, and lives there;
second, hukou transfer/household registration settlement, meaning transferring one’s permanent household registration from Shanghai into Beijing. The former is generally possible. The latter requires satisfying Beijing’s own local settlement criteria. In recent years, the national direction of reform has been to relax settlement restrictions in most cities and make migration procedures more convenient, but for very large and mega-cities with more than 5 million permanent urban residents, the central government has continued to allow stricter settlement thresholds, mainly through “improving the points-based settlement system” and letting localities formulate specific rules. It has never established a rule that “a hukou from one mega-city can be freely transferred into another mega-city.”

Using your example, for someone moving from Shanghai to Beijing, the main constraint is not that “you originally have a Shanghai hukou,” but rather whether you meet Beijing’s admission criteria. Under Beijing’s current points-based settlement system, the basic eligibility conditions include holding a Beijing residence permit, being below the statutory retirement age, and having continuously paid social insurance in Beijing for at least seven years. After that, points are awarded for such factors as stable legal employment, stable legal housing, educational attainment, place of work and residence, innovation and entrepreneurship, tax payments, age, honors and awards, and compliance with the law. Only those who reach that year’s cutoff score qualify for settlement. In other words, a Shanghai hukou holder who relocates to Beijing would generally still have to spend time in Beijing first as a non-Beijing hukou resident, accumulating residence, employment, and social insurance records in Beijing, and then apply through Beijing’s own settlement channels rather than simply “carrying over” a Shanghai hukou.

Shanghai itself follows the same logic: it does not automatically relax settlement rules just because an applicant already comes from another big city. Instead, it mainly relies on its own local systems to determine who can obtain local household registration. Officially, Shanghai permanent hukou is still obtained mainly through local policy channels such as conversion from residence permit to hukou and talent-introduction programs. Under Shanghai’s current “residence permit to hukou” route, common baseline requirements still include holding a Shanghai Residence Permit for seven years, paying employee social insurance in Shanghai for seven years, paying taxes lawfully, and satisfying professional title, vocational qualification, or equivalent substitute conditions. Some key districts, key industries, and high-level talent may qualify for shortened time requirements or preferential treatment. In other words, moving from Shanghai to Beijing and moving from elsewhere to Beijing are not fundamentally different in institutional structure: the decisive question is whether Beijing accepts you, not whether Shanghai is willing to “release” you.

So when you ask whether there is any nationwide rule specifically governing migration from one mega-city to another, the more precise answer is: there are national principles, but there is no single nationwide right of cross–mega-city hukou transfer. At the national level, what exists is a general framework:
the state requires mega-cities and very large cities to improve their points-based settlement systems, with years of social insurance contributions and residence as the main point factors; but each city is to formulate its own concrete implementation rules in light of local conditions. Even the 2024 five-year urbanization action plan said, with respect to mega-cities and very large cities, that they should “improve points-based settlement policies and be encouraged to remove annual settlement quotas,” but this still means that each city makes its own detailed rules. It does not mean the central government has created a single uniform system for Beijing, Shanghai, Guangzhou, and Shenzhen.

As for whether large cities such as Beijing and Shanghai formulate and enforce their own local policies, the answer is yes—and that is in fact the core of the current system. Beijing’s points-based settlement rules and annual application notices are specifically organized and implemented by the Beijing municipal government and departments such as human resources and social security. Shanghai’s residence permit, residence-permit-to-hukou pathway, talent-introduction system, and related arrangements are likewise formulated and enforced by Shanghai itself. The state provides the framework and outer boundaries; what actually determines whether an applicant can obtain local hukou is the policy of the destination city.

You also asked whether local fiscal issues matter. The answer is: very much so, though they are not the only factor. In official language, settlement policy in mega-cities and very large cities is often linked to “urban comprehensive carrying capacity,” “public service provision,” and “population size control.” Ministry of Finance and State Council documents on the urbanization of rural-to-urban migrants explicitly acknowledge that when people obtain local hukou, local governments face higher costs for compulsory education, medical insurance, pensions, employment services, affordable housing, and other public services. For this reason, the central government has set up special fiscal reward funds to support the urbanization of migrant populations and has established mechanisms linking population inflows to land and fiscal support. The National Development and Reform Commission in 2024 again stated that the central government has cumulatively allocated substantial funds for this purpose, and that both construction land quotas and fiscal support are tied to the number of people a locality absorbs and settles.

At the same time, in cities like Beijing and Shanghai, fiscal considerations are not the only factor and may not even be the single most immediate one. Official documents suggest that they are usually bundled together with factors such as the city’s functional position, population control objectives, the carrying capacity of schools, hospitals, and transport systems, industrial structure, talent policy, and spatial planning. For example, Shanghai’s official explanations of its residence permit and points systems make clear that their design is shaped by national policy requirements, the city’s overall carrying capacity, the need to coordinate population size with economic and social development, and the goal of providing graduated public services to people with long-term lawful and stable employment and residence. In other words, fiscal pressure is an important background variable, but in mega-city policy it usually operates together with broader concerns about carrying capacity, population management, and public service provision.

Put more plainly:
a person with a Shanghai hukou can certainly go live and work in Beijing; but if they want to transfer their hukou as well, they generally must first become a long-term, stable Beijing resident who qualifies under Beijing’s own points-based or talent-introduction rules.
There is no nationwide rule saying “because you are already a Shanghai resident, Beijing must make it easier for you,” nor is there any nationwide command saying “hukou may never be transferred from one mega-city to another.” In practice, the system works like this: the central government sets the framework; cities such as Beijing and Shanghai set the thresholds.

—-

References for Query #1

The ChatGPT LLM came up with many links to government documents and media reports relating to hukou.  You pull them up at ‘sources’  at the end of the Chinese language response. If you are not sino-literate, you could dive into the links using a translation tool like DeepL or Google Translate.


Sources·35


References for Query #2

Posted in Economy 经济, Governance, Society 社会 | Tagged , , , , , , , , , , , | Leave a comment

2026: Happiness Worldwide, Happiness China

Comparing something as subjective as happiness especially across regions and countries is one of the most hazardous of endeavors. Some do it anyways. People may be more or less satisfied compared to how well other people they know about are doing. The evenness of income distribution, access to education, housing, employment and health care may also affect subjective happiness.

Some LLM search engines turned up lots of Chinese scholarly and media related articles:

Most recently, World Happiness Report 2026: Happiness Rankings and Trends from Gallup.

A more workable concept is life satisfaction in the context of how other people in society are doing, compared with one’s own personal history. Gallup bravely assigns points to happiness scores, stating, for example, that “the happiness of people under 25 years of age has fallen by an average of 0.86 points on a 0-to-10 scale in the past 20 years.” This reflects a breathtakingly great confidence in accuracy of results and consistency of study results over the years. I wonder about the margin of error in these studies. Or even comparability in something so subjective. Perhaps this is a problem of presentation of results rather than the underlying social science.

Here is how it is explained in Chapter 2 International evidence on happiness and social media in Gallup’s World Happiness Report 2026: Happiness Rankings and Trends

Chapter 2
International evidence on happiness and social media

Despite its limitations, asking questions about ‘happiness’ what ever that means can be fruitful. It can lead to an examination of important societal problems and reflections on how they might be addressed.

Governments and policymakers try to track satisfaction and determine which factors affect overall satisfaction to a greater or lesser degree. This is most evident in countries that are more or less democracies.

Even dictatorships, including those based on the Leninist model, can be concerned with overall satisfaction, as it affects their country’s social and political stability.

I got curious about the Chinese perspective. For the Chinese Communist Party, maintaining “social stability” is job number one, as the Party strives to provide a favorable environment for the country as it leads it toward the Great Renaissance of the Chinese Nation. How do Chinese scholars and journalists view the “happiness” issue in China, and how does their view differ across geographical, urban-rural, party affiliation, and other dimensions?

I put the question to ChatGPT in Chinese since I seem to dredge up better responses that way.

The link to my original query, responses and sources are online. The links to online Chinese sources are in the online text and collected in ‘sources’ at the end of each response. The first response came up with 304 sources — here are the first few. They cover a wide range, some going into ideological work in the countryside. Looking over several and more titles, there didn’t seem to be any as brave in going into ranking and assigning numerical scores as in the Gallup study.

If you are sino-literate you’ll want to look into the sources and form your own views. I find ChatGPT most valuable to me for its strengths as a search engine. The narratives are usually reliable, but always good to check the sources.

中国最快乐的省份, 地方有哪些? 最不快乐的? 城市/乡下快乐? 社会阶层? 党员/非党员? 最不快乐的?社会科学家怎么测量《快乐》?网络上有中国学者,媒体讨论这个话题?

[English translation of my query to ChatGPT: Which regions in China are the happiest? Which are the least happy? Are people happier in cities or in rural areas? Does social class play a role? What about Party members versus non-Party members? How do social scientists measure “happiness”? Are there any Chinese scholars or media outlets discussing this topic online?]

1) Response on happiness in China: provinces, urban/rural, class, Party membership, methods, and Chinese discussion

Yes—but first, the bottom line: China does not have a single, authoritative, unified, long-running “provincial happiness ranking.” In academic research, what is more commonly studied is subjective well-being / life satisfaction. Researchers usually use national survey data and regression analysis to identify regional differences, urban-rural differences, class differences, and differences by CCP membership, rather than simply ranking all 31 provinces from “happiest” to “least happy.” The existing evidence more strongly supports a few broad patterns: the eastern region is generally higher than the central and western regions; some coastal, riverine, provincial-capital, and population-inflow cities perform better; there is no absolute consensus on urban-rural differences; people in higher social strata, with better health and marital status, are usually happier; and CCP members, on average, often score slightly higher than non-members.

I. Which provinces or places are “happier”? Which are less happy?

If we go by the types of publicly visible results that are often cited in recent years—such as “urban happiness index” or “China’s happiest cities”—the better-performing places are frequently concentrated in Zhejiang, Jiangsu, and Guangdong, along with cities such as Hangzhou, Shenzhen, Ningbo, Changsha, Xiamen, Nanjing, Fuzhou, Suzhou, Huzhou, Wenzhou, and Jinhua. Tsinghua’s 2022 “People’s City Happiness Index Research Report” also explicitly stated that cities with higher composite scores were mainly coastal, Yangtze-river, and provincial-capital cities, with many cities from Zhejiang, Guangdong, and Jiangsu ranked near the top.

But if you ask which is the “happiest province” or the “least happy province,” I would not recommend making an absolute claim, because most public studies do not produce a unified annual provincial ranking. A safer formulation is: the eastern region usually has the advantage, while some parts of central and western China tend to score lower. For example, research on rural residents has found that farmers in eastern China report significantly higher happiness than those in central and western China; and national studies of city happiness indices also find that high-scoring cities are mostly in the eastern coastal region and among provincial capitals. By contrast, the “least happy” is more often a matter of structural circumstances, not something that can be stably pinned to one province.

II. Are cities happier than the countryside?

Academic findings are not entirely consistent.

One earlier and influential line of research suggested that rural residents were not necessarily less happy than urban residents, and some studies even found that rural residents had stronger happiness than urban residents. A summary in the China Poverty Alleviation and Development Yearbook noted that the Analysis and Forecast on China’s Social Situation, 2005 found that nearly 80% of farmers felt happy, and that rural residents’ happiness exceeded that of urban residents; later studies, including work by Luo Chuliang and others, also confirmed this finding and explained it partly in terms of differences in income expectations.

But another body of more recent research, based on the 2014 China Labor-force Dynamics Survey (CLDS), concluded that urban residents as a whole score higher than rural residents, and that this difference mainly comes from differences in living standards, living environment, and pace of life. So today, the safest academic formulation is not “cities are definitely happier” or “the countryside is definitely happier,” but rather: the conclusions vary depending on the year, sample, and control variables; the key issue is not “urban vs. rural” in itself, but income, environment, public services, social ties, and expectations.

III. Which social strata are happier? Which are least happy?

Here the academic conclusions are relatively consistent: the higher one’s subjective social stratum and objective socioeconomic status, the higher one’s happiness is usually found to be. Research based on CGSS 2010–2015 indicates that both subjective social class and objective socioeconomic status affect happiness; other studies based on CGSS 2018 and 2019 likewise find that as social-class position rises, happiness increases.

Conversely, the groups that repeatedly appear in the literature as less happy are usually not defined by a single occupational label, but by more stable structural characteristics: people in poor health, divorced or in broken marriages, with low income and few housing assets, low perceived social status, dissatisfaction with the environment and public services, unemployment, or unstable circumstances tend to report lower average happiness. CGSS-related studies also often find that the married score highest, while the divorced score lowest, and that health and income significantly affect happiness.

IV. Are Party members happier than non-Party members?

In many Chinese studies, the answer is that on average they often score somewhat higher.

One of the clearest bodies of evidence comes from research on rural residents: an article based on CGSS 2010–2015 found that CCP membership was significantly associated with higher happiness, and that this effect was especially pronounced for rural women. Earlier research on urban residents also often treats Party membership as a positive variable, and some abstracts explicitly state that “marital status and Party membership have a significant positive impact on residents’ happiness.” However, this “Party members are happier” finding should be understood as a statistical correlation, not as a direct claim that “joining the Party causes greater happiness.” More likely, it also reflects differences in income, resources, social participation, and social identity.

V. How do social scientists measure “happiness”?

In Chinese social science, researchers usually do not treat “happiness” as a single emotion. More commonly, they measure:

  1. subjective well-being,
  2. life satisfaction,
  3. positive and negative emotional experience.

A sociological review in China explicitly notes that subjective well-being is usually composed of positive affect, negative affect, and life satisfaction. Other reviews point out that the most common measurement method is self-report scales, including both single-item and multi-item measures.

One of the most widely used national surveys in China is CGSS (Chinese General Social Survey). It contains a classic single-item question:
“Overall, do you think your life is happy?”
Respondents answer on a scale from “very unhappy” to “very happy,” typically coded from 1 to 5. This is the dependent variable used in many Chinese empirical papers.

Academics are also well aware that self-reports have problems, because different people may use different standards in judging “happiness” or “satisfaction.” For example, research on family happiness measurement has specifically discussed heterogeneity in self-evaluation, and proposed methods such as anchoring vignettes to standardize responses and reduce differences in response standards across groups.

In addition, there is a more specifically Chinese path of research: measuring happiness using social-media big data. Peng Kaiping’s team, for example, used 2013 Sina Weibo text, contexts, and related words to construct a Chinese happiness lexicon with more than 1,250 indicators, and drew a “China Happiness Map.” He broke happiness into five dimensions: mood, relationships, social integration, meaning, and achievement.

VI. How do Chinese scholars and the media discuss this topic?

This topic is discussed a great deal in China, though not always in identical terms. In the media and in policy discourse, it is often grouped with the triad of “sense of gain, sense of happiness, and sense of security”; in academia, the preferred terms are more often subjective well-being, life satisfaction, social well-being, and social mentality. Wang Junxiu’s team at the Chinese Academy of Social Sciences has long worked on social mentality, discussing happiness together with sense of gain and sense of security; Peng Kaiping at Tsinghua emphasizes the multi-dimensionality and measurability of happiness.

Two lines of media discussion are especially visible.

The first is: GDP does not equal happiness. Peng Kaiping has publicly argued that happiness and economic development do not have a simple linear relationship, and that Beijing and Shanghai do not automatically rank at the top; People’s Daily Online has also discussed why residents’ happiness in some high-GDP provinces may lag behind that of others, emphasizing that residents’ happiness is more closely related to disposable income than to GDP totals alone.

The second is: happiness is not just about income; it also depends on education, medical care, eldercare, environment, safety, fairness, and social trust. Tsinghua’s 2022 report explicitly stated that future efforts should continue to focus on raising residents’ incomes, narrowing the urban-rural gap, and improving social services and environmental quality.

VII. If we compress the question into one sentence: who is happiest, and who is least happy?

If one insists on a very compressed summary, then according to existing research:

The happier groups are often found in the eastern coastal region, in places with better public services and net population inflows, and among people who are healthy, married, better off in income and assets, higher in subjective social status, more socially integrated, and—in sample averages—Party members.

The less happy groups are often those who are in poor health, divorced, unemployed or in unstable circumstances, lower in perceived social status, lower in income and housing assets, and dissatisfied with the environment and public services. At the regional level, some parts of central and western China—especially places with weaker resources and public services—are at a disadvantage on average.

VIII. The most careful answer

So if you ask, “Which province in China is the happiest?” the most rigorous answer is not to name a single province, but rather this:

The published research more strongly supports the view that eastern coastal provinces generally have the advantage, with cities in Zhejiang, Jiangsu, and Guangdong repeatedly performing strongly; the “least happy” is not a fixed province, but rather people situated in multiple unfavorable positions in terms of health, marriage, income, social status, and public services.

If you would like, I can next make you a “brief table of Chinese happiness research”, organized by province / urban-rural / social class / Party membership / measurement methods / representative scholars / representative media reports.


“Summary Table of Research on Happiness in China”: Create a table in Chinese organized by “province/urban-rural areas/social class/Party members/survey methods/leading scholars/media coverage.”

中国幸福感研究简表”,按“省份/城乡/阶层/党员/测量方法/代表学者/代表媒体报道”做成一张中文表。

2) Response providing a Chinese happiness-research summary table

Below is a directly usable “Brief Table of Happiness Research in China.” I have replaced “happiness” with the more common academic terms “subjective well-being / life satisfaction.” For the “province” category, I describe it as a regional pattern, because public academic research more often provides east-central-west differences, city-cluster differences, and model-city comparisons, rather than a universally accepted ranking of all 31 provinces.

DimensionCommon academic conclusionOften found higherOften found lowerCommon data/methodsNotes
Province / regionThere is no universally accepted national “provincial happiness ranking”; more common findings are that the eastern region is generally higher than the central and western regions, and that coastal, riverine, provincial-capital, and strong-governance cities perform better. Tsinghua’s “People’s Happiness Index / People’s City Happiness Index” likewise states that high-scoring cities are concentrated in coastal, river-based, and provincial-capital areas; research on rural residents finds that eastern farmers report significantly higher happiness than those in central and western regions.Provinces such as Zhejiang, Jiangsu, and Guangdong often perform well in public “happy city” lists and urban indices; cities such as Hangzhou, Ningbo, Nanjing, Changsha, Guangzhou, Fuzhou, Wenzhou, Wuxi, Taizhou, and others repeatedly appear.The more common formulation is not “which province is the least happy,” but rather that some parts of central and western China, and places with weaker public services and income conditions, are on average at a disadvantage.Urban composite indices, CGSS, CLDS, mixed estimates based on statistical data + survey data + online data.Different rankings use very different criteria; media “happy city” rankings and academic regression results should not be conflated.
Urban / ruralFindings are not completely consistent. More recent CLDS-based research often finds that urban residents as a whole score higher than rural residents; but earlier research and reviews sometimes found that farmers’ happiness was not lower than that of urban residents, and in some cases even higher.In newer research, urban residents in places with better public services, housing, and environmental conditions score higher on average.In newer research, rural areas with weaker public services and poorer living conditions are more likely to score lower; but the cause is not “rurality itself,” rather the associated conditions.CLDS, CFPS, CGSS; ordered logit, multilevel linear models, difference-in-differences, propensity-score matching.The safest phrasing is: cities are not necessarily happier by nature; better living conditions are more likely to bring higher happiness.
Social classThis is the most consistent area of research: the higher one’s subjective social class and objective socioeconomic status, the higher one’s happiness is usually found to be. Differences between occupational strata can, to a large extent, be explained by income and education.Managers, professionals, upper-middle strata, and those with higher income and education usually score higher.Farmers, the unemployed, laid-off groups, and those with low income and low perceived social status are more likely to score lower; poor health and unstable marriage also reduce happiness.CGSS is the most common source, usually combined with income, education, occupation, and subjective-status variables in regression analysis.Class differences can shift with redistribution and the broader macro environment.
Party members / non-Party membersIn many Chinese studies, Party membership is significantly associated with higher happiness; this pattern appears in both rural and urban samples.Party-member samples often score slightly higher on average; in some studies, the effect is especially pronounced among rural women.Non-members are not necessarily “much lower”; they simply tend to fall on the lower side of the average correlation.CGSS, urban or rural subsamples; multivariate regression, ordered logit.This is a statistical correlation, not proof that Party membership itself causes higher happiness; the relationship may also reflect income, organizational belonging, social participation, and resource differences.
Measurement methodsChinese scholars usually do not measure “happiness” only as a momentary emotion; rather, they divide it into life satisfaction, positive affect, and negative affect.In CGSS, a common single-item question is: “Overall, do you think your life is happy / satisfactory?” There are also life-satisfaction scales and positive-negative affect scales.In recent years, there has also been research using Weibo and other social-media big data to measure happiness.
Representative scholarsTwo major lines of discussion are visible in China: one leaning toward psychology / positive psychology / big data, and the other toward sociology / social mentality / governance.Peng Kaiping’s work is more focused on happiness science and the “happiness map” built from online data; Wang Junxiu’s work is more focused on social mentality, linking happiness with sense of gain, security, social support, and stress.Weibo big data, social mentality surveys, composite indices, national sample surveys.These two research tracks represent the two major ways happiness is discussed in China: psychometrics/big data and social mentality/governance.
Representative media coverageMainstream media often discuss happiness together with “sense of gain, sense of happiness, and sense of security”; among city-related stories, the “China’s Happiest Cities” line is the most stable media thread.Xinhua’s “China’s Happiest Cities,” China Daily’s explanations of “People’s Happiness” indicators, and People’s Daily discussions of livelihood and happiness.Media surveys, forum releases, policy reports, urban rankings.Media reports are useful for understanding policy discourse and public framing; for academic judgment, one should still return to CGSS, CLDS, CFPS, and related empirical studies.

How to read this table

First, with regard to “which province is happiest,” the more rigorous statement is: the eastern coastal region has the overall advantage, and cities in Zhejiang, Jiangsu, and Guangdong frequently appear near the top of happy-city lists and related indices; but there is no single academic provincial ranking accepted by everyone.

Second, with regard to “the least happy,” academic research more often points to certain situations and groups, rather than to one fixed province. People with poor health, low income and assets, low perceived social status, unstable marriage, and low satisfaction with public services and the environment tend to report lower average happiness.

Third, when Chinese scholars measure “happiness,” they often examine both cognitive evaluations and emotional experiences. In other words, the question is not just “Are you cheerful today?” but also “Overall, do you think your life is going well?”

Fourth, there are indeed many Chinese scholars and media discussions online on this topic, especially the Peng Kaiping line of work on the “happiness map” and Weibo big data, and the Wang Junxiu line of work on “social mentality.” The former emphasizes the multidimensionality and data-based measurement of happiness, while the latter stresses its relation to sense of gain, security, social support, and pressure.

If you want, I can next expand this table into an “academic version with references,” listing 2–3 Chinese articles or reports for each category.


3) Response providing an academic version with references

“附参考文献的学术版”,每一栏列出 2–3 篇中文论文或报告

Below is an “academic version with references.” I have organized it according to the seven categories you requested, and in each category I list 2–3 Chinese articles or reports. One point needs to be stated in advance: for the “province” category, the publicly visible academic literature more often focuses on regional differences, city-cluster differences, and urban-rural differences, rather than a unified ranking of all 31 provinces; so in that row I include representative studies and reports on regional / city differences.

Brief Table of Chinese Happiness Research (with Chinese references)

CategoryMain academic takeawayRepresentative Chinese articles / reports (2–3 items)
Province / regionThe safest statement is: the eastern region is generally higher, the western region generally lower; coastal, riverine, provincial-capital, and strong population-inflow cities are more prominent. But this does not mean there is a universally recognized national provincial happiness ranking.1. Yue Liying et al., “The Impact of Urban Per-Capita Education Level on Residents’ Subjective Well-Being—Based on a Multilevel Model,” 2021. The article points out that residents in eastern cities score highest, while the western region as a whole scores lower. 2. Tsinghua University China New-type Urbanization Research Institute et al., People’s Happiness Index Research Report, 2022. The report states that high-scoring cities are mainly concentrated in coastal, Yangtze-river, and provincial-capital areas, with many cities in Zhejiang, Guangdong, and Jiangsu near the top. 3. Xinhua / Outlook Oriental Weekly “China’s Happiest Cities” survey results. These are useful as supplemental media materials, though they should not replace academic papers; they are helpful for observing public discussion and urban reputation.
Urban / ruralThe findings are not singular. More recent empirical studies often conclude that urban residents as a whole score higher than rural residents; but earlier studies and reviews also found that “farmers’ happiness may not be lower than that of urban residents.” So one must pay attention to year, sample, and control variables.1. Gu Chudan, “A Study of the Differences in Happiness Between Urban and Rural Residents in China and Their Influencing Factors,” World Regional Studies, 2021, based on CLDS 2014; concludes that urban areas as a whole score higher than rural ones, with the difference mainly due to living standards, environment, and pace of life. 2. He Lixin and Pan Chunyang, “Solving China’s Easterlin Paradox—Income Inequality, Unequal Opportunities, and Residents’ Happiness,” Management World, 2011. Although not exclusively about urban-rural differences, it is important for understanding the relation between those differences, opportunity structures, and income expectations. 3. Relevant review entries in the China Poverty Alleviation and Development Yearbook, which summarize earlier findings that farmers’ happiness may have been higher than that of urban residents; useful for understanding the history of the debate.
Social classThis part of the literature is the most consistent: the higher one’s subjective social class and objective socioeconomic status, the higher one’s happiness is usually found to be; changes among lower and middle strata are also closely tied to redistribution, public services, and expectations of social mobility.1. Liu Xiaoliu, “The Influence of Socioeconomic Status and Subjective Social Stratum on Happiness,” 2020, based on CGSS 2010–2015; finds that both subjective social class and objective socioeconomic status significantly affect happiness. 2. Hong Yanbi and Feng Xiaotian, “Redistribution and Changes in Class Differences in Happiness (2005–2013),” Society, 2017. Discusses differences in happiness across occupational strata and the role of redistribution. 3. Xu Xiyu, “An Analysis of the Factors Affecting Chinese Residents’ Subjective Well-Being from the Perspective of Socioeconomic Status—Based on CGSS (2018) Data,” 2022; again finds that as social-stratum position rises, happiness increases.
Party members / non-Party membersIn existing Chinese studies, Party-member samples often score slightly higher on average than non-members, but this is a statistical correlation and should not be read as a simple causal claim. Organizational belonging, social participation, resources, and identity may also be involved.1. “Are Party Members Happier? An Empirical Study of Subjective Well-Being Among Party Members”. Circulates in many online forms; the common conclusion is that Party members’ subjective well-being is significantly higher than that of non-members. For formal use, it is best to go back to the original journal version. 2. Relevant reviews / generational studies by Peng Kaiping and others: some work indicates that during the planned-economy era, Party members’ happiness was significantly higher than that of non-members, while after reform and opening the gap became more complex. 3. Forum paper abstract: “The Current State and Mechanism of Occupational Happiness Among Party-member Primary and Secondary School Teachers.” This is about occupational well-being among teachers, not the overall population, but it provides a comparable example of the relationship between Party status and happiness.
Measurement methodsChinese scholars usually measure subjective well-being, life satisfaction, and positive/negative affect; the most common method is self-report scales. In recent years there has also been a big-data / social-media text approach.1. “A Review of Happiness Research”, China Sociology Network. Systematically reviews the concept, structure, and measurement stages of happiness. 2. “Progress in Research on the Measurement of Subjective Well-Being and Its Implications for Smart City Construction,” 2015. Specifically discusses life satisfaction, affective well-being, and related scales. 3. “Progress in Subjective Well-Being Research,” 2023. Summarizes self-report scales, experimental methods, memory-based methods, and introduces common tools such as SWLS.
Representative scholarsTwo main lines of discussion are especially visible in China: one inclined toward psychology / positive psychology / big data, and the other toward sociology / social mentality / governance.1. Peng Kaiping (Tsinghua): emphasizes happiness science, happiness maps, and online-text measurement. Tsinghua’s published happiness-index introductions are a good entry point. 2. Wang Junxiu (Institute of Sociology, CASS): has long worked on social mentality, often linking happiness with sense of gain, security, social support, and stress. Relevant achievements can be approached through annual reports and research on social mentality from the Chinese Academy of Social Sciences. 3. Feng Xiaotian, Hong Yanbi, Liu Xiaoliu, and others: focus more on CGSS-based empirical research, especially class, redistribution, social status, and happiness.
Representative media coverageMainstream media often discuss happiness together with “sense of gain, sense of happiness, and sense of security”; among city-related reports, the “China’s Happiest Cities” series is the most stable media thread. These materials are useful for policy and public-discourse framing, but they cannot substitute for academic analysis.1. Xinhua: reports on the release of the “2025 China’s Happiest Cities” survey results. Useful as annual media material. 2. China City News: “Think-tank report: China’s national happiness index continues to improve overall,” reporting the core findings of the People’s Happiness Index Research Report. 3. China Daily / local-government reposts of the Tsinghua report, useful for understanding the policy language and indicator framework around “People’s Happiness Index.”

Three cautions that are best added when using this reference table

First, with a question like “Which province is happiest?”, the existing Chinese academic literature does not really support simply naming one fixed answer. A more reliable statement is that the eastern coastal region has the overall advantage, and cities in Zhejiang, Jiangsu, and Guangdong have performed strongly over a long period.

Second, urban-rural differences are not settled once and for all. If you are writing a literature review, it is best to state explicitly that more recent studies tend to support the conclusion that “urban areas are higher overall,” while earlier studies and some reviews did indeed find that rural areas were not necessarily lower, and in some cases even higher.

Third, the statement that “Party members are happier” should always be qualified with something like “after controlling for a range of variables, Party membership shows a statistical correlation with happiness,” otherwise it is too easy to turn correlation into causation.


中国最快乐的省份, 地方有哪些? 最不快乐的? 城市/乡下快乐? 社会阶层? 党员/非党员? 最不快乐的?社会科学家怎么测量《快乐》?网络上有中国学者,媒体讨论这个话题?

我先查几类来源:一类是中国学界关于“主观幸福感/生活满意度”的测量方法,另一类是涉及省份、城乡、阶层、党员身份差异的实证研究和媒体讨论。这样能把“谁更快乐”和“怎么测”分开讲清楚。

先有两点可以提前说:
一,中文学界通常不把“快乐”当作单一情绪,而是拆成“主观幸福感、生活满意度、正负情绪体验”等来测。二,关于城乡高低,研究结论并不完全一致,跟所用数据、年份和控制变量很有关系,所以不能一句话说“城市一定更快乐”或“乡下一定更快乐”。Thought for 1m 57s

可以,但先说结论:中国并没有一个公认、统一、长期连续的“各省快乐排行榜”。学界更常研究的是“主观幸福感 / 生活满意度”,常用全国调查数据做回归分析,得出的是区域差异、城乡差异、阶层差异、党员身份差异,而不是简单给31省从“最快乐”排到“最不快乐”。现有证据更支持这样几条:东部总体高于中西部;一些沿海沿江、省会和人口流入城市表现较强;城乡差异没有绝对定论;社会阶层越高、健康和婚姻状况越好的人通常更幸福;党员样本平均上往往略高于非党员。

一、哪些省份、地方更“快乐”?哪些更不快乐?
如果按公开可见、近年较常被引用的“城市幸福指数/最具幸福感城市”类结果看,表现较强的地方经常集中在浙江、江苏、广东等沿海省份,以及杭州、深圳、宁波、长沙、厦门、南京、福州、苏州、湖州、温州、金华等城市;清华2022年发布的“人民城市幸福指数研究报告”也明确说,综合得分较高城市主要是沿海沿江城市及省会城市,其中浙江、广东、江苏多市名列前茅。2024、2025年的新华社“最具幸福感城市”名单里,杭州、宁波、南京、长沙、广州、福州、温州、无锡、台州、威海、湖州等也反复出现。

但要说“最快乐的省”或“最不快乐的省”,我不建议下绝对判断,因为公开研究大多不是按省份做统一年度总排名。较稳妥的说法是:东部通常更占优势,中西部一些地区相对偏低。例如,关于农村居民的研究发现,东部农民幸福感明显高于中西部农民;而全国城市幸福指数研究也发现,综合得分高的多是东部沿海与省会城市。相反,“最不快乐”更多是指某些结构性处境,不一定能稳定落到某一个省。

二、城市比乡下更快乐吗?
学界结论不完全一致
一条较早、影响很大的研究线索认为,农村居民未必比城市居民更不幸福,甚至出现过“农村居民幸福感强于城镇居民”的结论;中国扶贫开发年鉴对既有研究的综述提到,《2005年中国社会形势分析与预测》曾得出“近八成农民感到幸福,农村居民幸福感强于城镇居民”,后续罗楚亮等研究也曾再次证实这一点,并解释为收入预期差异所致。

但另一类较新的研究,基于2014年中国劳动力动态调查(CLDS),得出的结论是:城市居民整体上高于乡村居民,而且这种差异主要来自生活水平、生活环境和生活节奏差异。也就是说,今天更稳妥的学术表述不是“城市一定更快乐”或“乡下一定更快乐”,而是:不同年份、不同样本、不同控制变量下,结论会变化;关键不在“城/乡”两个字本身,而在收入、环境、公共服务、社会关系和预期。

三、不同社会阶层,谁更快乐?谁最不快乐?
这方面学界结论相对更一致:主观社会阶层越高、客观社会经济地位越高,幸福感通常越高。 基于CGSS 2010—2015的研究指出,主观社会阶层和客观社会经济地位都会影响幸福感;另一些基于CGSS 2018和2019的研究也都发现,社会阶层地位提升,幸福感增强

反过来说,学界反复出现的“较不快乐”群体,通常不是按职业标签一刀切,而是一些更稳定的结构特征:健康状况差、离婚或婚姻破裂、收入和房产少、社会地位感低、对环境和公共服务不满意、失业或处在不稳定状态的人,平均幸福感更低。CGSS相关研究中也常见“已婚最高,离婚最低”“健康和收入显著影响幸福感”的结论。

四、党员比非党员更快乐吗?
在很多中国研究里,答案是平均上往往略高
最清楚的一类证据来自农村居民研究:基于CGSS 2010—2015数据的文章发现,党员身份与更高幸福感显著相关,而且对农村女性的作用尤其明显。更早关于城市居民的研究也常把党员身份作为正向变量,摘要中明确写到“婚姻状况、党员身份对居民幸福感有显著正向影响”。不过,这种“党员更幸福”应理解为统计相关,不能直接理解为“因为入党所以更幸福”;更可能夹杂了收入、资源、社会参与、社会认同等因素。

五、社会科学家怎么测“快乐/幸福”?
中文社会科学里,最常见的不是直接说“快乐”,而是测:
1)主观幸福感
2)生活满意度
3)正负情绪体验
中国社会学网对“幸福感研究”的综述明确说,主观幸福感通常由积极情感、消极情感和生活满意感三个维度构成。另一些综述也指出,测量方法以自陈量表法最常见,既有单题,也有多题量表。

在中国最常被使用的全国调查之一是CGSS(中国综合社会调查)。它有一个非常经典的单题:
总的来说,您觉得您的生活是否幸福?
回答从“非常不幸福”到“非常幸福”编码为1到5。这是很多中国实证论文的因变量来源。

学界也知道这种自评会有问题,因为不同人对“幸福”“满意”的标准不一样。比如关于家庭幸福感测量的研究就专门讨论了自评异质性,提出可以通过“锚点”等方法做标准化修正,以减少不同群体的回答口径差异。

此外,还有一条比较有中国特色的路径:用社交媒体大数据测幸福。彭凯平团队曾基于2013年新浪微博文本、情境和相关词语,建立了一个由1250多个指标构成的中文幸福词库,绘制“中国幸福地图”;他把幸福拆成心情、关系、融入社会程度、意义、成就五个维度。

六、中国学者和媒体怎么讨论这个话题?
这个话题在中国讨论很多,但语汇不完全一样。媒体和政策话语里常把它跟“获得感、幸福感、安全感”连在一起;学界则更偏向“主观幸福感、生活满意度、社会幸福感、社会心态”。中国社科院王俊秀团队长期做“社会心态”研究,把幸福感和获得感、安全感放在一起讨论;清华彭凯平则更强调幸福的多维度可测量性

媒体讨论里有两条线特别明显。
第一条是:GDP不等于幸福感。 彭凯平公开谈过,幸福与经济发展不是简单线性关系,北京、上海并不必然排在前面;人民网也曾讨论“GDP大省,你的居民幸福感为何不如别的省”,强调居民幸福感与居民可支配收入更密切,而不是只看GDP总量。

第二条是:幸福感不只是收入问题,还跟教育、医疗、养老、环境、安全、公平感、社会信任有关。 清华2022年的报告就说,未来应持续在提升居民收入、缩小城乡差距、提高社会服务质量及环境质量方面发力。

七、把问题压缩成一句话:谁最快乐,谁最不快乐?
如果一定要极简概括,按现有研究,大致是:
更快乐的,常见于东部沿海、公共服务较好、人口净流入的城市与地区,以及健康、已婚、收入和资产较高、主观社会阶层较高、社会关系较稳、党员样本
更不快乐的,常见于健康较差、离婚、失业或处境不稳定、社会地位感较低、收入与房产较少、对环境和公共服务不满意的人群;在区域上,中西部部分地区、尤其资源和公共服务较弱的地方,平均上更吃亏。

八、最稳妥的回答
所以,若你问“中国最快乐的省份是哪里”,最严谨的答法不是直接报一个省名,而是:
公开研究更支持“东部沿海省份整体占优,浙江、江苏、广东相关城市表现常年较强;最不快乐的不是某一个固定省,而是处在健康、婚姻、收入、社会地位和公共服务多重不利位置的人群”。

你要的话,我下一条可以继续给你做一份:“中国幸福感研究简表”,按“省份/城乡/阶层/党员/测量方法/代表学者/代表媒体报道”做成一张中文表。

中国幸福感研究简表”,按“省份/城乡/阶层/党员/测量方法/代表学者/代表媒体报道”做成一张中文表。

我把它整理成一张可直接引用的中文表,再补一小段“怎么看这些结论”,避免把不同口径的研究混在一起。Thought for 21s

下面是一张可直接用的 “中国幸福感研究简表”。我把“快乐”统一换成学界更常用的 “主观幸福感 / 生活满意度” 来写;“省份”一栏也按目前更稳妥的研究口径写成“区域格局”,因为公开学术研究更常给出东中西、城市群、典型城市差异,而不是公认的31省统一总排名。

维度学界常见结论较常见的“较高”较常见的“较低”常用数据/方法备注
省份/区域没有公认统一的“全国各省快乐榜”;更常见结论是 东部整体高于中西部,沿海沿江、省会和治理能力较强城市表现更好。清华“人民幸福指数/人民城市幸福指数”也指出高分城市主要集中于沿海沿江与省会;农村研究则发现东部农民幸福感明显高于中西部农民。浙江、江苏、广东等省份所辖城市在公开“幸福城市”名单和城市指数中经常表现突出;杭州、宁波、南京、长沙、广州、福州、温州、无锡、台州等常反复出现。更常见的说法不是“某省最不快乐”,而是 中西部部分地区、公共服务和收入条件较弱地区 平均上处于不利位置。城市综合指数、CGSS、CLDS、统计数据+调查数据+网络数据混合测算。不同榜单口径差别很大;“幸福城市”媒体榜和学术回归结果不能直接混同。
城乡结论 不完全一致。较新的CLDS研究发现 城市居民整体高于乡村居民,差异主要来自生活水平、环境和节奏;但较早一些研究和综述曾指出农民幸福感未必低于城镇居民,甚至一度高于城镇。在较新研究里,公共服务、住房与环境条件较好的城市居民平均更高。在较新研究里,公共服务较弱、生活条件较差的乡村地区更易偏低;但这不是“乡村本身”造成,而是条件差异造成。CLDS、CFPS、CGSS;有序Logit、多层次线性模型、双重差分、倾向得分匹配。最稳妥说法:不是城市一定更幸福,而是更好的生活条件更容易带来更高幸福感。
社会阶层结论相对一致:主观社会阶层越高、客观社会经济地位越高,幸福感通常越高。 不同职业阶层间差异可在相当程度上被收入、教育解释。管理者、专业人员、中上阶层、收入和教育水平较高者通常更高。农民、无业下岗阶层、低收入且地位感较低者更容易偏低;健康差、婚姻不稳也会拉低幸福感。以CGSS最常见,配合收入、教育、职业、主观地位等变量做回归。阶层差异会随再分配和宏观环境变化而变化。
党员/非党员多项中国研究里,党员身份与更高幸福感显著相关;在农村样本和城市样本中都见到类似结果。党员样本平均上往往略高,农村女性样本中这一作用在部分研究里尤其明显。非党员并不必然“低很多”,只是平均相关性上常处于较低一侧。CGSS、城市居民或农村居民子样本;多元回归、有序Logit。这里是统计相关,不能直接解释成“因为入党所以更幸福”;背后可能还夹杂收入、组织归属、社会参与和资源差异。
测量方法中国学界通常不把“快乐”只当一时情绪,而是拆成 生活满意度、积极情感、消极情感 等维度;单题自评和多题量表都常见。CGSS里常见单题是“总的来说,您觉得您的生活是否幸福/是否满意”;也有用生活满意度量表、正负情绪量表。近年来还有 微博等社交媒体大数据 测幸福的方法。
代表学者彭凯平:较强调幸福科学、中文幸福词库、微博大数据“幸福地图”; 王俊秀:长期做“社会心态”研究,把幸福感与获得感、安全感、社会支持、压力等放在一起考察。彭凯平体系更偏心理学与大数据;王俊秀体系更偏社会心态与社会调查。微博大数据、社会心态调查、综合指数、全国抽样调查。两条路径代表了中国讨论“幸福感”的两种主流:心理测量/大数据社会心态/社会治理
代表媒体报道主流媒体常把幸福感与 “获得感、幸福感、安全感” 连在一起讨论,也常发布“最具幸福感城市”调查。新华社、人民网、中国日报等都有大量相关报道。新华社“最具幸福感城市”、中国日报对“人民幸福感”词汇和指标的解释、人民网关于民生与幸福感的政策性讨论。媒体调查、论坛发布、政策报道、城市榜单。媒体报道适合看舆论与政策表述;要做学术判断,仍应回到CGSS/CLDS/CFPS等实证研究。

怎么读这张表

第一,关于“最快乐的省份”,目前更严谨的说法是:东部沿海整体更占优势,浙江、江苏、广东等地所辖城市经常出现在幸福城市名单和相关指数的前列,但并不存在一个所有学者公认的“31省统一总榜”。

第二,关于“最不快乐的”,学术研究更常指向 某些处境和群体,而不是某一个固定省份。健康较差、收入和资产较少、社会地位感低、婚姻不稳、公共服务和环境满意度较低的人群,平均幸福感通常更低。

第三,中国学界测“幸福感”时,常常同时看 认知评价情绪体验。也就是说,它不只是“今天高不高兴”,还包括“你整体上觉得自己生活得好不好”。

第四,中文网络和媒体上确实有很多中国学者与媒体在讨论这个题目,尤其是 彭凯平 的“幸福地图/微博大数据”路径,以及 王俊秀 的“社会心态”路径。前者强调幸福的多维度和数据化识别,后者更强调幸福感和获得感、安全感、社会支持、压力之间的关系。

你要的话,我可以接着把这张表再扩成一版 “附参考文献的学术版”,每一栏列出 2–3 篇中文论文或报告。

“附参考文献的学术版”,每一栏列出 2–3 篇中文论文或报告

我先把每一栏补成“可追溯的中文文献清单”,优先放论文、蓝皮书、研究报告,再少量补主流媒体或高校研究中心发布的报告。Thought for 26s

下面给你一版 “附参考文献的学术版”。我按你要的 7 栏来列,每栏放 2–3 篇中文论文或报告,并尽量注明它们大致回答什么问题。需要先说明一点:“省份”这一栏,公开可见的严格学术研究更多是区域差异、城市群差异、城乡差异,而不是31省统一幸福感总排名,所以这一栏我放的是“区域/城市差异”的代表性研究与报告。

中国幸福感研究简表(附中文参考文献)

栏目可抓住的学术结论代表中文论文/报告(2–3篇)
省份 / 区域更稳妥的说法是:东部整体较高,西部整体偏低;沿海沿江、省会和人口流入较强城市表现更突出。但这不等于存在一个学界公认的“全国各省幸福感总榜”。1. 岳丽莹等:《城市人均受教育水平对居民主观幸福感的影响——基于多层次模型》,2021。文章指出东部城市居民幸福感最高,西部整体偏低。 2. 清华大学中国新型城镇化研究院等:《人民幸福指数研究报告》,2022。报告称高分城市主要集中于沿海沿江与省会城市,浙江、广东、江苏多市靠前。 3. 新华社/瞭望东方周刊“最具幸福感城市”调查结果,可作媒体型补充材料,不宜替代学术论文,但可用来观察公众讨论和城市口碑。
城乡结论并不单一。较新的实证研究常得出城市居民整体高于乡村居民;但较早研究和综述里也出现过“农民幸福感不低于城镇居民”的结果,因此要看年份、样本和控制变量。1. 顾楚丹:《中国城乡居民幸福感的差异及影响因素研究》,《世界地理研究》2021,基于CLDS 2014,结论是城市整体高于乡村,差异主要来自生活水平、环境和生活节奏。 2. 何立新、潘春阳:《破解中国的“Easterlin悖论”——收入差距、机会不均与居民幸福感》,《管理世界》2011。虽不专讲城乡,但对理解城乡与机会结构、收入预期的关系很重要。 3. 韩长赋主编《中国扶贫开发年鉴》相关综述条目,总结了较早研究中“农民幸福感可能高于城镇居民”的发现,可用来把握学界争论史。
社会阶层这部分结论最一致:主观社会阶层越高、客观社会经济地位越高,幸福感通常越高;中下阶层的变化又和再分配、公共服务、社会流动预期密切相关。1. 刘晓柳:《社会经济地位与主观社会阶层对幸福感的影响》,2020,基于CGSS 2010–2015,指出主观社会阶层和客观社会经济地位都会显著影响幸福感。 2. 洪岩璧、风笑天:《再分配与幸福感阶层差异的变迁(2005—2013)》,《社会》2017,讨论不同职业阶层幸福感差异及再分配的作用。 3. 徐锡雨:《社会经济地位对我国居民主观幸福感的影响因素分析——基于CGSS(2018)数据分析》,2022,再次得到社会阶层地位提升,幸福感增强
党员 / 非党员现有中文研究里,党员样本平均上往往比非党员略高,但这是统计相关,不能直接当作简单因果关系。背后可能夹杂组织归属、社会参与、资源和认同感差异。1. 《党员更幸福?关于党员主观幸福感的实证研究》,网传版本较多,常见结论是党员主观幸福感显著高于非党员;建议正式使用时尽量回到原刊版本。 2. 彭凯平等相关综述/代际研究:有研究指出在计划经济时代党员幸福感显著高于非党员,改革开放后差距变化更复杂。 3. 教育实证研究论坛论文摘要:〈党员中小学教师的职业幸福感现状及其机制研究〉,虽是教师职业幸福感,不是总体居民幸福感,但提供了“党员身份—幸福感”关系的一个可比样本。
测量方法中国学界通常测的是主观幸福感、生活满意度、积极/消极情绪,最常用是自陈量表法;近年来也有大数据/社交媒体文本路径。1. 《幸福感研究的述评》,中国社会学网,系统梳理了幸福感的概念、结构与测量阶段。 2. 《主观幸福感度量研究进展及其对智慧城市建设的启示》,2015,专门讨论生命满意度、情感幸福感及其量表。 3. 《主观幸福感研究进展》,2023,概括自陈量表法、实验操作法、记忆测量法,并介绍SWLS等常用工具。
代表学者中国讨论“幸福感”的两条主线很明显:一条偏心理学/积极心理学/大数据,一条偏社会学/社会心态/社会治理1. 彭凯平(清华):重视幸福科学、幸福地图、网络文本测量。可参考清华发布的幸福指数研究介绍。 2. 王俊秀(中国社科院社会学所):长期做“社会心态”研究,经常把幸福感与获得感、安全感、社会支持、压力联系起来讨论。相关成果可从社科院社会心态研究与年报线索进入。 3. 风笑天、洪岩璧、刘晓柳等:偏重CGSS实证研究,聚焦阶层、再分配、社会地位与幸福感。
代表媒体报道主流媒体常把幸福感与**“获得感、幸福感、安全感”**连在一起讨论;城市类报道里,“最具幸福感城市”是最稳定的一条媒体线索。它们适合看政策与舆论表述,但不能代替学术分析。1. 新华社:“2025最具幸福感城市”调查结果发布。适合作为媒体型年度材料。 2. 中国城市报:《智库报告:我国国民幸福指数整体持续向好》,报道《人民幸福指数研究报告》的核心结论。 3. 中国日报/地方政府转载的清华报告报道,可辅助理解“人民幸福指数”的政策语言与指标框架。

用这份文献表时,最好再加三句限定

第一,“省份谁最快乐” 这类问法,现有中文学术文献并不太支持你直接报出一个固定答案;更可靠的是说东部沿海整体占优,浙江、江苏、广东相关城市长期表现突出

第二,城乡差异不是定论。如果你写综述,最好明确说:较新研究更支持“城市整体较高”,但早期研究和部分综述里确实有“农村不一定更低、甚至更高”的结果。

第三,党员更幸福 这类说法一定要加“在控制若干变量后呈现统计相关”,否则容易把相关性写成因果性。

你要是愿意,我下一条可以继续把这些文献整理成 正式参考文献格式,按 GB/T 7714 排好。

下面是按 GB/T 7714 整理的一版,可直接放进参考文献。
我只保留了我能核到 作者、题名、年份、期刊/出处、卷期页码或网址 的条目;前面提到但版本不够清楚的几条,我这版没有硬写进去。相关出版信息据网页与期刊页面核定。

参考文献(GB/T 7714)

[1] 顾楚丹, 王丰龙, 罗峰. 中国城乡居民幸福感的差异及影响因素研究[J]. 世界地理研究, 2021, 30(1): 179-191.

[2] 刘晓柳, 王俊秀. 社会经济地位与主观社会阶层对幸福感的影响——基于CGSS2010—2015的实证分析[J]. 广西师范大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2020(5).
注:我核到了题名、作者、刊名与年份期次;我当前检索结果里未显示页码,所以这一条先按此格式列出。

[3] 洪岩璧, 风笑天. 再分配与幸福感阶层差异的变迁(2005—2013)[J]. 社会, 2017.
注:我核到了作者、题名、刊名与年份;当前打开结果未直接显示卷期页码,所以先保留到年。这个条目最好在正式定稿前再到知网或期刊官网补全卷期页码。

[4] 徐锡雨. 社会经济地位对我国居民主观幸福感的影响因素分析——基于CGSS(2018)数据分析[J]. 应用数学进展, 2022, 11(10): 6869-6878. DOI:10.12677/aam.2022.1110728.

[5] 郑美娟. 幸福感研究的述评[EB/OL]. 中国社会学网, 2009-10-22[2026-03-20].

[6] 王丰龙, 王冬根. 主观幸福感度量研究进展及其对智慧城市建设的启示[J]. 地理科学进展, 2015(4): 482-493. DOI:10.11820/dlkxjz.2015.04.010.

[7] 李亚南. 主观幸福感研究进展[J]. 心理学进展, 2023, 13(10). DOI:10.12677/ap.2023.1310520.
注:我核到了题名、作者、年份、期刊和 DOI;当前结果未直接显示完整页码。

[8] 清华大学中国新型城镇化研究院, 城市治理与可持续发展研究院. 《人民幸福指数研究报告》正式发布[EB/OL]. 清华大学, 2022-01-18[2026-03-20].

[9] 《人民幸福指数研究报告》:我国国民幸福指数整体持续向好[EB/OL]. 清华大学, 2022-01-15[2026-03-20].

[10] 郑新钰. 智库报告:我国国民幸福指数整体持续向好[N]. 中国城市报, 2022-01-17(04).

[11] 彭凯平:大数据研究促进中国积极心理学发展[EB/OL]. 清华大学, 2014-02-17[2026-03-20].

[12] 幸福去哪儿了:透过大数据看幸福[EB/OL]. 清华大学, 2014-03-19[2026-03-20].

[13] “2025最具幸福感城市”调查结果发布[EB/OL]. 新华网, 2025-12-10[2026-03-20].

Posted in Politics 政治, Society 社会 | Tagged , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , | Leave a comment

2026: Asking Grok about Xi Jinping Succession and Potential Successors

Being number two in China is a risky job. Just ask Mao’s onetime expected successors — they are all gone now — maybe you could ask/pray to Marx to put you in touch.

Here’s a list.

  • Liu Shaoqi
  • Lin Biao
  • Wang Hongwen
  • Zhang Chunqiao
  • Deng Xiaoping (never formally #2, probably virtually enough to worry Mao)
  • Chen Boda (maybe)

The winner: Hua Guofeng — Mao supposedly told Hua as he lay dying “with you in charge I am at ease“.

Honorable mention: Deng Xiaoping. Although he never became Party Secretary (the power position) he did become chief of what might also be called the real power position — chair of the Central Military Commission. The top guy over the course of PRC history was often not the head of state and sometimes not even formally the top Party guy (Deng wasn’t). But the top guy has always been head of the central military commission except for Jiang Zemin hanging on for the first six months of Hu Jintao’s term as Party General Secretary. Deng was top boss of China during the 1980s just because he was Deng. Deng acted accordingly subordinating party secretaries Hu Yaobang and Zhao Ziyang — a violation of Party legality that Zhao Ziyang complained about to no avail in his memoir and during his years of house arrest.

A leadership transition is a difficult time for a totalitarian state. The Hu t0 Xi transition was a bit stormy because Bo Xilai at the time had his own eyes on the prize. Bo Xilai is now in jail on the usual corruption charges arranged for non-compliant Party folk. Not that he isn’t guilty, just that corruption isn’t the proximate cause of his jailing. The owner of a small inn in rural Danshan, Sichuan said to me in 2005 “You could shoot into a group of Chinese officials without hitting an innocent man!”

Reminds but not quite the same context as a comparable US quote —in Sioux Center, Iowa, on January 23, 2016 Donald Trump, who was then running for the Republican Party’s presidential nomination, said: “I could stand in the middle of Fifth Avenue and shoot somebody, and I wouldn’t lose any voters.”

See the 2009 article by Dr. Thomas Kampen for a discussion:

2012 Dr. Thomas Kampen: The Chinese Communist Party and the Succession Problem

I had some fun today asking the X AI Grok for speculation on Chinese Communist Party General Secretary Xi Jinping’s political future. Grok is designed as a somewhat wild and crazy AI text prediction engines filling its own niche in a competitive market. All the LLMs (AIs) seem designed to have certain ‘personalities’ and to be user-pleasing in their responses. Maybe it can be more fun or even a better partner in speculation that way.

I got from Grok a series of three responses. Grok got its name from Robert Heinlein‘s Stranger in a Strange Land tale of a highly intuitive person Valentine Michael Smith who had been raised by Martians. Each Grok response at the link to the original Chinese language response is followed by another link 50-odd sources it cyber-consulted in Chinese and English online.

Many of the Chinese language sources are western radio stations in Chinese or other Chinese sources outside the Great Red Firewall. So poor Grok may well be the victim of those noxious capitalist weeds that proliferate outside the Chinese Communist Party’s well-tended garden within the Great Red Firewall.

The results are fine fodder for one’s own unfounded speculations. As Grok mentions several times, PRC leadership struggles are most opaque. Like the old saying, “The path that can be laid out before one is not the true path”. dao ke dao fei chang dao 道可道非常道。As is true for many ancient texts that have provided employment for generations of scholars feeding off their ambiguities, there are many translations. I’ve always liked the response attributed to the Chinese-American Professor Yu Ying-shih 余英時 when asked to resolve a disagreement between two interpretations of an ancient Chinese text replied “I read it over last night. I think there are at least thirteen different reasonable interpretations!”


ChatGPT translation of Grok’s Chinese language response into English:

Query: Is Xi Jinping going to step down? Does he want to remain general secretary for life?

As of now (March 2026), Xi Jinping is unlikely to step down in the short term, and there are no official signs that he is about to leave office. On the contrary, most credible analyses and the CCP’s internal political timetable point to him most likely beginning a fourth term at the 21st Party Congress in 2027—as general secretary, state president, and chairman of the Central Military Commission—and continuing to rule until at least 2032, when he will be 79.

Why are there so many short-term “step-down” rumors, but why are they not very credible?

During 2025–2026, overseas media and the X platform did indeed see a large number of rumors claiming that “Xi Jinping is about to step down,” that he had “lost control of the military,” or that he was being “forced out,” especially around the time of the Fourth Plenum and during the downfall of military figures such as Zhang Youxia, He Weidong, and Miao Hua.

Most of these rumors came from self-media, anonymous leaks, anti-CCP circles, or certain Western media outlets citing “inside sources,” but they lacked verifiable official evidence.

Similar rumors have repeatedly appeared over the past decade or more—after the 2018 constitutional revision, before the 20th Party Congress in 2022, and again in 2024–2025 amid health rumors—and most were ultimately disproven. Elite CCP power struggles are highly opaque, making it easy for outsiders to interpret military purges or economic pressure as signs that Xi is losing power. In practice, however, such moves are often tools by which Xi consolidates power: eliminating potential threats and ensuring loyalty.

Does he want to be general secretary for life?

Institutionally: the 2018 constitutional amendment removed term limits for the state presidency, and the posts of general secretary and CMC chairman never had formal term limits to begin with. So “ruling for life” is already possible within the rules.

In practical terms: Xi Jinping has never publicly said he wants to “rule for life,” but all of his actions—failing to designate a successor, breaking the informal “seven up, eight down” retirement norm, and demanding highly personalized loyalty in the military and the Politburo—point to a desire to remain in power for the long term, at least until the 2035 goal of “basically realizing modernization” is completed, and possibly longer.

The current mainstream view among analysts (The Diplomat, The New York Times, Brookings, and others) is:

2027, 21st Party Congress → Xi’s fourth term is the most likely scenario

The succession question will probably be postponed until after 2032, at which point a successor may be selected from among officials born in the 1970s

He is unlikely to retire voluntarily in 2027, because no obvious successor is being groomed, and the risks of retirement are high: family security, policy continuity, and the possibility of political reckoning

Real-world variables

Health: At 72, Xi has indeed been the subject of health rumors in recent years—missed public events, an unusual gait, and so on—but there is no hard evidence that his health has deteriorated to the point of affecting his rule.

Economic and social pressure: Problems such as the property crisis, unemployment, local debt, and population aging are serious and may erode legitimacy, but for now they do not appear sufficient to shake his core hold on power.

Within the Party: there are dissatisfied voices among princelings, Communist Youth League affiliates, and the military, but through continuous anti-corruption drives and military purges, Xi has pushed the possibility of open challenge down to a very low level.

Most extreme scenario: only if his health were suddenly to worsen sharply, or if a major crisis erupted—such as mass protests combined with military disorder—might he be forced into a “graceful retirement” or be sidelined. At present, however, that does not seem highly probable.

In one sentence:

Xi Jinping still firmly controls the core levers of power. The likelihood of him stepping down in the short term (before 2026–2027) is low. Lifelong rule is not impossible, but a more accurate way to put it is that he is pushing with full force toward “extra-long rule”—at least until 2032–2035, and perhaps beyond—unless some major uncontrollable event intervenes.

This judgment is based on current public information and mainstream think tank assessments. CCP black-box politics always leaves room for surprises, but for now the popular claim that “Xi is about to step down” remains far more rumor than hard evidence.


Query: Who are Xi’s potential successors?

1.8-second quick-mode analysis of potential successors

As of March 2026, Xi Jinping still has not clearly designated a successor. This is the most obvious taboo subject and political reality at the top of the CCP. Mainstream think tanks and media outlets (including a February 2026 analysis in The Diplomat, The New York Times, and the Asia Society) broadly agree that:

Xi is highly likely to begin a fourth term at the 21st Party Congress in 2027, holding the posts of general secretary, state president, and CMC chairman, and to remain in power until at least 2032, when he will be 79, and possibly until 2035 or even for life.

He is deliberately not naming a successor in order to avoid the emergence of a “second center of power,” as happened when Hu Jintao groomed Xi. But this also greatly increases succession risk: if Xi were suddenly to suffer a serious health problem or an accident, the Party could face a vacuum and a struggle for power.

Timeline of succession and Xi’s strategy

2027, 21st Party Congress: the key issue is not Xi stepping down, but selecting several officials born in the 1970s—the “second echelon,” now in their fifties—for promotion into the Politburo or even the Standing Committee as successor reserves. These figures would then be positioned to take over when Xi “retires” in 2032, similar to how Xi himself entered the Standing Committee at the 17th Party Congress in 2007 and succeeded in 2012.

After 2032: this is the most likely handover point. If Xi lives to 82 in 2035, he may continue to delay retirement, but by then age pressures may force him at least to give up the state presidency or some portion of his power.

Xi’s dilemma, according to analysts such as Victor Shih and Wang Hsin-hsien: name a successor too early, and you create a rival; name one too late, and that person will lack authority and experience. Xi appears to believe that “only I can lead China to 2049,” so he would rather delay the issue than take the risk.

Pool of potential successors: mainly the post-1970 generation

Most current Standing Committee and Politburo members were born in the 1960s or earlier—for example, Li Qiang is 68 and Ding Xuexiang around 65—and are therefore less suitable as long-term successors. The figures most often mentioned as possible successors are still being seasoned at the provincial-ministerial or vice-ministerial level. They have not yet entered the Standing Committee and remain in the “dark horse” stage.

Recent discussions in 2026, especially in a February article in The Diplomat, focus on the following post-1970 figures. They are seen as loyal, relatively young, and experienced in provincial administration:

Ding Xuexiang (born around 1962; 65 in 2027): the youngest current member of the Standing Committee and one of Xi’s closest confidants, a former aide from Xi’s General Office. If Xi were unexpectedly to retire in 2027, Ding would be the most likely transitional figure. But since Xi is more likely to continue, Ding looks more like a key lieutenant than a true successor.

Chen Jining (Party secretary of Shanghai, born around 1964): repeatedly mentioned by foreign media, including Foreign Affairs and earlier analyses, as a possible dark horse. Shanghai is a key political platform, having already produced Li Qiang. Chen has a strong technocratic profile, with a Tsinghua background, though he is somewhat older than the ideal age.

Liu Jie (acting governor / deputy Party secretary of Zhejiang, born in 1970): frequently mentioned by Taiwanese scholars and Chinese-language analysts as having perhaps the best chance of eventually entering the Standing Committee. He moved from the steel industry into politics, served in Hunan, Jiangxi, Guizhou, and Hangzhou, and has strong Zhejiang ties associated with Xi’s old political base.

Other post-1970 figures explicitly listed in recent analysis as possible 2027 Politburo candidates include:

Zhuge Yujie (deputy Party secretary of Hubei, born 1971)

Shi Guanghui (deputy Party secretary of Inner Mongolia, born 1970)

Yang Jinbai (deputy Party secretary of Hainan, born 1973)

Liu Hongjian (deputy Party secretary of Yunnan, born 1973)

Zhu Zhongming (deputy Party secretary of Shanghai, born 1972)

Hua Chunying (vice foreign minister, born 1970) — a woman from the foreign affairs system, symbolically significant

Miao Deyu (vice-ministerial official in the central bureaucracy, born 1971)

What these figures have in common is that they were born after 1970, avoiding the politically sensitive 1989 cohort; they have provincial governing experience; and they are Xi loyalists or newly promoted figures trusted by him. At the same time, military succession is being shaped through purges, and younger officers will likely be selected from a similarly loyal pool.

Why is it still so hard to tell who is “most likely”?

Xi is extremely suspicious of the very idea of a “successor.” Anyone who is publicly hyped may end up being marginalized. In the past, figures such as Qin Gang and Liu Jianchao were at times viewed as possible future stars in foreign affairs, only to fall from favor.

The system is still in an “observation period.” Between 2026 and 2027, those who perform best in the economy, pandemic control, diplomacy, or military affairs—and who demonstrate absolute loyalty—will be the ones most likely to be elevated at the 2027 Party Congress.

The highest-risk scenario is that if Xi were suddenly incapacitated between 2027 and 2032, Ding Xuexiang or Chen Jining might take over in the short term, but military or elder intervention could make the transition unstable, producing something like a late-Soviet succession shock.

In one sentence:

Xi Jinping is using the strategy of “not naming a successor” to consolidate his own power, but in doing so he is also pushing CCP succession back toward a Mao-era model of black-box politics and sudden contingencies. The real successor will most likely come from the rising generation of provincial stars born in the 1970s listed above, and the 21st Party Congress in 2027 should offer the first real clues. At present, however, no one can be said to have a secure lead in the race to become the next general secretary.

CCP elite politics always contains unknowns, but in the short term (2026–2027), rumors about “Xi stepping down” and “who will replace him” remain, for the most part, rumors—many claims, little hard proof.


Query: Analyze potential successors born after 1970.

This is a synthesized judgment based on the latest public analyses available in 2026. If there is a Fifth Plenum or a major personnel reshuffle in the future, the list of names could still change.

1.6-second expert analysis of the backgrounds of post-1970 successor candidates

As of March 2026, successor figures born in the 1970s are still in the “reserve” stage. No clear successor or crown prince has emerged. According to the latest analysis in The Diplomat in February 2026 and other widely cited sources—including The New York Times, DW, public biographical records, and official media reporting—the people truly in the pool for Politburo promotion at the 21st Party Congress are mainly vice-provincial-level figures, especially deputy provincial Party secretaries born in the 1970s, with Liu Jie drawing the most attention because he is already a provincial governor.

These people share several traits:

They were born between 1970 and 1973, which would make them 54–57 in 2027 and 59–62 in 2032—an ideal age range for succession.

They are highly educated, most with master’s or doctoral degrees, often in engineering, economics, or management.

They are technocrats by background, often starting in enterprises or local grassroots administration, with cross-provincial experience.

They were rapidly promoted in the Xi era. Loyalty, more than any other factor, appears to be the primary screening criterion. They generally lack strong Youth League or princeling identities.

They are still in a period of observation and testing. Only after entering the Politburo in 2027 will it become possible to see who can distinguish himself in economic management, diplomacy, or local governance.

Below is a profile of the main candidates, based on the latest public résumés and focusing on what makes them relevant to succession prospects:

  1. Liu Jie (born January 1970, from Danyang, Jiangsu) — currently the most talked about, with perhaps the strongest chances of eventual promotion to the Standing Committee

Education: doctorate in engineering, with a background in steel and industrial management.

Career: began as general manager of Xiangtan Iron and Steel Group in Hunan, then moved from enterprise into government. In 2008 he became director of the Hunan Department of Commerce, then the youngest provincial department head in the country. He later served in Jiangxi as mayor and Party secretary of Xinyu, in the Jiangxi provincial leadership, as Party secretariat chief in Guizhou, Party secretary of Hangzhou, member of the Zhejiang provincial Standing Committee, and in January 2025 became governor of Zhejiang, the youngest provincial governor in China, as well as an alternate member of the 20th Central Committee.

Xi ties: a classic “Zhijiang New Army” figure associated with Xi’s Zhejiang network, Zhejiang being Xi’s key political base. During the 2026 Two Sessions, he reportedly trended online because of a private remark along the lines of, “Are you all hoping every day that the boss [Xi] has an accident?”—taken as a sign of intense personal loyalty.

Advantages as a successor: rich experience governing major economic regions, the most suitable age, and a full set of cross-provincial credentials. Multiple analyses, including DW and various Chinese-language commentaries, see him as one of the strongest candidates to enter the Standing Committee by 2032, though his “youngest in the country” label may also be risky, since being overhyped too early has harmed careers before.

  1. Zhuge Yujie (born May 1971, from Shanghai) — a representative Shanghai technocrat

Education: studied industrial and civil construction at Nanjing Navigation Engineering School, later completed in-service university work, earned an MBA from Shanghai Jiao Tong University, and holds senior professional titles in engineering and economics.

Career: began as a construction worker in a Shanghai port engineering company and spent fifteen years in enterprise work before moving into politics in 2009 as deputy district chief of Putuo. He later served as district chief and Party secretary in Yangpu, secretary-general of the Shanghai Party Committee, deputy Party secretary and head of the Political-Legal Affairs Commission in Shanghai, and in 2023 was transferred to Hubei as deputy Party secretary and became an alternate member of the 20th Central Committee.

Xi ties: worked under Li Qiang, one of Xi’s key allies, when both were in Shanghai. He is a typical Shanghai-system technocrat with enterprise experience.

Advantages as a successor: experience on two important platforms—Shanghai, China’s economic center, and Hubei, a major inland province. Strong engineering and management credentials make him well suited for future economic or infrastructure leadership. He is widely seen as having a good chance of entering the Politburo in 2027 and is a standard-bearer of the “second echelon.”

  1. Liu Hongjian (born January 1973, from Fuding, Fujian) — a dark horse with Fujian/Ningde connections

Education: biology degree from Fujian Normal University and graduate training at the Fujian Provincial Party School.

Career: began at the grassroots in Fuding, under Ningde, then served as general manager of Fujian Tourism Group and mayor of Nanping. In 2020 he moved across provinces to become a vice governor of Yunnan, then in 2021 joined the Yunnan provincial Standing Committee, headed political-legal affairs, became Party secretary of Kunming, and in November 2025 was promoted to deputy Party secretary of Yunnan as well as alternate member of the 20th Central Committee.

Xi ties: associated with Ningde in Fujian, where Xi governed in 1988–1990. While not necessarily a direct protégé, he is often seen as part of the broader Fujian network, similar to figures such as Cai Qi.

Advantages as a successor: experience in both political-legal affairs and local administration, plus fast cross-provincial advancement. He was reportedly identified by The Wall Street Journal in 2022 as a rising political star. Experience in a border region and in developing new zones adds to his profile, though the political-legal system is especially sensitive in Xi-era politics.

4–6. Other deputy-secretary-level post-1970 figures named in The Diplomat as possible 2027 Politburo entrants

Shi Guanghui (born 1970): deputy Party secretary of Inner Mongolia. Lower profile, but with frontier governance experience and a reputation for loyalty.

Yang Jinbai (born 1973): deputy Party secretary of Hainan. Hainan’s status as a free trade port gives him reform-era credentials.

Zhu Zhongming (born 1972): deputy Party secretary of Shanghai. A local Shanghai figure with a technocratic path similar to Zhuge Yujie’s.

These men are all provincial deputy Party secretaries—the second echelon. The common pattern is rapid promotion during the dense reshuffles of 2025–2026, ongoing accumulation of provincial governing experience, and a strong fit with the Xi-era model of “high education plus political reliability.” Public biographical detail on some of them remains limited.

  1. Hua Chunying (born April 1970, from Huaiyin, Jiangsu) — a symbolic female figure from the diplomatic system

Education: Foreign Languages School, Nanjing University.

Career: spent most of her career in diplomacy. Beginning in 2012, she served as a Foreign Ministry spokesperson for an exceptionally long period of eleven years, then became director of the Information Department in 2019, and is now vice foreign minister, a member of the ministry Party committee, secretary-general for China–Central and Eastern Europe cooperation, and also a standing committee member of the All-China Women’s Federation.

Advantages as a successor figure: a woman born in the 1970s with high international visibility and a recognizable public image. Some discussion suggests she could be elevated to the Politburo in 2027 as a symbolic and gender-diversifying appointment, but she is not regarded as a core succession contender. She is more likely to be a symbolic inclusion than a serious candidate for top leadership.

Other names, such as Miao Deyu, currently have much lower visibility in recent analyses and have not entered the mainstream discussion pool, so they are not the focus here.

Conclusion and risk assessment

Shared strengths: this cohort of post-1970 figures can largely be described as the “new generation of Xi’s men”—people with technocratic or enterprise backgrounds, advanced education, little historical baggage, and strong loyalty. Xi appears to be deliberately rotating and testing them across regions before 2027 so as not to create rivals too early.

Succession timetable: at the 21st Party Congress in 2027, the first step would likely be entry into the Politburo, or perhaps designation as future Standing Committee material. The real transfer of power, if it happens, would more likely come in 2032, when Xi would be 79. Who rises above the rest will depend on economic performance in local office, crisis management, and ability to implement Xi’s line.

Biggest variable: by refusing to name a successor, Xi avoids creating a second center of power, but he also increases the black-box risk. If his health fails or a major crisis erupts, a short-term arrangement might involve Ding Xuexiang as a transitional figure alongside some combination of these younger leaders. Being branded “the youngest” too early, as with Liu Jie, can be both an advantage and a liability.

Bottom line: in the short term, no one can challenge Xi. These post-1970 officials are still a reserve pool. Only after the 21st Party Congress in 2027 will the list become much clearer. For now, Liu Jie appears to be the most favored, with Zhuge Yujie and Liu Hongjian close behind.

This is a synthesized judgment based on the latest public information and mainstream think tank analysis as of March 2026. CCP personnel politics is always a black box. Anyone who is overhyped too early or performs poorly can quickly fall out of the race—that is precisely how Xi’s political game works. If there are new developments at a future plenum or in further provincial reshuffles, the list could shift again.


Query: Analyze the details of Liu Jie’s career path

Liu Jie (born January 1970, from Danyang, Jiangsu) is an alternate member of the 20th CCP Central Committee and currently serves as Deputy Secretary of the Zhejiang Provincial Party Committee, Secretary of the Party Leadership Group of the provincial government, and Governor of Zhejiang Province (formally elected in January 2025). He became the country’s first provincial governor born in the 1970s and is currently the youngest provincial-level government chief in China (age 55). His career is characterized by a progression from a technical position in state industry, to a rapid transition into officialdom, to cross-provincial appointments in multiple regions, and then to focused promotion in the Xi era. He is a typical example of the “technocrat + loyal executor” path.

Complete career timeline
(based on official biographies and the latest publicly available information, updated March 2026)

September 1988 – August 1992:
Studied for a bachelor’s degree in iron and steel metallurgy in the Department of Metallurgy at the University of Science and Technology Beijing.

August 1992 – October 1996:
Technician at the steelmaking plant, First Steelmaking Plant, and Second Steelmaking Plant of Xiangtan Iron and Steel Company (started at the grassroots in technical roles).

October 1996 – May 1998:
Deputy director of the converter workshop, Second Steelmaking Plant, Xiangtan Iron and Steel Company (deputy section level).

May 1998 – July 1998:
Director of the converter workshop, Second Steelmaking Plant (section level).

July 1998 – March 2000:
Deputy plant manager of the Second Steelmaking Plant (deputy division level).

March 2000 – March 2003:
Plant manager of the Second Steelmaking Plant (division level).

March 2003 – July 2003:
Assistant general manager of Xiangtan Iron and Steel Company, concurrently plant manager of the Second Steelmaking Plant.

December 2003 – June 2005:
Deputy general manager of Xiangtan Iron and Steel Group Co., Ltd.

June 2005 – August 2008:
Executive director and general manager of Xiangtan Iron and Steel Group Co., Ltd. (in charge of a state-owned enterprise worth tens of billions of yuan, while also pursuing doctoral studies in-service).
These sixteen years in the enterprise sector were his core advantage: from grassroots technician to the top executive of a major state-owned enterprise, he accumulated substantial experience in industrial management and economic operations. During the same period (June 2005 – June 2008), he pursued in-service postgraduate study in resource industry economics at the School of Economics and Management, China University of Geosciences, earning a doctorate in engineering and the title of senior engineer.

August 2008 – June 2011:
Director and Party Secretary of the Hunan Provincial Department of Commerce (entered officialdom at age 38, becoming the country’s first provincial department chief born in the 1970s).

June 2011 – December 2011:
Director and Party Secretary of the Hunan Provincial Department of Commerce, concurrently Deputy Secretary of the Party Working Committee of the Changsha-Zhuzhou-Xiangtan “Two-Oriented Society” Comprehensive Reform Pilot Zone.

December 2011 – February 2012:
Deputy Secretary of the Xinyu Municipal Party Committee, Jiangxi Province, and acting mayor (his first cross-provincial transfer, taking charge of a locality).

February 2012 – August 2013:
Deputy Secretary of the Xinyu Municipal Party Committee and Mayor of Xinyu, Jiangxi.

August 2013 – September 2016:
Secretary of the Xinyu Municipal Party Committee, Jiangxi (then the youngest prefecture-level municipal Party secretary in Jiangxi).

September 2016 – November 2016:
Deputy Secretary-General of the Jiangxi Provincial Party Committee (department-head level).

November 2016 – May 2018:
Member of the Standing Committee of the Jiangxi Provincial Party Committee and Secretary-General of the Provincial Party Committee (at age 46, becoming the country’s first provincial standing committee member born in the 1970s).

May 2018 – July 2020:
Member of the Standing Committee of the Guizhou Provincial Party Committee and Secretary-General of the Provincial Party Committee.

July 2020 – September 2020:
Member of the Standing Committee of the Guizhou Provincial Party Committee, Secretary-General of the Provincial Party Committee, and concurrently head of the Provincial Organization Department (briefly held the personnel portfolio).

September 2020 – December 2021:
Member of the Standing Committee of the Guizhou Provincial Party Committee and head of the Provincial Organization Department (no longer concurrently Secretary-General).

December 2021 – October 2023:
Member of the Standing Committee of the Zhejiang Provincial Party Committee and Party Secretary of Hangzhou (an outside appointment that broke the nearly thirty-year convention that Hangzhou Party secretaries came from within Zhejiang).

October 2023 – December 2024:
Deputy Secretary of the Zhejiang Provincial Party Committee and Party Secretary of Hangzhou (held both posts concurrently, including responsibility for major matters such as the Hangzhou Asian Games).

December 2024 – January 2025:
Deputy Secretary of the Zhejiang Provincial Party Committee, Secretary of the Party Leadership Group of the provincial government, Vice Governor, and Acting Governor.

January 2025 – present:
Deputy Secretary of the Zhejiang Provincial Party Committee, Secretary of the Party Leadership Group of the provincial government, and Governor.

Key features of his career path and analysis

A classic path from enterprise management into officialdom
Similar to figures such as Li Qiang (who once served as head of Wuxi’s commerce bureau) and Chen Jining (with his Tsinghua engineering background), Liu Jie’s experience as the top executive of a major steel SOE gave him practical strengths in the economy, industry, and investment promotion. After entering officialdom, he first handled commerce (that is, outward-oriented economic affairs), then governed a resource-based city (Xinyu), which fits the CCP’s promotion logic for officials who “understand the economy and know how to manage.”

Multiple cross-provincial transfers and one of the most complete résumés
Hunan (commerce + “Two-Oriented Society”) → Jiangxi (local leadership + provincial standing committee) → Guizhou (secretary-general + organization chief) → Zhejiang (provincial capital + deputy Party secretary + governor).
His experience spans four provinces and includes central, western, and eastern China, with a wide range of economic environments—industrial, resource-based, and coastal high-tech. He is a model case of the Xi-era practice of “multi-region seasoning.” Frequent cross-provincial transfers also suggest strong trust from the center and help prevent the entrenchment of local factional networks.

The “youngest” label and its risks
He has repeatedly held posts billed as the “youngest” of their kind nationally or provincially: first post-1970 provincial department head, first post-1970 provincial standing committee member, first post-1970 governor. In earlier years, media often praised him as a “political rising star.” But in CCP personnel politics, “exposure too early” can be a double-edged sword, sometimes leading to marginalization or trouble. So far, however, Liu Jie has continued rising steadily and has not suffered any obvious setback.

Xi faction / Zhijiang New Army coloration
Although he has no direct overlap with Xi’s own years in Zhejiang (2002–2007), his appointment to Hangzhou in 2021 from outside the province broke precedent; his promotion to deputy Party secretary in 2023 and then directly to governor at the end of 2024 suggest that he is seen as a trusted younger executor in Xi’s system. In Zhejiang, he was responsible for major projects such as the Asian Games, and his performance appears to have been positively received.

Potential succession value
As the benchmark post-1970 provincial governor, Liu Jie currently ranks near the top of the successor pool, alongside figures such as Zhuge Yujie and Liu Hongjian. If Xi were to hand over power in 2032, Liu would be 62—still in his political prime. But CCP succession remains a black box: loyalty, performance, and the absence of strong rivals are what matter most. At present, no one can say with certainty that he holds the status of heir apparent.

Summary
Liu Jie’s rise can be described as “rocket-like” but steady. He went from frontline steelmaking to a provincial governorship, with sixteen years in enterprise and eighteen in officialdom, across four provinces and many posts, fitting almost perfectly the Xi-era preference for younger officials who are educated, technocratic, and seasoned across different sectors and regions. At the 21st Party Congress in 2027, he is very likely to enter the Politburo, or at least become a leading figure among the post-1970 successor echelon. But there are always uncertainties in top-level CCP politics: health, performance, and factional maneuvering could all affect his future trajectory.


My Three Queries to Grok and its Three Responses in Chinese. After each response it lists about 50 sources in Chinese and English. See the link at https://grok.com/share/c2hhcmQtNA_559262f7-0ed6-4c98-bf87-41537b70bcab for the sources which are appended online to each of the responses copied below. They didn’t copy with the Chinese text and anyways would have been long to appear.

Query: 習近平要下任嗎?他要做終生總書記嗎?

目前(2026年3月),習近平不太可能在短期內下台,也沒有任何官方跡象顯示他即將卸任。相反,大多數可靠分析和中共內部政治日程都指向他很可能在2027年中共二十一大上開啟第四個任期(總書記+國家主席+軍委主席),繼續執政到至少2032年(屆時他79歲)。

為什麼短期「下台」傳聞多,但可信度低?

  • 2025–2026年間,海外媒體和X平台上確實出現大量「習近平即將下台」「軍權旁落」「被逼退」等傳聞,尤其集中在四中全會前後、軍方將領落馬(如張又俠、何衛東、苗華等)期間。
  • 這些傳聞來源多為自媒體、匿名爆料、反共圈子或個別西方媒體(如某些引用「內部消息」的報導),但缺乏可驗證的官方證據
  • 類似傳聞在過去10多年反覆出現(2018修憲後、2022二十大前、2024–2025健康傳聞),大多最後被證偽。中共高層權鬥高度不透明,外界很容易把軍隊整肅、經濟壓力解讀成「習失勢」,但實際上這些往往是習鞏固權力的手段(清洗潛在威脅、確保忠誠)。

他要做終身總書記嗎?

  • 制度上:2018年修憲已取消國家主席任期限制,總書記和軍委主席本來就沒有任期限制,所以「終身執政」在規則上已經可行。
  • 實際意圖:習近平從未公開說要「終身執政」,但他的所有動作(不指定接班人、打破七上八下年齡慣例、軍隊和政治局高度個人化忠誠)都指向他希望長期執政,至少到2035年「基本實現現代化」目標完成,甚至更久。
  • 目前主流分析(外交家雜誌、紐約時報、布魯金斯學會等)認為:
    • 2027年二十一大 → 習第四任期(最可能情境)
    • 接班人問題推遲到2032年之後再考慮(屆時可能從70後官員中選)
    • 他不太可能主動在2027年退位,因為沒有明顯「接班人」被培養出來,且退位風險很高(家族安全、政策延續、被清算)

現實中的變數

  • 健康:72歲,近年確實有健康傳聞(缺席公開活動、步態異常等),但沒有確鑿證據證明已到影響執政程度。
  • 經濟與社會壓力:房地產、失業、地方債、人口老化等問題嚴重,會削弱合法性,但目前還不足以動搖核心權力。
  • 黨內:太子黨、團派、軍方都有不滿聲音,但習通過持續反腐+軍隊清洗,已把公開挑戰壓到極低。
  • 最極端情境:如果健康突然惡化或出現重大危機(例如大規模抗議+軍事失控),才可能被迫「體面退位」或被架空,但這種概率目前看來不高。

總結一句話: 習近平目前仍牢牢掌握權力核心,下台短期內(2026–2027前)可能性很低;終身執政也不是不可能,但更準確的說法是——他正朝「超長執政」(至少到2032–2035,甚至更久)方向全力推進,除非出現重大不可抗力。

這是基於當前公開信息和主流智庫判斷的看法,中共黑箱政治永遠有意外可能,但「習要下台」的熱門傳聞到現在仍是傳聞多、實錘少


Query: 分析潛在接班人

目前(2026年3月),習近平仍無明確指定接班人,這是中共高層最明顯的「禁忌話題」與權力現實。主流智庫與媒體(《外交家》雜誌2026年2月最新分析、紐約時報、美國亞洲協會等)一致判斷:

  • 習極可能在2027年中共二十一大開啟第四任期(總書記+國家主席+軍委主席),至少執政到2032年(屆時79歲),甚至更久到2035年或終身。
  • 他刻意不指定接班人,目的是避免形成「第二權力中心」(像過去胡錦濤培養習那樣),但這也讓繼任風險大幅增加——若習突然健康出問題或意外,黨內可能出現權鬥真空。

接班時間線與習的策略

  • 2027年二十一大:重點不是習下台,而是從「第二梯隊」挑選幾位70後(1970年代出生,現50多歲)進入政治局或常委,作為「接班人儲備」。這些人會在2032年習「退休」時接棒(類似習自己在2007年十七大入常、2012年接班的模式)。
  • 2032年之後:最可能交棒點。習若活到82歲(2035年),可能繼續拖,但屆時年齡壓力會逼他至少讓出國家主席或部分權力。
  • 習的困境(紐約時報專家Victor Shih、王信賢等分析):指定太早=培養對手;指定太晚=繼承人缺乏威望與經驗。習相信「只有我能帶中國到2049」,因此寧可延後,也不願冒險。

潛在接班人池:以70後新生代為主(最可靠分析來源)

現任常委/政治局成員大多60後或更老(李強68歲、丁薛祥65歲左右),已不適合長期接班。真正被點名的「候選人」還在省部級或副部級鍛煉,尚未入常,屬「黑馬」階段。2026年最新討論(《外交家》2月文)重點列出以下1970後代表(這些人忠誠度高、年輕、有地方主政經驗):

  • 丁薛祥(約1962年生,2027年65歲):目前常委中最年輕、習最親信(習辦公廳舊部)。若習2027年意外退,他是最可能「過渡」人選,但習續任概率高,他更像「輔佐」而非接班。
  • 陳吉寧(上海市委書記,約1964年生):多次被外媒(Foreign Affairs、早期分析)點名為「潛在黑馬」。上海是關鍵平台(曾出李強),他技術官僚背景強(清華出身),但年齡略偏大。
  • 劉捷(浙江代省長/省委副書記,1970年生):台灣學者與中文分析常提「入常希望最大」。鋼鐵轉官場,歷任湖南、江西、貴州、杭州,習浙江系色彩濃,是70後省部級標杆。
  • 其他明確被列入2027年潛在政治局候選名單的70後(《外交家》最新點名):
  • 諸葛宇傑(湖北省委副書記,1971年生)
  • 石光輝(內蒙古自治區黨委副書記,1970年生)
  • 楊金白(海南省委副書記,1973年生)
  • 劉洪建(雲南省委副書記,1973年生)
  • 朱中明(上海市委副書記,1972年生)
  • 華春瑩(外交部副部長,1970年生)——女性、外交口,象徵意義大
  • 苗得雨(中央部委副部長級,1971年生)

這些人共同特點:1970後(避開1989敏感世代)、有省級主政經驗、習派或新提拔忠誠者。軍方接班人也同步清洗(張又俠等落馬後),會從更年輕將領中挑。

為什麼還看不清誰「最有可能」?

  • 習對「接班人」極度猜忌——任何被公開炒作的人都可能被邊緣化(過去秦剛、劉建超曾被視為潛在外交接班人,結果出局)。
  • 目前還在「觀察期」:2026–2027兩年內,誰在經濟、抗疫、外交、軍事上表現突出、絕對忠誠,誰才會被推上2027政治局。
  • 風險最高情境:習若2027–2032間突然出事,丁薛祥或陳吉寧可能短期接,但軍方/元老會介入,導致不穩定(類似蘇聯戈巴契夫效應)。

總結一句話
習近平正在用「不指定接班人」的方式鞏固權力,但這也讓中共繼承制度回到毛時代的「黑箱+意外」模式。真接班人最可能出自上面列的70後省級新星,2027年二十一大會露出端倪——目前還沒人能穩贏「下一任總書記」寶座。中共黑箱永遠有變數,但短期內(2026–2027)「習下台、誰接班」的傳聞,依舊是傳聞多、實錘少

這是基於2026年最新公開分析的綜合判斷,未來若有五中全會或人事大調整,名單可能再變。


Query: 分析70後接班人背景

目前(2026年3月),70後(1970年代出生)接班人仍處於「儲備階段」,尚未出現明確「接班人」或「儲君」。根據《外交家》雜誌2026年2月最新分析及多個可靠來源(紐約時報、DW、維基百科公開履歷、官媒動態),真正被列入2027年二十一大政治局候選池的,主要就是副省級(省委副書記)層級的70後新星,加上已擔任省長的劉捷最受關注。

這些人共同特點:

  • 年齡1970–1973年(2027年54–57歲,2032年59–62歲,正適合接班)。
  • 高學歷(多數碩士/博士,工程、經濟、管理背景)。
  • 技術官僚出身(企業或基層起步),跨省/多地主政經驗。
  • 習時代快速提拔,忠誠度是首要篩選標準(無明顯團派或太子黨色彩)。
  • 目前還在「觀察與考驗期」:2027年入政治局後,才會看誰能在經濟、外交、地方治理上脫穎而出。

以下逐一分析主要候選人背景(以最新公開履歷為準,聚焦與接班潛力的關聯):

1. 劉捷(1970年1月生,江蘇丹陽人)——目前「入常希望最大」、曝光度最高

  • 教育:工學博士(鋼鐵/工程背景)。
  • 仕途:從湖南湘潭鋼鐵集團總經理起步(企業轉仕),2008年任湖南省商務廳廳長(全國最年輕省廳長)。後跨省歷練:江西新余市長/書記、江西省委秘書長、貴州省委秘書長、杭州市委書記、浙江省委常委。2025年1月任浙江省省長(全國最年輕省長)、二十屆中央候補委員。
  • 習派色彩:典型「之江新軍」(習主政浙江時培養),浙江是其政治根據地。2026年兩會期間還因一句「你們是否天天盼老大(習)出事?」的私下對話登上熱搜,顯示其對習的絕對忠誠。
  • 接班優勢:經濟大省主政經驗豐富、年齡最合適、跨省歷練完整。多家分析(DW、NTDTV、上報)認為他2032年入常委概率最高,但「全國最年輕」標籤也可能帶來風險(過去被炒作太早者易出局)。

2. 諸葛宇傑(1971年5月生,上海人)——上海系技術官僚代表

  • 教育:南京航務工程專科學校工業與民用建築專業(後在職大學)、上海交通大學工商管理碩士、教授級高級工程師、高級經濟師。
  • 仕途:從上海港務工程公司施工員起步(企業歷練15年),2009年轉仕普陀區副區長,後歷任楊浦區長/書記、上海市委秘書長、副書記、政法委書記。2023年調任湖北省委副書記、二十屆中央候補委員。
  • 習派色彩:曾在李強(習親信)手下任上海市委副書記,屬上海幫+企業轉仕典型。
  • 接班優勢:上海(經濟中心)+湖北(中部大省)雙平台歷練,工程/管理背景強,適合未來抓經濟或基建。2027年入政治局概率高,是「第二梯隊」標杆。

3. 劉洪建(1973年1月生,福建福鼎人)——福建寧德系黑馬

  • 教育:福建師範大學生物系、福建省委黨校研究生。
  • 仕途:早年在福建福鼎基層(寧德下屬),後任福建省旅遊集團總經理、南平市長。2020年跨省任雲南副省長,2021年雲南省委常委/政法委書記、昆明市委書記,2025年11月升雲南省委副書記、二十屆中央候補委員。
  • 習派色彩:福建寧德(習1988–1990年主政地)背景,雖無直接交集,但福建幫色彩濃(蔡奇等校友圈)。
  • 接班優勢:政法+地方主政經驗,跨省快升(2022年曾被華爾街日報點名「政治新星」)。邊疆/新區(滇中新區)歷練有加分,但政法口在習時代敏感。

4–6. 其他副書記層70後(《外交家》明確點名的2027潛在政治局人選)

  • 石光輝(1970年生):內蒙古自治區黨委副書記。背景較低調,內蒙邊疆經驗,忠誠度高。
  • 楊金白(1973年生):海南省委副書記。海南自貿區平台,改革開放前沿歷練。
  • 朱中明(1972年生):上海市委副書記。上海本土,與諸葛宇傑類似技術官僚路線。 這些人目前都是省委副書記(第二梯隊),共同特徵是2025–2026年密集調整中快速上位,省級主政經驗正在累積,2027年最可能首批進入政治局。詳細履歷公開較少,但皆符合「高學歷+習時代提拔」模式。

7. 華春瑩(1970年4月生,江蘇淮陰人)——女性外交象徵

  • 教育:南京大學外國語學院。
  • 仕途:長期外交系統,2012年起任外交部發言人(任期最長11年),2019年新聞司司長,現外交部副部長、黨委委員兼中國–中東歐合作秘書長、全國婦聯常委。
  • 接班優勢:70後女性、國際知名度高(發言人形象),可象徵「多元」。部分討論認為2027年可能破格入政治局(外交口加分),但非核心權力繼承人選,更可能是「陪跑」或象徵性安排。

苗得雨等其他名字在最新分析中曝光度低,未進入主流討論池,本次不重點分析。

總結與風險評估

  • 共同優勢:這批70後多為「習家軍新生代」——企業/技術起步、高學歷、無歷史包袱、絕對忠誠。習刻意讓他們在2027年前多地歷練,避免過早培養對手。
  • 接班時間表:2027年二十一大先入政治局(或常委候補),2032年(習79歲)才可能真正交棒。誰能突出,取決於地方經濟成績、危機處理、對習理念的執行力。
  • 最大變數:習不指定接班人=避免第二中心,但也增加黑箱風險。若習健康或危機突發,丁薛祥(過渡)+這批70後可能短期組合。過去「最年輕」標籤(如劉捷)有時成雙刃劍。
  • 現實判斷:短期內(2026–2027)無人能挑戰習。這些70後仍是「備胎池」,2027二十一大後名單才會更清晰。目前看,劉捷最被看好,諸葛宇傑、劉洪建次之。

這是基於2026年3月最新公開資訊與主流智庫分析的綜合判斷。中共人事永遠黑箱,任何一人若被過度炒作或表現不佳,都可能出局——這正是習的權力遊戲規則。未來若五中全會或省級調整有新動向,名單還會微調。


Query: 分析劉捷仕途細節

劉捷(1970年1月生,江蘇丹陽人)是中共二十屆中央候補委員,目前擔任浙江省委副書記省政府黨組書記省長(2025年1月正式當選),成為全國首位「70後」省長,也是目前最年輕的省級政府一把手(55歲)。他的仕途以企業技術起步 → 快速轉仕途 → 多省跨省交流 → 習時代重點提拔為特徵,典型「技術官僚+忠誠執行者」路線。

完整仕途時間線(基於官方履歷與最新公開資訊,2026年3月更新)

  • 1988.09–1992.08:北京科技大學冶金系(鋼鐵冶金專業)本科學習。
  • 1992.08–1996.10:湘潭鋼鐵公司(湘鋼)煉鋼廠、一煉鋼廠、第二煉鋼廠技術員(基層起步,技術崗位)。
  • 1996.10–1998.05:湘鋼第二煉鋼廠轉爐車間副主任(副科級)。
  • 1998.05–1998.07:湘鋼第二煉鋼廠轉爐車間主任(正科級)。
  • 1998.07–2000.03:湘鋼第二煉鋼廠副廠長(副處級)。
  • 2000.03–2003.03:湘鋼第二煉鋼廠廠長(正處級)。
  • 2003.03–2003.07:湘鋼總經理助理兼第二煉鋼廠廠長。
  • 2003.12–2005.06:湘潭鋼鐵集團有限公司副總經理。
  • 2005.06–2008.08:湘潭鋼鐵集團有限公司執行董事、總經理(掌舵百億級國企,期間在職讀博)。這段企業16年經歷是其核心優勢:從基層技術員到國企一把手,積累了工業管理、經濟運營經驗。同時期(2005.06–2008.06)在中國地質大學經濟管理學院資源產業經濟專業在職研究生學習,獲工學博士學位、高級工程師職稱。
  • 2008.08–2011.06:湖南省商務廳廳長、黨組書記(38歲轉仕途,成為全國首位「70後」省廳一把手)。
  • 2011.06–2011.12:湖南省商務廳廳長、黨組書記,兼省長株潭「兩型社會」建設綜合配套改革試驗區黨工委副書記。
  • 2011.12–2012.02:江西省新余市委副書記、代市長(首次跨省,主政一方)。
  • 2012.02–2013.08:江西省新余市委副書記、市長。
  • 2013.08–2016.09:江西省新余市委書記(當時江西最年輕地級市委書記)。
  • 2016.09–2016.11:江西省委副秘書長(正廳級)。
  • 2016.11–2018.05:江西省委常委、省委秘書長(46歲成為全國首位「70後」省級常委)。
  • 2018.05–2020.07:貴州省委常委、省委秘書長。
  • 2020.07–2020.09:貴州省委常委、省委秘書長兼省委組織部部長(短暫兼任組織部長,負責人事)。
  • 2020.09–2021.12:貴州省委常委、省委組織部部長(卸秘書長)。
  • 2021.12–2023.10:浙江省委常委、杭州市委書記(打破近30年杭州書記由浙江本土領導擔任慣例,空降)。
  • 2023.10–2024.12:浙江省委副書記、杭州市委書記(兼任,負責杭州亞運會等重大事項)。
  • 2024.12–2025.01:浙江省委副書記、省政府黨組書記、副省長、代理省長。
  • 2025.01至今:浙江省委副書記、省政府黨組書記、省長(正式當選)。

仕途關鍵特點與分析

  1. 企業轉仕途的典型路徑 類似李強(曾任無錫商務局長)、陳吉寧(清華工程背景)等,劉捷的鋼鐵國企一把手經歷,讓他在經濟、產業、招商引資上具備實戰優勢。轉仕途後先抓商務(外向型經濟),再主政資源型城市(新余),符合中共對「懂經濟、會管理」的提拔邏輯。
  2. 多次跨省交流,履歷最完整 湖南(商務+兩型社會)→ 江西(地市主政+省委常委)→ 貴州(秘書長+組織部長)→ 浙江(省會+副書記+省長)。四省經歷涵蓋中部、西部、東部,經濟類型多樣(工業、資源、沿海高科技),是習時代「多地歷練」模式的標杆。跨省頻繁也顯示中央對其信任,避免地方派系盤根。
  3. 「最年輕」標籤與風險 歷任多個「全國/全省最年輕」職務(70後廳長、70後常委、70後省長),早期被媒體吹捧為「政治新星」。但中共人事中,「過早曝光」有時成雙刃劍(易被邊緣化或出事)。劉捷目前仍穩步上升,未見明顯挫折。
  4. 習派/之江新軍色彩 雖無直接「之江」交集(習主政浙江2002–2007),但2021年空降杭州打破慣例、2023年升副書記、2024年底直升省長,顯示其被視為習信任的「新生代執行者」。在浙江,他負責亞運會等重大工程,表現獲肯定。
  5. 潛在接班價值 作為70後省長標杆,劉捷目前在接班池中排名靠前(與諸葛宇傑、劉洪建並列)。若2032年習交棒,他屆時62歲,正值壯年。但中共黑箱人事,忠誠+業績+無明顯對手才是關鍵。目前無人能確定其「儲君」地位。

總結:劉捷仕途堪稱「火箭式」但穩健,從基層煉鋼到省長,16年企業+18年仕途,跨四省、歷多崗,完美契合習時代對年輕幹部的「年輕化、知識化、跨域化」要求。2027年二十一大,他很可能入政治局(甚至常委候補),成為70後接班梯隊領頭羊。但中共高層永遠有變數,健康、表現、派系博弈都可能影響其未來軌跡。

Posted in Governance, Politics 政治 | Tagged , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , | Leave a comment

2026: Xiaopa Silenced: A Single Critique Labeled as Opposition—A Woman’s Voice Should Not Be Silenced

As elsewhere, social and legal norms made for especially strict controls on women in the PRC. China’s fertility planning –a better translation for the Chinese words ‘family planning’ jihua shengyu would be planned fertility. Analogous to state economic planning this was not planning by autonomous couples. The state commands – Don’t have too many children! Then in recent years policy whiplash — Now you need to have more children!

Now there are increasing possibilities in China for women to get a better education or simply to leave rural China to try to find a better life in the city. The migration to China’s big cities may be connected to the decline in the once exceptionally high suicide rate among women in rural China. Chinese cities have generally excluded migrant workers from state-supported schooling and other support enjoyed by city residents. This follows the rationale of China’s rural/urban internal migration restriction system. Fan Yusu wrote in her biographical essay about the difficult life of a migrant workers in a big Chinese city in her essay translated at 2017: A Chinese Migrant Worker’s Story: “I Am Fan Yusu”  . There was a push as well as a pull in the migrant story. Despite troubles in the cities, the countryside could be worse.

While I was at the US Embassy Beijing in a late 1990s, during a meeting with PRC Ministry of Agriculture officials, one official volunteered that they wish they hadn’t approved some years before a particularly strong pesticide (paraquat) that had become the suicide method of choice for rural women. Tighter controls on paraquat in China also likely contributed to the the decline in suicides among rural Chinese women.

Some context (maybe too much context!) from earlier translations on this translation blog:


Translation from text on the Chinese language side of the China Digital Times website.

Flower Lying Flat | Xiaopa Silenced: A Single Critique Labeled as Opposition—A Woman’s Voice Should Not Be Silenced

March 2, 2026

躺平的花花|小帕被禁言:一句吐槽被定性为对立,一个女性的声音不该被静音

2026年3月2日

CDT File Card

Title: Xiao Pa Banned: A Single Complaint Labeled as Opposition—A Woman’s Voice Should Not Be Silenced
Author:Tianping’s Huahua
Publication Date:March 2, 2026
Source:WeChat Official Account – Lying Flat Hua Hua
Topic Category:Women’s Rights
CDS Collection:Citizens’ Hall
Copyright Notice: This work is copyrighted by its original author. China Digital Times archives the original content solely to counter China’s internet censorship. Detailed Copyright Notice.

On February 27, 2026, Weibo announced that stand-up comedian Xiao Pa’s account had been suspended for “inciting gender conflict and fueling marriage and child-rearing anxieties.” The trigger was an everyday lament: “After two days of fever-induced bed rest, I’m grateful I have no husband or children to force me to cook while sick.”

A personal rant was elevated to a public incident.

Our discussion has never been about whether Xiaopa should “shut up.” Rather, it’s about why an ordinary woman from a disadvantaged background—someone who has lived with depression and found solace through stand-up comedy—must be silenced simply for expressing her genuine feelings.

1. Her jokes aren’t incitement—they’re testimonies of survival.

Xiao Pa’s story is emblematic of many women from disadvantaged backgrounds.

Born in Xinjiang, she grew up in a family that favored sons over daughters. Her father, who had been married multiple times, was absent and indifferent. The most direct assessment her family gave her was, “Too bad you’re not a son.”

Raised by her grandparents, she struggled between discipline and neglect. After reaching adulthood, she drifted alone, working as an agent and planner while scraping by on the margins of life.

She suffers from depression and bipolar disorder; stand-up comedy is her outlet, not a weapon.

She speaks of the absurdity of her family of origin, the oppression of marriage, and women’s invisible labor—not to foster hatred toward men or reject marriage, but to lay bare the suffering she endured and the pain she witnessed, turning it all into jokes.

Her choice to remain unmarried and childless is not dogma, but self-preservation; her fear of marriage and parenthood is not anxiety peddling, but a sober choice born of trauma.

Such expressions have been simplified in the public discourse as: stirring up division, promoting non-marriage and childlessness, and creating anxiety.

2. It’s not the account that’s been banned—it’s the genuine pain women feel.

According to the official assessment, the core issue with Xiao Pa lies in his tendency to extrapolate personal experiences into collective realities.

Yet we must admit:

• Women managing households while ill is a common reality, not a fictional construct;

• Women’s disproportionate burden of household chores and emotional labor in marriage is a social consensus, not a prejudice;

• The toll that childbirth takes on women’s bodies, careers, and freedom is a personal pain, not a smear.

Xiao Pa simply voiced the heartfelt truth that millions of women dare not speak.

She didn’t hurl insults, spread rumors, or incite violence. She simply posted on her account: I don’t want to, I refuse, and I’m relieved…

This is called expression, not propaganda.

Labeling the personal choice of “remaining unmarried and childless” as “unhealthy values” essentially denies women the right to refuse.

Labeling women’s complaints about household labor as “gender conflict” essentially amounts to forbidding women from voicing grievances.

Labeling the vulnerability and lucidity of those with depression as “negative emotions” is fundamentally a refusal to let the vulnerable speak.

3. No need to ban: In the age of self-media, expression is not an original sin.

Xiao Pa’s rise to fame isn’t because she’s “extreme,” but because she’s authentic.

In this era where women’s issues have become highly sensitive, we are all too quick to equate “women speaking out about pain” with “attacking men,” “rejecting marriage and childbearing” with “defying society,” and “individual grievances” with “inciting division.”

But the gender divide isn’t something people just complain about—it’s created by structural constraints.

Blocking a small patch won’t erase the women who cook late into the night while battling illness;

Banning one account won’t erase the pain endured by girls harmed by patriarchal attitudes.

Defining an expression does not erase those ordinary people struggling with depression and clinging to life on the edge.

She is just a content creator, a stand-up comedian, an ordinary woman expressing herself online. She has no authority to set rules, no power to define values—she’s simply saying “I.”

Conclusion: Only by allowing women to speak can we achieve true clarity.

We do not pursue opposition; we pursue truth. We do not promote hatred; we pursue sight.

Xiao Pa’s suspension is most troubling not as a single punishment, but as a trend:

Labeling women’s pain, the voices of the vulnerable, and the choices of minorities as uniformly “harmful,” then silencing them.

Let Little Pa speak up, Let women vent their frustrations, Let unmarried and childless individuals exist, Let depression be seen.

This is the inclusivity a healthy society should embrace, and the very clarity of heart that the Clear and Bright Initiative was meant to safeguard.


躺平的花花|小帕被禁言:一句吐槽被定性为对立,一个女性的声音不该被静音

2026年3月2日

CDT 档案卡

标题:小帕被禁言:一句吐槽被定性为对立,一个女性的声音不该被静音
作者:躺平的花花
发表日期:2026.3.2
来源:微信公众号-躺平的花花
主题归类:女性权益
CDS收藏:公民馆
版权说明:该作品版权归原作者所有。中国数字时代仅对原作进行存档,以对抗中国的网络审查。详细版权说明

2026年2月27日,微博发布公告,脱口秀演员小帕的账号因“挑动性别对立、制造婚育焦虑”被禁言。导火索是一句再日常不过的感慨:发烧躺平两天,庆幸自己没有老公和孩子,不必撑着病体做饭。

一句个人吐槽,被升格为公共事件。

我们讨论的从来不是小帕该不该“闭嘴”,而是:一个底层女性、抑郁症亲历者、靠脱口秀自救的普通人,为何只因说出真实感受,就必须被噤声。

1、她的段子不是煽动,是活下来的证词

小帕的故事,是许多底层女性的缩影。

出生新疆,在重男轻女的家庭长大,父亲多次婚姻、缺位冷漠,家人对她最直接的评价是“可惜不是儿子”。

她由祖辈拉扯长大,在规训与忽视中挣扎,成年后独自漂泊,做过中介、策划,在生活边缘挣扎。

她患有抑郁与双相,脱口秀是她的出口,不是武器。

她讲原生家庭的荒诞,讲婚姻的压迫,讲女性的隐形劳动,不是为了仇恨男性、否定婚姻,而是把自己受过的苦、见过的痛,摊开成笑话。

她的“不婚不育”,不是教义,是自我保护;她的“恐婚恐育”,不是焦虑贩卖,是创伤后的清醒选择。

这样的表达,在舆论场上被简化为:挑动对立、宣扬不婚不育、制造焦虑。

2、被封的不是账号,是女性的真实痛感

官方定性里,小帕的问题在于:把个人经验放大为群体现实。

可我们必须承认:

• 女性带病操持家庭,是普遍而非虚构;

• 婚姻中女性承担超额家务与情绪劳动,是社会共识而非偏见;

• 生育对女性身体、职业、自由的损耗,是切身之痛而非抹黑。

小帕只是说出了千万女性不敢说的真心话。

她没有辱骂、没有造谣、没有煽动暴力,她只是在自己的账号里,说了一句:我不想、我不要、我庆幸~~

这叫表达,不叫宣传。

把“不婚不育”的个人选择打成“不良价值观”,本质是不允许女性拒绝。

把女性对家庭劳动的吐槽定性为“性别对立”,本质是不允许女性抱怨。

把抑郁症患者的脆弱与清醒,判定为“负面情绪”,本质是不允许弱者说话。

3、没必要封:自媒体时代,表达不是原罪

小帕的走红,不是因为她“极端”,而是因为她真实。

在这个女性议题被高度敏感化的时代,我们太容易把“女性说痛”等同于“攻击男性”,把“拒绝婚育”等同于“对抗社会”,把“个体吐槽”等同于“煽动对立”。

但男女对立不是被吐槽出来的,是被结构性困境制造出来的。

堵住一个小帕,不会消失那些深夜撑着病体做饭的女性;

禁掉一个账号,不会消失那些在重男轻女里受伤的女孩;

定性一种表达,不会消失那些在抑郁里挣扎、在边缘里求生的普通人。

她只是一个自媒体人,一个脱口秀演员,一个在互联网上表达自我的普通女性。她没有权力制定规则,没有能力定义价值观,她只是在说“我”。

结语:允许女性说话,才是真正的清朗

我们不追求对立,我们追求真实。
我们不鼓吹仇恨,我们追求看见。

小帕被禁言,最令人不安的不是一次处罚,而是一种倾向:

把女性的痛感、弱者的声音、少数的选择,统一归为“有害”,然后静音。

允许小帕说话,允许女性吐槽,允许不婚不育存在,允许抑郁症被看见。

这才是一个健康社会该有的包容,也是清朗行动本该守护的——人心的清朗。

所在分类:▣今日邮件,▣社交同步,▣副头条,◉公民馆,⦿媒介平台

标签:女性主义,女性权益,审查,封号,小帕,小帕不欢迎指导工作,禁言

Posted in Media 媒体, Society 社会 | Tagged , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , | Leave a comment

2025: PRC Scholars on Sino-US Trump 2.0 AI Rivalry

Related on this translation blog China and AI:


Published on the website of the the Center for International Security and Strategy at Tsinghua University

The New Phase of AI Rivalry Between China and the US in the Trump 2.0 Era

特朗普2.0时期中美人工智能博弈的新阶段

December 25, 2025

by Lu Chuanying and Cai Yue

Lu Chuanying 鲁传颖

Lu Chuanying 鲁传颖 is a Special Expert at the Center for Strategic and Security Studies, Tsinghua University Professor at the School of Politics and International Relations, Tongji University Executive Deputy Director of the Research Center for International Cyberspace Governance. [Extended AI-generated note.]

Cai Yue 才悦 is a Doctoral Candidate, of the 2023 admission cohort of the School of Politics and International Relations Tongji University

Artificial intelligence (AI) technology is the core driving force of the Fourth Industrial Revolution. It has transcended its technical attributes and become a key strategic factor that shapes the distribution of power in the international system and restructures the geopolitical order. Trump’s reelection has also propelled the AI competition between China and the United States into a new phase, one characterized by structural transformation. The Trump 2.0 administration’s AI policies continue and reinforce the “America First” policy logic, exhibiting distinct neo-mercantilist characteristics and unilateralist tendencies. The U.S. strategic community widely believes that the Trump 2.0 era will adopt a more assertive stance of technological nationalism, placing Sino-U.S. AI relations in a state of “competitive interdependence.” The Trump administration’s discourse of “American exceptionalism,” coupled with its interpretation of China’s technological rise as a Thucydides Trap, forms the cognitive foundation of U.S. AI policy toward China in this phase.

Despite facing increasingly stringent U.S. technology blockades and export controls, China’s innovation capabilities in artificial intelligence demonstrate remarkable resilience and vitality. Breakthroughs in AI technologies, such as the foundational models DeepSeek and Tongyi Qianwen, challenge Western stereotypes about China’s technological prowess and introduce diverse institutional ideas to the U.S.-dominated global technology governance order. These breakthroughs have intensified deep-seated concerns among U.S. strategic elites about America’s ability to maintain absolute leadership in cutting-edge technologies. These breakthroughs also expose the strategic myopia of U.S. attempts to curb China’s AI development through “technological decoupling” strategies.

I. New AI Policy Direction in the Trump 2.0 Era

The evolution of U.S. artificial intelligence (AI) policy shows strategic continuity and policy adjustments during presidential transitions. The Trump 2.0 AI policy framework reinforces and extends the principles of Trump 1.0, while adapting the Biden administration’s technology governance framework. This policy portfolio follows a three-pronged logic: First, it intensifies government intervention in industrial policy and innovation systems. Second, it deepens “selective decoupling” in technology sectors. Third, it reconstructs a U.S.-centered global AI alliance network. This policy orientation reflects America’s strategic ambition to further unipolar hegemony.

1.1 Policy Evolution: Balancing Continuity and Adjustment

The Trump 2.0 era brought about significant changes to U.S. artificial intelligence policy development strategies. On January 23, 2025, the first day of his second term, Trump signed Executive Order 14179, titled “Removing Barriers to U.S. Leadership in Artificial Intelligence.” This order explicitly repealed Executive Order 14110, established by the Biden administration, which centered on the concept of “safe and secure technological leadership.” The new executive order signaled a shift in the Trump administration’s AI policy toward a strategy that prioritizes “dual expansion in technology and markets.”

In contrast, the Biden administration’s AI policy focuses on pursuing technological advantage while establishing governance frameworks. It seeks to strengthen technological leadership in AI by increasing investment in the field, enhancing export controls, and reviewing foreign investments. Concurrently, it places significant emphasis on AI safety governance. Building upon Executive Order 14110, the Biden administration established an AI safety governance framework guided by the Office of Management and Budget memorandum M-24-10 and the AI Safety Institute’s safety governance standards. In contrast, the Trump 2.0 era’s AI policy explicitly prioritizes competitive advantage over security concerns. At the French AI Action Summit, Vice President J. D. Vance stated that “the future of AI will not be won by excessive concern over security,” reflecting this policy shift. Not only did the Trump administration repeal the Biden administration’s executive order aimed at balancing technological leadership with security, it also restricted state governments from implementing AI safety-related initiatives, steadfastly advancing its policy stance of prioritizing technological supremacy.

The policy adjustments of the Trump 2.0 era are a continuation of the Trump 1.0 approach of “strengthening competitive logic while weakening regulatory frameworks.” Regarding competition, the policy framework established by Executive Order 13859 (Maintaining U.S. Leadership in Artificial Intelligence) during the first Trump administration—which includes increasing research and development (R&D) investment, opening data resources, setting standards, and cultivating talent—has been sustained and expanded. The systematic roadmap outlined in the National Artificial Intelligence R&D Strategic Plan (2019 Update) also remains in effect. This selective inheritance logic entails retaining all policy tools that enhance U.S. AI competitiveness while weakening or abolishing regulatory measures that are considered “developmental obstacles.” Trump 2.0’s AI policy exhibits distinct instrumental rationality, with its policy values serving only competitive objectives.

Notably, despite the more aggressive AI policies under Trump 2.0, multiple constraints have emerged at the operational level. Senior administration officials have frequently sent strong anti-regulatory signals. For example, Vice President Pence argued that “excessive concern over security” is misplaced. Conversely, the White House Office of Management and Budget’s recently published memoranda M-25-21 and M-25-22 maintain certain risk management frameworks. This indicates that the Trump administration’s high-profile AI rhetoric cannot be directly translated into concrete policy actions, necessitating tactical refinements at the operational level.

The government is effectively seeking a new equilibrium, balancing industry demands for deregulation while avoiding potential risks stemming from complete laissez-faire. This contradiction reflects the tension between the policy goal of achieving “absolute competitive advantage” and the practical necessity of “essential risk management.” As shown in Table 1, the fundamental contours and underlying logic of U.S. AI policies, including strategic priorities, R&D investment, and regulatory frameworks, reveal this complex interplay of continuity, adjustment, and coexistence during the Trump 1.0 era, the Biden administration, and the Trump 2.0 era.

Table 1. Comparative Overview of U.S. AI Policy Orientations

Policy domainTrump 1.0 (2017–2021)Biden Administration (2021–2025)Trump 2.0 (2025–present)
Core policy documentsAmerican AI Initiative; National Artificial Intelligence R&D Strategic Plan (2019 update); Executive Order 13859, “Maintaining American Leadership in Artificial Intelligence”Executive Order 14110, “Safe, Secure, and Trustworthy Artificial Intelligence”; White House Office of Management and Budget (OMB) memorandum advancing governance, innovation, and risk management for agency use of AI (M-24-10); CHIPS and Science ActExecutive Order 14179, “Removing Barriers to American Leadership in Artificial Intelligence”; U.S. AI Action Plan
Strategic focusEmphasizes global leadership; initial standard-setting; cultivating AI talentEmphasizes governance frameworks for AI safety, ethics, and civil rights; maintains technological dominance through “hard” measures such as export controlsEmphasizes “America First” and “global market leadership”; intensifies competition with China; builds the “Stargate” project
R&D investmentPledges to double AI R&D investment; promotes long-term R&DEnsures sustained investment in AI R&DContinues R&D investment commitments, but stresses “creative allocation” of public funds, clear prioritization, and market-competition goals
Regulation / oversightDirects federal agencies to reduce barriers to AI development; emphasizes public–private cooperationEstablishes accountability frameworks; promotes “responsible AI”“Deregulation,” but risk-management requirements are raised via administrative memoranda
AI safety / ethicsEmphasizes balancing innovation with privacy, security, and freedomStrong emphasis on AI safety, ethics, and protection of civil rights; issues the Blueprint for an AI Bill of RightsDownplays broad, universal ethics requirements; focuses more on concrete governance in high-risk domains
Export controlsFocuses on technology protectionImplements strict export controls on chips and AI models; proposes “AI diffusion rules”Tightens controls on China; promotes global expansion of the U.S. industrial ecosystem
Talent policyFocuses on domestic workforce development and STEM education/trainingEmphasizes attracting top global talentWavers between “America First” and AI talent needs; strengthens STEM education while tightening foreign visa policy
International cooperationEstablishes new international AI alliancesAdvocates multilateral cooperation; co-develops norms with alliesLeans toward unilateralism and limited alliances; reconstructs a system centered on the U.S. industrial ecosystem

Source: compiled by the authors

1.2 Drivers of Policy Adjustment: Convergence of Multiple Logics

The adjustment of artificial intelligence (AI) policy during the Trump 2.0 era stems from the complex convergence of three intertwined logics: technological, political, and international competition. Massive investments in AI, the uncertainty of its technological prospects, the dominance of tech-right factions in AI policy formulation, and the impact of China’s “open-source, low-computing power” AI development model are core factors driving this period’s policy shift.

Technically, massive capital investments and uncertainty about the prospects of generative AI drove the Trump administration to relax regulations. While the United States continues to lead the world in AI, demonstrating significant progress in language comprehension and multimodal reasoning with large models like GPT-4o, Gemini 2.0, and LLaMA, AI is still in the early stages of development. Current mainstream models are heavily focused on language generation and have limited adaptability in critical application scenarios, such as healthcare, manufacturing, and education. The path for translating these technologies into industrial applications is unclear, and substantial R&D investments face significant uncertainty regarding their ability to yield expected returns. The sustainability of technological breakthroughs is difficult to guarantee. Prematurely tightening regulations could stifle innovation and threaten the United States’ leading position in the global AI race.

Meanwhile, new challenges arising from the large-scale deployment of AI models are becoming increasingly apparent, particularly with regard to energy consumption and environmental impact. U.S. research institutions project that AI data centers will account for between 6.7% and 12% of the nation’s electricity demand by 2028. These centers’ cooling systems will consume vast amounts of freshwater. This close linkage between AI development and energy security has prompted the Trump administration to expand its AI policy beyond technological competition to include a systemic engineering approach that encompasses energy and infrastructure. In the Trump 2.0 era, energy policy has become a central pillar of AI strategy.

The Artificial Intelligence Action Plan prioritizes nuclear energy, establishing small, transportable modular reactors as the main power source for future data centers and supercomputing facilities. By creating direct links between AI and energy policies, the U.S. aims to promote sustainable computational growth and solidify its dominance in key technological areas. The Trump 2.0 administration’s energy policy sharply diverges from the Biden administration’s approach. The Biden administration emphasizes alleviating AI’s energy consumption pressures through a clean energy transition, integrating AI development into the broader framework of climate change mitigation. This reflects a coordinated consideration of global climate responsibility and technological advancement. In contrast, the Trump 2.0 administration bundles AI’s energy demands with traditional and nuclear energy sources, prioritizing energy independence and strategic control. Facing dual pressures from technological breakthroughs and massive energy demands, the Trump administration pursued two parallel policy logics. On the one hand, it maintained an innovation-over-regulation orientation to provide greater space for technological development and preserve competitive advantages. On the other hand, it reverted to traditional and nuclear energy sources to ensure energy reliability and security.

From a political perspective, the tech-right faction, represented by David Sacks—the White House’s chief advisor on artificial intelligence and cryptocurrency—has gained unprecedented influence within the administration. The faction’s core narrative asserts that America can only secure absolute dominance in AI by dismantling the shackles of “ethical bureaucracy” and the “deep regulatory state.” Conversely, the faction claims that any preemptive regulation justified by security or rights concerns would cede the strategic initiative to potential adversaries.

The Republican National Committee incorporated AI issues into its 2024 platform’s “dual cultural and industrial front,” asserting that President Biden’s Executive Order 14110 hinders innovation through “leftist social engineering” and weakens U.S. military strength. This embeds AI regulation directly into partisan ideological conflict. In February 2025, Vice President Vance’s speech at the AI Action Summit in France explicitly juxtaposed “deregulation” with “deterrence against China,” stating that “algorithmic barriers are the last line of defense for the free world.” If the U.S. fails to secure structural technological superiority, its global institutional influence will erode through “de-Westernization.” Within this narrative framework, AI action plans formulated by tech right leaders such as Michael Kratsios, Sachs, and Mike Waltz have solidified into a centralized decision-making system with pronounced anti-regulatory tendencies. This trajectory heightens the risk of failure in technological assessment and stakeholder balancing.

From an international competition perspective, escalating technological rivalry has propelled AI policy to the core of national security strategies. The EU has taken the lead by establishing mandatory risk classification and cross-border compliance mechanisms through its AI Act. The EU aims to secure global agenda-setting power through “rule-making ambition.” The UK is leveraging safety assessments as a tool to gain technological influence through its dual-track approach of the “Frontier AI Taskforce” and the AI Safety Institute. India is targeting “Global South” markets with low-cost, multilingual models by providing massive subsidies for computing clusters. Meanwhile, Gulf nations are investing oil revenues and zero-carbon energy into data centers and GPU reserves to become global computing hubs, even attracting joint investments from U.S. firms.

This multipolar competition, coupled with pressure from China’s “open-source, low-computing-power” strategy, further reduces America’s technological lead. In this competitive landscape, those who simultaneously master algorithms, data, and computing power gain greater leverage in shaping international standards, supply chain configurations, and alliance networks. The sustained pursuit of technology intensifies concerns among U.S. strategic elites and propels the Trump administration to elevate AI competition to a core national security priority. Confronted by China’s rapid AI breakthroughs, intensifying domestic culture wars, and the rise of tech-right factions, the Trump 2.0 era further entrenched America’s existing competitive logic of “maintaining supremacy by suppressing rivals.” This logic represents an escalation of past technology containment policies, which pursued both leadership and suppression, under new competitive dynamics. Consequently, competition itself is viewed as the prerequisite and safeguard for preserving America’s institutional dominance.

1.3 Core Pillar Construction: Three Major Policy Pillars

The central theme of AI policy development during the Trump 2.0 era is “driven by dual expansion in technology and markets.” The AI policy framework built around this principle has three interdependent pillars: market logic emphasizing innovation and minimal regulation, economic nationalism under the “America First” doctrine, and geopolitical logic prioritizing national security. These pillars reinforce each other, transforming AI technology into a core asset for “great power strategic deterrence” and forming an internally cohesive policy system.

Within the market-oriented logic, the Trump 2.0 era aims to invigorate the artificial intelligence industry through the systematic deregulation of supply and the amplification of demand. The core approach comprises three complementary phases: First, regulatory relaxation. Executive Order 14179 repeals multiple pre-assessment requirements from the Biden era, mandating that regulatory agencies establish testing sandboxes and exemption pathways for businesses. The order authorizes replacing broad “safe, reliable, and trustworthy” requirements with “cost-benefit” criteria, which fundamentally lowers compliance barriers. Second are tax and credit incentives. The Treasury Department offers a 25% tax credit for investments in AI accelerators and high-bandwidth memory chips. Additionally, the “One Big Beautiful Bill” allocates $500 million to create the “Commercial AI Modernization Fund” within the Commerce Department to directly subsidize federal deployments of software as a service (SaaS)-based AI solutions. Third, leveraging federal demand: It converts government orders into first-mover effects to accelerate commercialization. These measures complement the technological liberalism of large enterprises with large models, propelling mainstream companies from demanding stringent regulation toward a “hands-off” approach. Thus, the Trump 2.0 era not only champions “market omnipotence,” but also transforms the AI arena into a rapid-feedback, high-frequency policy testing ground through a dual approach of institutional deregulation and fiscal incentives.

Economic nationalism is the second pillar of AI policy in the Trump 2.0 era. Its core objective is to establish a localized AI ecosystem to achieve economic and technological self-sufficiency. This is a concentrated manifestation of the “America First” principle within AI policy. The federal government uses two economic tools, procurement and industrial funding, to strengthen domestic supply chains.

In February 2024, the Trump administration strengthened the Buy American Act requirements, mandating that AI software and specialized chips contain at least 75% domestic content. The administration also authorized the Office of Management and Budget to conduct quarterly audits of agency compliance.

Then, in March 2025, the Trump administration issued a Commerce Department memorandum that made technical revisions to the CHIPS and Science Act’s subsidy provisions, aligning them more closely with the “America First” principle and the overall orientation of AI policy. The revised bill no longer provides unconditional subsidies. Instead, funding is tightly tied to conditions such as supply chain repatriation and localized technology research and development (R&D). By raising investment thresholds, mandating domestic manufacturing, and strengthening tariff incentives, the policy encourages companies to anchor high-value semiconductor manufacturing, packaging, and R&D capabilities in the United States. Through these measures, the Trump administration employs economic nationalism as a policy tool to firmly anchor supply chains and critical technologies within the United States, thereby maximizing U.S. economic growth and technological autonomy.

During the Trump 2.0 era, the influence of geopolitical logic on AI policy has steadily intensified. This logic prioritizes using AI-related resources to shape security deterrence, with the aim of monopolizing computational power and enforcing data blockades. This strategy aims to prevent rivals from gaining the upper hand while safeguarding U.S. leadership in artificial intelligence. In terms of security deterrence, the U.S. Department of Defense’s 2025 Joint All-Domain Command and Control (JADC2) Implementation Plan identifies generative large language models as essential elements of rapid decision-making processes, emphasizing AI-driven automated simulations to reduce strategic response times.

Accordingly, the FY2025 National Defense Authorization Act allocates $17.2 billion in research and development (R&D) funding for AI, 5G, and experimental demonstration projects. The Act also establishes a special fund of $1.72 billion within the science and technology budget to advance generative models, predictive analytics, and algorithmic prototypes. This reflects the fact that AI is no longer merely an auxiliary tool, but rather a core variable that directly impacts military success or failure. Furthermore, the AUKUS trilateral security partnership has designated AI and autonomous systems as one of its six priority areas. The partnership is negotiating joint validation and certification processes to ensure that future joint operational models adhere to unified security baselines.

In terms of monopolizing computational power, the U.S. continues to strengthen its geopolitical control over advanced semiconductor production capacity through the “Chip 4 Alliance.” Through its collaboration with Japan, South Korea, and Taiwan, the U.S. restricts the export of high-performance chips and extreme ultraviolet (EUV) lithography equipment to mainland China. This attempt aims to curb China’s hardware capabilities for AI development at the foundational computational level. On January 8, 2025, the U.S. Department of Justice published the “Final Rule on Preventing the Acquisition of Large Volumes of Sensitive Personal Data and Government-Related Data by Countries of Concern or Designated Persons” under Executive Order 14117, which addresses data barriers. This further restricts data flows to China, reflecting Washington’s policy of imposing strict controls on data movement under the pretext of national security. These measures have institutionalized artificial intelligence as a new “sovereign weapon” to safeguard America’s digital borders.

In summary, the Trump 2.0 era’s AI policy integrates industrial dynamism, economic nationalism, and geopolitics into a unified framework. It accelerates technological iteration through federal deregulation and fiscal incentives; constructs a closed-loop ecosystem for domestic and allied markets via procurement laws and export controls; and leverages small multilateral standards to translate computational superiority into institutional power. These three pillars mutually reinforce each other, yet they harbor inherent tensions: market efficiency demands openness, nationalism emphasizes protection, and security imperatives require controllability. The success of future policies will depend on whether the Trump administration can establish a sustainable dynamic equilibrium between innovation-driven growth, economic interests, and risk management.

II. The State of AI Competition Between China and the United States in the Trump 2.0 Era

The China factor is the catalyst for Trump’s transformation of AI policy in his second term, as well as the target of competitive victory. Despite the United States’ ongoing efforts to contain China, its AI sector has made significant breakthroughs and developed a unique approach to AI. This has triggered strategic anxiety in the United States and driven Washington to escalate its objectives and tactics in the AI competition with China. This phase of Sino-U.S. AI rivalry closely aligns with the “America First” principle, prioritizing innovation over regulation, and the geopolitical mindset embedded in U.S. AI policy.

2.1 Shift in Sino-American Competitive Dynamics: Narrowing Gap Triggers U.S. Objective Adjustment

China’s rapid technological advancements and breakthroughs in large-scale models have raised strategic concerns in the United States. Since 2023, China has made remarkable leaps in generative AI technology, approaching international advanced levels. Even more critically, open-source models launched by new companies like DeepSeek and Tongyi Qianwen have made significant breakthroughs in parameter efficiency and inference performance.

Notably, the DeepSeek-R1 model, which was trained using computational resources equivalent to just one-twentieth of the cost to train GPT-4, has approached or even surpassed the performance of Western foundational models in key benchmarks such as mathematical reasoning, code generation, and scientific question-answering. This achievement exemplifies China’s distinctive technical approach, termed “model optimization under computational constraints.” A Nature magazine report on DeepSeek-R1 noted that this model rivals Western flagship performance with minimal computational resources. This breakthrough marks a milestone in China’s AI technology, prompting the international academic community to reevaluate the pace of China’s technological progress.

Concurrently, China is demonstrating robust momentum in AI infrastructure development. Domestic AI chips, such as Huawei’s Ascend and Cambricon, are gradually closing the performance gap with Nvidia products. Meanwhile, platforms like Alibaba Cloud and Tencent Cloud are developing deep technical expertise in large-model training and inference services, forming a relatively complete AI industrial ecosystem. Faced with China’s rapid advancements in large-model technology, U.S. strategic circles and policymakers have developed unprecedented anxiety.

Harvard’s Belfer Center’s Key and Emerging Technologies Index Report explicitly warns that America’s technological edge in AI is rapidly diminishing. China has demonstrated capabilities that rival or even surpass those of the United States in certain domains, particularly in areas like parameter efficiency, training cost control, and open-source ecosystem development for large models.

Against this backdrop, Trump 2.0’s strategic objectives regarding AI policy toward China shifted significantly, transitioning from “maintaining leadership” to “closing the gap.” This marks a clear trajectory from relative advantage to absolute dominance. The fundamental driver of this policy change is that, when the technological gap narrows from generational superiority to comparable performance, maintaining relative leadership is insufficient to secure a strategic advantage. Instead, insurmountable technological barriers must be constructed through systematic technological blockades and resource monopolization.

In response to China’s technological advancements, the United States is intensifying its efforts in budgetary investments and technological containment. The FY2025 Defense Budget prioritizes generative models, autonomous systems, and C4I as “frontier deterrence” focal points. R&D funding for these areas is growing faster than funding for any other technology. Meanwhile, the Department of Commerce is continuously expanding its export control list for AI technologies to China in an attempt to stifle its development in critical AI domains through a “chokepoint” strategy. As a result, the U.S.’s competitive objective has evolved beyond merely maintaining a technological gap. It now seeks to solidify the gap as an insurmountable structural divide through executive orders, budgetary investments, and technological blockades. This strategic shift signals that the intense rivalry between the U.S. and China in the field of AI has entered a new phase, constituting the most prominent strategic indicator in the current AI contest between the two nations.

2.2 U.S. Escalation of Measures: From Technology Controls to Comprehensive Blockade

The Trump 2.0 administration’s approach toward China has evolved from an initial “small compound with high walls” strategy to a “large compound with deep walls” strategy. This new strategy encompasses entities, finance, computing power, and talent, all driven by an overarching strategic objective. The United States continues to expand the scope of its technology sanctions against China.

As of September 29, 2025, the U.S. Entity List covered 3,163 entities, a significant proportion of which were Chinese and operated in critical technology sectors. In September 2025, the U.S. enacted new regulations stipulating that subsidiaries of companies holding 50% or more equity in their parent companies would automatically be added to the Entity List, thereby expanding the scope of the sanctions list further. These lists reflect the deepening and intensifying nature of U.S. technological controls against China.

In March 2025, the U.S. Department of Commerce expanded its export control licensing requirements to include cloud computing power, model weights, and advanced algorithms. The goal was to cut off China’s access to external training resources. Even more surprisingly, the department extended controls to AI research papers, academic exchanges, and talent mobility, seeking to establish a comprehensive “AI firewall.” The U.S. State Department and the Department of Homeland Security announced the revocation of critical STEM visas and the establishment of a sensitive “algorithm expert” category, prompting widespread academic concerns about the “weaponization of visas.”

In April 2025, the U.S. amended its regulations further to impose a “presumption of denial” on the export of new chips, such as NVIDIA’s H20 and AMD’s MI308, to China. This imposed stringent restrictions on China’s access to critical hardware resources. By mid-2025, however, the U.S. began strategically relaxing its blockade framework. In July, exports of H20 and MI308 chips to China resumed under the condition that manufacturers remit approximately 15% of their revenue to the U.S. government and comply with additional controls, including “location verification” and restrictions on third-country transit. While this move appears to ease restrictions, it effectively increases transaction costs and enhances tracking mechanisms. This simultaneously reduces the market share of domestic Chinese chips, such as Huawei’s, while ensuring the U.S. government reaps dual benefits in commercial and security spheres. This reflects a dynamic equilibrium between national security and industrial interests.

Furthermore, the United States has expanded its exclusive control over global technology supply chains by strengthening its grip on critical technologies within multilateral frameworks. Through agreements such as the “Chip Four Alliance” and the Indo-Pacific Economic Framework (IPEF), the United States pressures allies to restrict key equipment, standards, and supply chain nodes — such as ASML’s EUV lithography machines and photoresists — to an exclusive alliance. This externally constrains China’s technological ecosystem. Overall, the policy tools of the Trump 2.0 era have transcended mere hardware embargoes, shifting toward a comprehensive blockade that encompasses “blocking algorithms, controlling computing power, cutting off talent, and rallying allies.” Consequently, the AI competition between China and the United States has entered a phase of deep, institutionalized, and alliance-based confrontation.

2.3 China’s Shift in Response Strategy

Based on the United States’ policy orientation, the “decoupling” trend in the AI sector between China and the U.S. is unlikely to reverse in the short term. In response to the U.S.’s intensifying technological containment strategy, China’s counterstrategy has evolved from merely responding to blockades and closing gaps to developing an autonomous ecosystem, promoting open-source pathways, and establishing an AI development framework grounded in global cooperation.

At the policy level, China is developing an independent and reliable artificial intelligence ecosystem to counter the United States’ intensifying “decoupling” measures. In January 2025, the State Council and the National Development and Reform Commission established a national-level AI special fund, which prioritizes support for domestic large-scale models, domestic chips, foundational computing power platforms, AI talent cultivation, and computing node system construction. Multiple provinces and municipalities have also established specialized industrial funds to support local large-scale model research and development (R&D) and open-source platform development.

In April 2025, amid U.S. policy discussions to add AI firms like DeepSeek to the Entity List, General Secretary Xi Jinping emphasized the following during the 20th Collective Study Session of the Political Bureau of the CPC Central Committee:

“Faced with the rapid evolution of next-generation AI technologies, we must fully leverage the strengths of our new national system, uphold self-reliance and self-strengthening, prioritize application-oriented development, and promote China’s AI sector toward healthy, orderly progress that is beneficial, secure, and equitable.”

At the 2025 World Artificial Intelligence Conference, nearly ten leading chip and large-model enterprises launched the “Model-Chip Ecosystem Innovation Alliance.” The alliance aims to establish unified hardware and software standards within the industry and promote the construction of a domestic interoperability system.

China has explored a technological pathway distinct from the U.S.’s closed-source approach, prioritizing open-source development. “Changing lanes to overtake” has emerged as the most viable strategy. The open-source model absorbs global knowledge contributions, circumvents U.S. government restrictions, and positively impacts China’s AI development at the technical and policy levels.

In practice, the DeepSeek-R1 open-source model has outperformed leading Western models despite limited computational resources, fully demonstrating the open-source approach’s viability. Since its release in 2023, Alibaba’s Tongyi Qianwen series has spawned over 10,000 models on Hugging Face. These models demonstrate significant advantages in multilingual response and extended context processing and have been widely adopted by global developers. The digital distribution of open-source code bypasses hardware shipment dependencies, circumventing “GPU embargoes” and “weight lockdowns.” In the long term, open-source models will serve as the guiding principle and technological foundation for China’s construction of an open, global AI ecosystem.

At the global level of cooperation, the competitive policies of the Trump 2.0 era have created a “battlefield-like” atmosphere within the United Nations’ multilateral platforms. This has undermined the cooperative spirit and exacerbated divisions. This has resulted in insufficient coordination within the global governance process. In response to the United States’ institutional exclusion, China has adopted a multi-tiered strategy. At the UN, China promotes the Inclusive AI Capacity Building Initiative, which aims to provide Global South nations with open-source models and technical training. Within multilateral frameworks such as APEC and the Shanghai Cooperation Organization (SCO), China has proposed the Global Data Cross-Border Flow Cooperation Initiative and the China-SCO Countries AI Application Cooperation Center Construction Plan, respectively. These initiatives offer institutional references for multilateral cooperation.

Additionally, China has strengthened rule-based cooperation with countries such as France and the United Kingdom by dispatching official delegations to participate in the Bletchley Summit and the Paris AI Action Summit, advancing AI regulatory collaboration. China has also intensified cooperation with key countries such as Singapore, Malaysia, and the UAE. These efforts include establishing data centers, encouraging model exports, and establishing critical channels for overseas development. Through capacity building, talent development, and industrial cooperation, China aims to help Global South nations rapidly establish the foundational resources needed for AI development using low-cost, deployable, open-source models. To further advance global cooperation, the Chinese government has proposed creating a “World Artificial Intelligence Cooperation Organization” and released the Global AI Governance Action Plan. This initiative invites the United Nations, international organizations, governments, and enterprises to collaborate in building an open, inclusive, fair, verifiable, and development-friendly AI governance pathway. This would create a framework that is a parallel to the closed system led by the United States.

III. The Global Implications of Sino-American Artificial Intelligence Competition

The competition between China and the United States in the field of artificial intelligence has gradually expanded from chips to the entire AI ecosystem, continuously escalating. Currently, the rivalry extends beyond technological confrontation to include a multifaceted contest over institutional power, technological ecosystems, economic structures, security paradigms, and governance discourse. This comprehensive competitive landscape is profoundly reshaping the operational logic and structure of global technological, economic, and security systems.

3.1 Devastating the Global Technology Innovation Ecosystem

The “America First” and “technological nationalism” strategies pursued during the Trump administration have accelerated the structural fragmentation of global AI innovation networks. These strategies have also led to regulatory fragmentation and coordination dilemmas within global governance mechanisms. These strategies have pressured the collaborative innovation system, originally built on development cooperation, to “choose sides.” As political factors alter the logic of technological development, talent mobility, scientific research collaboration, and innovation systems experience sustained disruption. Clearly, the AI competition between China and the United States triggers not only localized confrontation in specific technological areas but also a fundamental restructuring of the operational conditions for the global science and technology innovation system. The regionalization of talent mobility, the securitization of research collaboration, and the factionalization of knowledge production collectively indicate a critical trend: global collaborative innovation is shifting from high connectivity to structural fragmentation.

Under the Trump administration’s policy framework of intensifying visa restrictions and background checks, the model of the free movement and open exchange of global AI talent is progressively being disrupted. The United States has long relied on global high-end talent to maintain its leadership in artificial intelligence. Statistics indicate that approximately 70% of U.S. AI researchers are from overseas, and about 38% have Chinese backgrounds. However, driven by policy tightening and geopolitical risks, some talent that would have otherwise flowed to the U.S. and Europe is now redirecting toward Asia, Latin America, and the Middle East. This shift is fostering the emergence of new research networks centered around China. This transformation signals a gradual transition in international talent mobility, moving from a concentrated model with a few major tech powers as the primary destinations to a more decentralized flow pattern centered on multiple regions. Consequently, the geographic distribution of global AI innovation is shifting from concentration to diversity.

Meanwhile, so-called national security considerations have also disrupted international mechanisms for knowledge production and scientific collaboration. Traditionally, research cooperation in the global AI field has relied on university alliances, multinational laboratories, and technical communities to form collaborative platforms built on trust and guided by principles of open sharing. However, amid U.S. efforts to “decouple” from China, this cooperative model has faced numerous challenges. According to data from the National Science Foundation (NSF), nearly 40% of U.S. AI research outcomes in 2023 involved international collaboration. However, this proportion has shown a significant downward trend over the past two years. The selection of AI research partners is increasingly influenced by institutional alignment and political stances. Project approvals, funding flows, and even publication channels are becoming embedded within national strategic considerations. Institutional incompatibility has become an invisible barrier to cross-border collaboration. Research partnerships that once spanned systems are gradually devolving into internal collaborations. This shift has led to a collapse of the mechanisms of scientific and technological trust.

This shift is also reflected in the production patterns of scientific research. Co-authorship networks in papers published in leading international AI conferences and journals are becoming more polarized. Collaboration between European and American nations has grown tighter, while cooperation between China and Global South countries has surged. The production and dissemination of technological knowledge are gradually decoupling from the logic of globalization. This trend restricts the integration of diverse knowledge systems and negatively impacts collaborative research on emerging tech ethics, risk prevention, and cross-cultural scenarios. Consequently, it weakens the systemic adaptability and innovation spillover effects of global AI development.

3.2 Impact on the Global Economic System and Industrial Synergy Structure

The competition between China and the United States in artificial intelligence (AI) is profoundly reshaping the global economic system, affecting economic and industrial structures. “De-risking” policies have weakened the highly integrated, collaborative structure that once characterized the global AI industry, forcing supply chains to evolve toward regionalization and fragmentation. This has, in turn, exacerbated global economic imbalances.

Excessive competition has led to the restructuring and fragmentation of the global AI industry. The global AI industrial network, which was originally built on comparative advantages and economies of scale, is now being forced to reconfigure itself along geopolitical boundaries. As the United States pushes for the localization and repatriation of critical technological components and China accelerates the construction of an autonomous and controllable technological system, this competitive dynamic shifts the global AI industry from high integration to regionalized clusters.

The competition between China and the United States in artificial intelligence (AI) is profoundly reshaping the global economic system, affecting economic and industrial structures. “De-risking” policies have weakened the highly integrated, collaborative structure that once characterized the global AI industry, forcing supply chains to evolve toward regionalization and fragmentation. This has, in turn, exacerbated global economic imbalances.

Excessive competition has led to the restructuring and fragmentation of the global AI industry. The global AI industrial network, which was originally built on comparative advantages and economies of scale, is now being forced to reconfigure itself along geopolitical boundaries. As the United States pushes for the localization and repatriation of critical technological components and China accelerates the construction of an autonomous and controllable technological system, this competitive dynamic shifts the global AI industry from high integration to regionalized clusters.

In the long run, the intense competition between China and the United States in the field of artificial intelligence will affect the global economy’s growth potential. AI is the core driving force of the new industrial revolution, and realizing its full potential requires collaborative innovation and global application promotion. However, the current competitive landscape limits the depth and breadth of such collaboration, which could delay the progress of global digital transformation. This would ultimately affect the world economy’s overall growth quality and sustainable development capacity. The economic restructuring driven by Sino-American AI competition is fundamentally altering the operational logic of globalization. Technological development is increasingly serving geopolitical rivalry rather than optimizing economic efficiency.

3.3 Eroding global strategic stability mechanisms and exacerbating the proliferation of militarization

Amidst intensifying Sino-American competition, artificial intelligence is rapidly becoming integrated into national security and military strategic frameworks. This shift is reshaping how nations perceive the boundaries between war and peace and posing a fundamental challenge to the conditions that underpin long-term strategic stability. Traditional strategic stability mechanisms are being progressively eroded, particularly in the areas of information transparency, capability assessment, and crisis management. This undermines the structure of strategic mutual trust and fuels global militarization.

First, the deployment of military artificial intelligence exacerbates the decline in information transparency, which undermines the fundamental premise of strategic mutual trust that has traditionally sustained relations between major powers. Conventional arms control and strategic deterrence mechanisms depend on visibility into an adversary’s capabilities and intentions to facilitate mutual restraint and crisis management. However, the United States has accelerated the deployment of AI-driven intelligent systems in areas such as operational management, intelligence analysis, and unmanned systems. Most of these projects are highly classified under the guise of “national security.”

For example, since 2018, the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) has launched military AI initiatives such as “AI Next” and “AI Forward,” investing over $2 billion to advance the integration of trustworthy AI systems into the military. Due to the technology’s sensitivity, these deployments are deeply embedded within networks, algorithms, and data links. This makes it difficult for external observers to accurately assess each side’s capabilities and operational logic. This has eroded traditional information-sharing mechanisms and risk-warning systems.

Second, the capability assessment mechanism has further weakened in the AI competition, leading to an increased risk of strategic miscalculation. Amid ineffective communication and verification mechanisms, the United States has accelerated the independent development and deployment of military AI systems, exacerbating uncertainty and strategic ambiguity stemming from “black-box models.” The nonlinear evolution and autonomous decision-making attributes of AI systems have also made nations increasingly reliant on worst-case assumptions when evaluating each other’s military capabilities. In this context, competitive behaviors are increasingly rationalized, and defensive technological deployments by one side are perceived as offensive signals by the other. This intensifies misunderstandings and hostility surrounding defensive deployments. Augmented by rapid-response systems like generative models, nations may bypass human control protocols, fostering a new strategic logic of decision compression and emergency escalation. This further increases the accidental nature and uncontrollability of military conflict outbreaks.

The absence of crisis management mechanisms has also intensified competition in the field of military artificial intelligence, raising security concerns as its disruptive effects on global stability become increasingly pronounced. Historically, major powers relied on multilateral crisis prevention mechanisms, such as strategic communication, hotlines, and joint exercises.

However, the ambiguous behavior of AI systems and the difficulty of determining responsibility have significantly reduced the effectiveness of traditional crisis management tools in an AI context. Currently, neither China nor the United States has established fundamental rules regarding behavioral red lines, incident attribution, or early warning channels, whether concerning deepfakes, automated attacks, or autonomous weapon deployment. This institutional vacuum heightens the risk of miscalculation. Under this competitive precedent, other nations are accelerating the development of military AI systems, emulating China and the U.S., which further escalates the complexity and risks of global crisis response, creating a risk multiplier through “imitative proliferation.”

This competitive AI rivalry is reshaping the global military development paradigm and the arms control agenda. Driven by technological competition, nations such as Israel, South Korea, and Russia are advancing the experimental deployment of intelligent weapon systems under the “security first” logic, further straining the fragile multilateral arms control mechanisms within the United Nations framework. International negotiations on lethal autonomous weapons systems (LAWS) have repeatedly stalled in recent years. In 2024, negotiations on LAWS formally ceased due to deep divisions among core nations regarding restrictive rules. This event signifies that AI competition is no longer merely a bilateral issue, but rather, it has become a factor that undermines the global trust framework.

Overall, the strategic competition over the military deployment of artificial intelligence has significantly undermined the structural foundations of global strategic stability. Although the military application of AI enhances operational efficiency and capabilities, it has also reshaped the pathways for conflict initiation and escalation. In the absence of transparency, evaluation, and control mechanisms, the risk of technological misinterpretation, misjudgment of intent, and system malfunction is rising. Against the backdrop of an absence of global governance consensus, AI competition is evolving into an institutional driver of global militarization trends, posing profound challenges to peace and stability in the 21st century.

IV. Prospects for Sino-US Cooperation in the Field of Artificial Intelligence

The Trump 2.0 era has escalated the competition between China and the United States in the field of artificial intelligence, turning it into an institutionalized and structured confrontation. This rivalry has transcended traditional technological contests and expanded into a comprehensive contest for institutional power. This contest encompasses rule-making, standard-setting, and value-based influence. It is shaping the evolution of the global technological order. However, artificial intelligence is a critical general-purpose technology with global spillover effects and systemic risks. Therefore, the development and governance of AI cannot be based entirely on zero-sum logic.

As the two primary drivers of global AI advancement, China and the U.S. share a common mission to ensure technological safety and sustainable development. Despite the challenges to high-level dialogue and cooperation during the Trump 2.0 era, there is still minimal security collaboration and unofficial communication channels amid the intensifying competition. These channels will play a crucial role in shaping future global AI governance frameworks. In the short term, the Trump administration’s intensified “selective decoupling” policy may exacerbate institutional fragmentation within the global AI ecosystem. In the medium term, divergent technological trajectories and governance models will drive the formation of a multipolar, low-coordination governance landscape. In the long term, despite formidable challenges to government-level cooperation, deepening governance deficits, increasing risk incidents, and evolving global consensus, there is potential for China and the U.S. to rebuild cooperative frameworks in security, standards, and risk governance.

First, there is still room for China and the United States to cooperate on international security issues arising from artificial intelligence. This is especially relevant given the growing frequency of high-risk scenarios, such as the potential for military AI to spiral out of control, the proliferation of deepfakes, and intelligent attacks on critical infrastructure. Both countries have a practical need for a minimum consensus on security. In these high-risk domains, technological miscalculations can trigger chain reactions that transcend the control of any single nation, making basic strategic stability a shared responsibility. Even during the most intense phases of great power strategic competition, sustaining “cooperation amid competition” is both feasible and necessary.

However, deepening cooperation between China and the U.S. in AI security is no simple task. The governance logic of artificial intelligence differs fundamentally from that of traditional security governance. Historically, China and the U.S. have established relatively stable frameworks of mutual trust and crisis management in areas such as nuclear deterrence and weapons of mass destruction. Yet, the dual-use nature of AI and its inherent uncertainty blur the boundaries between war and peace, civilian and military applications, and development and deployment. This challenges traditional security perceptions and governance paradigms. To address this, both nations must establish a multi-tiered governance mechanism centered on mutual trust and mutual understanding and guided by rules. Strategic and scientific communities from both nations must establish security dialogues and reach consensuses to mitigate global risks posed by high-risk scenarios, such as the uncontrolled deployment of military AI, the proliferation of deepfakes, and intelligent attacks on critical infrastructure.

Second, there is substantial potential for cooperation between China and the United States in the field of AI technology security. Both countries should rebuild foundational technical consensus. Conducting joint research in cutting-edge areas such as generative AI, multimodal intelligence, and brain-inspired computing can mitigate misjudgment risks and serve as an “academic bridge” to ease political tensions. They should clearly define the boundaries of high-risk technologies and establish behavioral red lines around deepfakes, autonomous weapons, and intelligent attacks. Additionally, they should build predictable technical restriction mechanisms. Regarding standards and rule-making, both sides should explore possibilities for “technical cooperation,” such as establishing technical-level interoperability mechanisms covering data structures, security assessments, and model testing to prevent the fragmented evolution of standards systems. They should establish crisis communication mechanisms tailored to the characteristics of AI, drawing inspiration from the Cold War–era “hotline mechanism” to promote the creation of normalized, high-level communication channels and emergency dialogue platforms. This would reduce the risk of strategic misinterpretation.

Finally, cooperation between China and the United States should extend beyond the governmental level to include collaboration among academic circles and technology companies. Against the backdrop of continuously shrinking official dialogue channels and dwindling political trust, “low-politicized” cooperation mechanisms involving non-governmental organizations, academic institutions, and multinational corporations are increasingly demonstrating their strategic resilience.

.Even during the Trump 1.0 era, when political relations between the U.S. and China were highly strained, academic collaborations between institutions like Harvard University and Tsinghua University remained active. This shows that communication and collaboration at the non-governmental level are resilient under pressure. Even within a confrontational framework, it is evident that preserving second-track engagement through academic exchanges is crucial for sustaining communication and cooperation.

The consensus reached by the leaders of both countries is a crucial political foundation for potential AI cooperation between China and the United States. During the 2023 San Francisco summit, the two nations reached a shared understanding of the risks and safety concerns associated with advanced AI systems. In May 2024, the first intergovernmental dialogue on AI was held. That same year, the Lima Meeting at the APEC Summit further affirmed the necessity of maintaining communication regarding AI safety. These shared understandings provide an institutional foundation for dialogue and cooperation. Despite the severe constraints on bilateral cooperation during the Trump 2.0 era, when government-level collaboration became exceptionally difficult, China and the United States still have shared responsibilities as global AI powers in addressing risks and ensuring technological stability. These responsibilities preserve potential pathways for limited yet necessary cooperation.

V. Conclusion

Artificial intelligence has reached a critical juncture in its transition from technological innovation to institutional construction. As key leaders in the global technology ecosystem, China and the United States must find room for cooperation amid fierce competition, establish minimal consensus despite institutional differences, and exercise restraint in the face of shared challenges. Only by transcending zero-sum logic and rebuilding a shared sense of responsibility can we ensure that AI technology serves humanity’s common future of security, development, and governance.

The ability to rebuild the foundation for governance cooperation amid deep-seated strategic competition has become a critical variable for both China and the United States in shaping the future global AI development order. To maintain its technological leadership, the United States must achieve an institutional balance between national security objectives and global innovation vitality, rather than intensifying containment efforts against China. Meanwhile, China should strengthen its technological capabilities and actively propose inclusive, actionable governance initiatives to establish new normative advantages within the global AI governance framework.

The Global Governance Initiative, proposed by President Xi Jinping at the SCO Tianjin Summit in September 2025, exemplifies this normative strength. Guided by the principle of “innovation and improvement,” the initiative adheres to five core tenets: sovereign equality, respect for the rule of international law, commitment to multilateralism, a people-centered approach, and an action-oriented focus. Along with the Global Development Initiative, Global Security Initiative, and Global Civilization Initiative, it creates a four-dimensional framework. This framework provides China with crucial support to gain a greater voice and institutional influence in transforming the global governance system. It also offers a more robust institutional framework for international cooperation and governance in emerging technology fields, such as artificial intelligence.

For the international community, Sino-U.S. competition carries systemic tensions but does not necessarily lead to an adversarial structure that demands “choosing sides.” Key actors, such as the European Union, Japan, and India, should promote ethical principles, institutional coordination, and standard governance. Through multilateral platforms and regional mechanisms, these actors can promote greater openness, diversity, and collaboration in global AI governance.

This article was first published in the Pacific Journal 《太平洋学报》on December 18, 2025.


特朗普2.0时期中美人工智能博弈的新阶段

2025-12-25

鲁传颖    清华大学战略与安全研究中心特约专家,同济大学政治与国际关系学院教授、网络空间国际治理研究基地常务副主任

才悦    同济大学政治与国际关系学院2023级博士研究生

人工智能(Artificial Intelligence)技术作为第四次工业革命的核心驱动力,已超越单纯的技术属性,成为塑造国际体系权力分配、重构地缘政治秩序的关键战略变量。与此同时,特朗普再度胜选推动着中美人工智能博弈进入了一个具有结构性转变特征的新阶段。特朗普2.0时期的人工智能政策延续并强化其”美国优先”的政策逻辑,表现出明显的新重商主义特征和单边主义倾向。美国战略界普遍认为,特朗普2.0时期将会采取更为强硬的技术民族主义立场,将中美人工智能关系置于一种”竞争性相互依存”(competitive interdependence)的悖论处境中。特朗普政权的”美国例外论”话语建构与其对中国技术崛起的”修昔底德陷阱”式解读,共同构成了这一阶段美国对华人工智能政策的深层认知基础。

尽管面临美国持续强化的技术封锁与出口管制,中国在人工智能领域的创新能力依然呈现出显著韧性与活力。以DeepSeek、通义千问等基础模型为代表的人工智能技术突破,不仅挑战了西方对中国技术能力的刻板认知,也对美国主导的全球技术治理秩序提出了多元化的制度想象空间。中国在人工智能领域的突破强化了美国战略精英对美国是否能够在前沿技术领域获取绝对领先的深层忧虑,也暴露了美国试图通过”技术脱钩”策略来遏制中国人工智能发展的战略短视。

一、特朗普2.0时期人工智能政策新方针

美国人工智能政策演进呈现出战略连贯性与政权更迭下的政策调适。特朗普2.0时期的人工智能政策方针既体现了对特朗普1.0时期政策理念的强化延续,也展现了对拜登政府技术治理框架的选择性调整。其政策组合呈现出三重逻辑:一是强化政府对产业政策与创新体系的干预力度;二是深化技术领域”选择性脱钩”(selective decoupling);三是重构以美国为中心的全球人工智能联盟网络。这种政策取向反映了美国试图进一步塑造单极霸权的战略野心。

1.1政策演进脉络:继承与调整并举

特朗普2.0时期对美国人工智能政策发展策略进行了重大调整。2025年1月23日,特朗普再次执政的首日便签署第14179号行政令《消除美国在人工智能领域领导地位的障碍》。这一政策明确废除了拜登政府制定的,以”安全可靠的技术领先”为思路的第14110号行政令。新行政令标志特朗普政府人工智能政策转向以”技术与市场双重扩张为导向”的发展战略。

拜登政府的人工智能政策呈现出追求技术优势与治理规则构建并行的双重特征。一方面,通过加大对人工智能领域的投资,加强出口管制、对外投资审查等措施试图强化在人工智能领域的技术领先优势。同时,也高度关注人工智能安全治理。拜登政府以第14110号行政令为基础,并以白宫管理和预算办公室(OMB)发布的备忘录(M-24-10)和人工智能安全研究所制定的安全治理标准,构建了人工智能安全治理体系。特朗普2.0时期人工智能政策明确将竞争优势置于安全考量之上,副总统万斯(J. D. Vance)在法国人工智能行动峰会上表示”人工智能的未来不会因过度担忧安全而获胜”,体现了特朗普2.0时期政策理念的转变。特朗普政府不仅废除了拜登政府旨在平衡技术领先与安全的行政令,还不遗余力地限制州政府出台人工智能安全相关举措,坚定贯彻技术领先的政策主张。

特朗普2.0时期的政策调整是对特朗普1.0时期”强化竞争逻辑,弱化监管框架”的选择性继承。在竞争维度上,特朗普1.0时期制定的第13859号行政令《保持美国在人工智能领域的领导地位》所构建的增加研发投资、开放数据资源、制定标准、培养人才的政策框架得到延续和深化,同时,《国家人工智能研发战略计划(2019年更新版)》系统路线图仍然有效。这种选择性继承的逻辑在于,凡是有利于提升美国人工智能竞争力的政策工具都将得以保留,而那些被视为”发展障碍”的监管措施则被系统性削弱或废除。特朗普2.0时期的人工智能政策具有明确的工具理性色彩,其政策价值完全服务于竞争目标。

值得注意的是,尽管特朗普2.0时期的人工智能政策更加激进,但在实际操作层面却面临多重制约。一方面,政府高层频繁发出反监管的强烈信号,副总统万斯的”过度担忧安全”论调即为典型代表;另一方面,白宫管理和预算办公室新发布的备忘录M-25-21和M-25-22仍保留了一定的风险管理框架。这表明特朗普政府在人工智能领域的高调叙事无法直接转化为实际政策举措,不得不在操作层面进行策略性微调。政府实际上是在寻求一个新的平衡点——既要满足产业界对监管放松的要求,又要避免因完全放任而引发的潜在风险。这一矛盾体现出”绝对竞争优势”政策目标与”必要风险管控”现实需求之间的内在张力。如表1所示,特朗普1.0时期、拜登政府时期、特朗普2.0时期,美国在战略重点、研发投入、监管等人工智能政策领域的基本轮廓、内在逻辑呈现出了这种延续调整并存的复杂关系。

微信图片_2025-12-27_181714_617.png

1.2政策调整驱动因素:多重逻辑交汇

特朗普2.0时期人工智能政策的调整源于技术、政治和国际竞争三重逻辑的复杂交汇。人工智能巨大的投入与技术前景的不确定性、技术右翼在人工智能政策制定中的主导权,以及中国”开源——低算力”人工智能发展模式的冲击,是推动特朗普2.0时期人工智能政策调整的核心因素。

从技术层面看,巨大资本投入与生成式人工智能前景的不确定性是促使特朗普政府放松监管的关键。尽管美国在人工智能领域依旧保持国际领先地位,诸如GPT-4o、Gemini 2.0、LLaMA等大模型在语言理解和多模态推理方面取得了显著进展,但从整体技术发展周期来看,人工智能仍处于相对稚嫩的探索期。当前主流模型依然聚焦语言生成,在医疗、制造、教育等关键应用场景的适配有限,且技术向产业化转化的路径尚不明确,巨额研发投入能否获得预期回报存在较大不确定性。技术突破的持续性难以保证,过早强化监管可能会压制创新动力,从而威胁到美国在全球人工智能竞赛中的领先地位。

与此同时,人工智能模型大规模部署带来的新挑战日益凸显,特别是在能源消耗和环境影响方面。美国研究机构预计,人工智能数据中心到2028年将占据全国电力需求的6.7%~12%,且冷却系统消耗大量淡水。美国人工智能发展与能源安全紧密绑定,这推动特朗普政府将人工智能政策从单纯的技术竞争扩展为涵盖能源、基础设施的系统工程。能源政策已成为特朗普2.0时期人工智能政策的核心支柱。在《人工智能行动计划》中,核能被赋予战略优先地位,小型模块化可移动核反应堆被定位为未来数据中心和超算设施的主要动力来源。通过在人工智能政策与能源政策之间建立直接的制度联动,美国试图在保障算力可持续扩张的同时,进一步巩固其在核心技术领域的控制权。特朗普政府2.0时期能源政策与拜登政府时期形成鲜明的路径分歧。拜登政府强调通过清洁能源转型来缓解人工智能能耗压力,将人工智能发展纳入应对气候变化的整体框架,体现了全球气候责任与技术发展的协调考量。而特朗普2.0时期将人工智能能源需求与传统能源、核能捆绑,优先考虑能源独立与战略可控。整体而言,在面对技术突破和巨大能源需求的双重压力下,特朗普政府采取了两条并行的政策逻辑:一方面坚持重创新、轻监管的取向,为技术发展提供更大空间以保持竞争优势;另一方面回归传统能源与核能,确保能源可靠性与安全性。

从政治层面来看,以白宫人工智能与加密货币事务负责人戴维·萨克斯(David Sacks)为代表的技术右翼在政府内获得了前所未有的话语权。其核心叙事是,唯有解除”伦理官僚主义”与”深层监管国家”的束缚,才能确保美国人工智能绝对优势;反之,任何以安全或权益为名的事前监管都会将战略主动权让渡给潜在对手。共和党全国委员会2024年纲领将人工智能议题纳入”文化与产业双重战线”,断言拜登政府第14110号行政令”以左翼社会工程阻碍创新”并”削弱美国军事实力”,从而将人工智能监管直接嵌入党派意识形态之争中。2025年2月,副总统万斯在法国人工智能行动峰会上的演讲更将”去监管”与”对华威慑”并置,宣称”算法壁垒就是自由世界的最后堤坝”。如果美国不能确保技术上的结构性优势,其全球制度性影响力将面临”非西方化”的系统性削弱。在此话语叙事下,技术右翼代表人物迈克尔·克拉齐奥斯(Michael Kratsios)、萨克斯、迈克·沃尔兹(Mike Waltz)等人制定的人工智能行动计划,形成了高度集中且具有强烈反监管倾向的决策体系。这一趋势增加了技术评估与利益平衡失灵的风险。

从国际竞争层面观察,技术博弈的持续升级将人工智能政策推向了国家安全战略的核心位置。欧盟凭借《人工智能法案》率先确立强制性风险分级与跨境合规机制,意图以”规则雄心”锁定全球议程权;英国在”前沿人工智能任务组”与人工智能安全研究所双轨推动下,推动安全评测成为伦敦争取技术话语权的抓手;印度通过大规模补贴算力集群,意在用低成本多语种模型突围”全球南方”市场;而海湾国家则把石油资金与零碳能源注入数据中心和GPU储备,竞逐成为全球算力枢纽,甚至吸引了美国企业的共同布局。多极竞逐叠加中国”开源——低算力”路线的追赶压力,进一步压缩美国技术领先缓冲期。在这种多极竞争态势下,谁能同时掌握算法、数据与算力,谁就更有能力在国际标准制定、供应链布局和联盟网络的构建中占据上风。这种持续的技术追赶态势加剧了美国战略精英的忧虑,也推动特朗普政府将人工智能竞争提升到国家安全的核心考量层面。面对中国人工智能技术的快速突破、美国国内文化战争的激化以及技术右翼势力的崛起,特朗普2.0时期进一步强化了美国既有的”通过压制对手来维持领先”的竞争逻辑。这一逻辑是在新的技术竞争背景下,对过去几年兼具领先与压制双重目标的科技遏制政策的深化与加码。因此,竞争本身被视为确保美国制度性主导权的前提与保障。

1.3核心支柱构建:三大政策支撑

“以技术与市场双重扩张为导向”是特朗普2.0时期人工智能政策的发展主线。围绕这一主线形成的人工智能政策架构是由创新优先与监管最小化的市场逻辑、”美国优先”的经济民族主义逻辑,以及国家安全至上的地缘政治逻辑共同组成。这三大支柱相互促进,通过将人工智能技术政治化为”大国战略威慑”的核心资产,构成了一个内在统一的政策体系。

在市场导向的逻辑维度上,特朗普2.0时期意在通过系统性地供给松绑和需求放大来释放人工智能产业的活力。其核心做法可分为三个互补环节,其一是法规层面的放松,第14179号行政令一次性撤销拜登时期多项前置评估条款,要求主管机构为企业建立测试沙盒和豁免通道,并授权以”成本——收益”标准替代广义”安全、可靠、可信”要求,从根本上降低合规门槛;其二是税收与信贷激励措施,财政部对人工智能加速器和高带宽存储芯片投资给出25%的税抵免,而”大而美”法案(One Big Beautiful Bill)另拨5亿美元,用于在商务部设立”商业人工智能现代化基金”,直接补贴SaaS型人工智能解决方案的联邦部署;其三是联邦需求杠杆,把政府订单转化为首单效应来加速商业化。这一系列举措与大模型企业技术自由主义相得益彰,推动主流企业从需要强监管转向”放开手脚干”。因而,特朗普2.0时期并非简单推崇”市场万能”,而是借由制度性松绑和财政性激励并举,将人工智能赛道改造为高频迭代、快速反馈的政策试验场。

经济民族主义逻辑是特朗普2.0时期人工智能政策的第二支柱,其核心目标是构建本土化的人工智能生态,实现经济和技术上的自给自足。这是”美国优先”原则在人工智能政策中的集中体现。联邦政府通过采购和产业资助这两种经济手段来巩固本土供给。2024年2月,特朗普政府进一步加强《购买美国产品法》的要求,强制要求人工智能软件与专用芯片国内含量不低于75%阈值,并授权白宫预算办公室对各机构执行情况进行季度审计。2025年3月,特朗普政府通过商务部备忘录,对《芯片与科学法案》补贴条款进行技术性修订,使其更符合”美国优先”原则与人工智能政策的整体取向。修订后的法案资助不再是无条件补贴,而是与供应链回迁、技术研发本土化等条件紧密挂钩,通过追加投资门槛、绑定本土制造、强化关税倒逼的方式,引导企业将高价值的半导体制造、封装及研发能力重新锚定在美国。通过这些举措,特朗普政府试图使用经济民族主义政策工具将供应链和关键技术牢牢锁定在美国本土,最大程度地推动美国经济发展和技术自主。

地缘政治逻辑在特朗普2.0时期人工智能政策中的影响逐步增强。地缘政治逻辑更关注如何运用人工智能相关资源塑造安全威慑,以实现算力垄断与实施数据封锁,从而防范对手崛起并维护美国在人工智能领域的领导地位。在安全威慑层面,美国国防部2025年《联合全域指挥与控制(JADC2)实施计划》将生成式大语言模型列入快速决策回路核心组件,强调以人工智能自动推演压缩战略响应时间。与之呼应,《2025财年国防授权法案》在研发经费中列出172亿美元专投人工智能、5G与实验演示项目,并在科学与技术预算中设立17.2亿美元专项,用于推动生成式模型、预测分析与算法原型的研发。这一部署反映出人工智能不再是辅助工具,而是直接影响军事成败的核心变量。此外,”美英澳三边安全伙伴关系”(AUKUS)已将人工智能与自主系统列为六大优先方向之一,并正磋商共同验证与认证流程,以确保未来联合作战模型遵循统一安全基线。在算力垄断层面,美方持续通过”芯片四方联盟”(Chip 4)强化对先进半导体产能的地缘控制,联合日本、韩国和中国台湾地区限制高性能芯片及EUV光刻设备向中国大陆出口,试图从底层算力基础上遏制中国人工智能发展的硬件能力支撑;在数据封锁层面,2025年1月8日,美国司法部根据第14117号行政令公布了《防止受关注国家或特定人员获取美国大量敏感个人数据和政府相关数据最终规则》,进一步收紧数据向中国的流动,体现了美方以国家安全为由对数据流动的严格管控的政策取向。通过上述做法,人工智能被制度化为守护美国数字边界的新型”主权武器”。

综合而言,特朗普2.0时期的人工智能政策将产业活力、经济民族主义与地缘政治捆绑成一体,通过联邦松绑和财政激励加速技术迭代,借助采购法与出口管制构筑本土及盟友闭环,并通过小多边标准把算力优势外溢为制度权力。三大支柱相互支撑,但亦潜藏张力,即市场效率需要开放,民族主义强调保护,安全逻辑要求可控。未来政策的成败,将取决于特朗普政府能否在创新驱动、经济利益与风险管控之间实现可持续的动态平衡。

二、特朗普2.0时期中美人工智能竞争态势

中国因素既是推动特朗普2.0时期人工智能政策转型的原因,也是竞赢的对象。面对美国持续封锁,中国人工智能依旧取得了巨大突破,并探索出一种中国式人工智能发展模式。这不仅引发美国的战略焦虑,也促使美国对华人工智能博弈目标与手段持续升级加码。这一阶段中美人工智能竞争所体现出的特点与美国人工智能政策中的”美国优先”原则、创新优先与监管最小化逻辑,以及地缘政治思维高度呼应。

2.1中美竞争态势转变:差距缩小引发美国目标转变

中国在大模型领域的快速追赶与技术突破加剧了美国的战略焦虑。自2023年以来,中国在生成式人工智能领域展现出令人瞩目的技术跃升,能力已接近国际先进水平。更为关键的是,DeepSeek、通义千问等新兴企业推出的开源模型在参数效率和推理性能上实现了显著突破。其中,DeepSeek-R1模型以仅相当于GPT-4训练成本1/20的算力投入,在数学推理、代码生成和科学问答等关键基准测试中逼近甚至超越西方基础模型的性能,展现了中国在”算力约束下的模型优化”方面的独特技术路径。《自然》杂志对DeepSeek-R1的专门报道指出,该模型以极低算力逼近西方旗舰性能,成为中国人工智能技术突围的标志性案例,并引发国际学术界对中国技术追赶速度的重新评估。同时,中国在人工智能基础设施建设方面也展现出强劲的发展势头,华为昇腾、寒武纪等自主人工智能芯片逐步缩小与英伟达产品的性能差距,阿里云、腾讯云等平台在大模型训练和推理服务上的技术积累日益深厚,逐步形成了相对完整的人工智能产业生态链条。面对中国大模型技术的快速进步,美国战略界和政策制定者产生了前所未有的恐慌。哈佛贝尔弗中心发布的《关键和新兴技术指数报告》中明确警告,美国在人工智能领域的技术优势正在快速缩小,特别是在大模型的参数效率、训练成本控制和开源生态构建方面,中国已展现出与美国并驾齐驱甚至局部领先的能力。

在此背景下,特朗普2.0时期对华人工智能的战略目标发生了显著变化,由”继续领先”转向”锁死差距”,呈现出明显的相对优势向绝对主导的跃迁轨迹。其政策转向的根本动因在于,当技术差距从代际优势缩小至性能相当时,维持相对领先已不足以确保战略优势,必须通过系统性技术封锁和资源垄断来构建不可逾越的技术壁垒。为了应对中国的技术追赶,美国在预算投入和技术封锁两个维度同时发力。《2025财年国防预算》将生成式模型、自主系统与C4I列为”前沿威慑”重点,相关研发经费增幅居所有技术之首;同时商务部不断扩大对华人工智能技术出口管制清单,试图通过”卡脖子”策略阻断中国在关键人工智能技术领域的发展。由此,美国的竞争目标已不再满足于保持技术差距,而是意图通过行政令、预算投入及对华技术封锁,把差距固化为无法逾越的结构鸿沟。这一战略转向标志着中美人工智能竞争已进入激烈博弈的新阶段,构成了当前中美人工智能博弈中最为突出的态势信号。

2.2美国手段升级:从技术管制到全面封锁

在绝对主导目标牵引下,特朗普2.0时期的对华手段已从早期”小院高墙”扩容为覆盖实体、金融、算力与人才的”大院深墙”。美国不断增加对华科技制裁的范围和领域。截至2025年9月29日,仅美国实体清单就已涵盖3 163个实体,其中中国实体在关键技术领域占较大比重。此外,美国在2025年9月还制定了新规,”若母公司持有50%及以上控股,其子公司将自动被纳入实体清单管控”,从而进一步扩大制裁清单的覆盖面。这些制裁清单体现出美国对华技术管制不断向纵深推进。

2025年3月,美国商务部将云端算力、模型权重与高端算法一并纳入许可管控范围,意在切断中国获取训练资源的外部通道。更令人惊讶的是,将人工智能研究论文、学术交流、人才流动纳入管控范围,意在构建全方位的”人工智能防火墙”。美国国务院与国土安全部宣布撤销关键STEM签证并设立”算法专家”敏感类目,招致学界对”签证武器化”的普遍担忧。2025年4月,美国又追加规则将英伟达(NVIDIA)H20、超微半导体公司(AMD)MI308等新品芯片出口中国一律改为”推定拒绝”(presumption of denial),对中国获取关键硬件资源上施加严格限制。值得注意的是,进入2025年中期,美国在保持封锁框架的同时出现了策略性松动。7月,H20与MI308芯片在附加条件下恢复对华出口,但厂商需向美政府上缴约15%的营收分成,并接受”位置验证”(location verification)和第三国转运限制等额外管控。此举表面上放宽,却在实质上通过增加交易成本和强化追踪手段,既在中国市场挤压华为等本土芯片的份额,又确保美国政府在商业与安全层面双重受益,体现了国家安全与产业利益之间的动态平衡。

不仅如此,美国通过在多边框架中加强对关键技术的控制,进一步扩大对全球技术供应链的排他性约束。特别是”芯片四方联盟””印太经济框架”(IPEF)等协议内施压盟友,试图把在阿斯麦(ASML)的EUV光刻机、光刻胶等关键设备、标准与供应链节点锁入排他性同盟,从外层钳制中国技术体系。整体来看,特朗普2.0时期的政策手段已超越单一硬件禁运,转向”封算法、控算力、断人才、圈盟友”的全域封锁,中美人工智能竞争因而迈入制度化、联盟化的深度对抗阶段。

2.3中国应对策略转变

从美国表现出来的政策取向来看,中美人工智能领域的”脱钩”趋势难以在短期内回转。在面对美国技术围堵的战略升级时,中国的应对策略已从应对封锁,缩小差距转向构建自主生态、推动开源路径及以全球合作为抓手的人工智能发展体系。

在政策层面,中国大力发展自主可靠的人工智能生态体系,以应对美国不断加大的”脱钩”举措。2025年1月,国务院和发改委联合设立国家级人工智能专项基金,重点支持国产大模型、国产芯片、基础算力平台、人工智能人才培养和算力节点体系建设。多省市也相继设立专项产业基金,重点扶持本土大模型研发与开源平台建设。2025年4月,在美国将DeepSeek等人工智能企业纳入实体清单的政策讨论之际,中共中央政治局第二十次集体学习上,习近平总书记强调”面对新一代人工智能技术快速演进的新形势,要充分发挥新型举国体制优势,坚持自立自强,突出应用导向,推动我国人工智能朝着有益、安全、公平方向健康有序发展。”2025年世界人工智能大会上,近10家龙头芯片与大模型企业共同发起”模芯生态创新联盟”,谋求实现行业内软硬件统一标准建设,推动国产互操作体系构建。

在技术路径上,中国通过以开源为主的发展模式,探索一条不同于美国闭源模式的创新路径,”换道超车”成为最可行的应对策略。开源模式不仅可以吸收来自全球的知识贡献,规避美国政府的封锁打压,还能在技术和政策层面对中国人工智能发展产生积极影响。在实践中,DeepSeek-R1开源模型以有限的算力一度超越西方前沿模型的性能,充分证明开源模式的可行性。阿里巴巴的通义千问系列自2023年发布以来衍生至Hugging Face上万余模型,在多语言响应和扩展上下文处理方面具有显著优势,广泛被全球开发者采用。开源代码的数字化分发无需依赖硬件出货,天然规避了”GPU禁运”与”权重封锁”。长期来看,开源模型将会成为中国构建开放式全球人工智能生态的指导理念和技术基础。

在全球合作层面,特朗普2.0时期的竞争政策使联合国多边平台呈现”战场化”倾向,削弱了合作氛围并加剧了分裂,直接导致全球治理进程中的协调性不足。为应对美国日益强化的制度排斥,中国采取了多层次的应对策略。中国在联合国层面积极推动《人工智能能力建设普惠计划》,旨在向”全球南方”国家提供开源模型及技术培训;同时在亚太经合组织(APEC)、上海合作组织等多边平台框架下分别提出《全球数据跨境流动合作倡议》《中国——上合组织国家人工智能应用合作中心建设方案》,为多边合作提供制度参考;此外,中国加强与法国、英国等国家在规则层面的合作,积极派出官方代表团参与布莱切利峰会、巴黎人工智能行动峰会,推动人工智能规则层面的合作;中国还加大与新加坡、马来西亚、阿联酋等关键节点国家的合作,建设数据中心,鼓励模型出海,布局海外发展关键通道。通过能力建设、人才建设和产业合作,中国力求以低成本、可部署的开源模型,帮助”全球南方”国家快速建立人工智能发展所需的基础资源。为了进一步推动全球合作,中国政府还提出设立”世界人工智能合作组织”构想,并发布《全球人工智能治理行动计划》,呼吁联合国、国际组织、各国政府与企业共同构建一个开放、包容、公平、可验证、对发展中国家有利的人工智能治理路径,与美国主导的封闭式体系形成并列之势。

三、中美人工智能竞争的全球影响

中美在人工智能领域的竞争逐步从芯片延伸至整个人工智能生态,持续不断进行升级。现阶段中美在人工智能领域的竞争不仅是技术对抗,更是围绕着制度性权力、技术生态、经济结构、安全范式与治理话语的多重博弈。这种全方位竞争形态,正深刻重塑全球科技、经济与安全体系的运行逻辑和结构。

3.1重创全球科技创新生态

特朗普2.0时期推行的”美国优先”和”技术民族主义”策略不仅加速了全球人工智能创新网络的结构性分化,也导致全球治理机制的规范碎片化与协调困境,使得原本开发合作的协同创新系统面临”选边站队”的压力。当政治因素开始改变技术发展的逻辑,就会导致人才流动、科研合作和创新体系面临持续冲击。由此可见,中美人工智能竞争所引发的不是某一技术维度的局部对抗,而是对全球科技创新体系运行条件的重构。人才流动的区域化、科研合作的安全化、知识生产的阵营化,共同指向一个关键趋势:全球协同创新正从高度互联走向结构分裂。

在特朗普政府持续强化签证限制和背景审查的政策框架下,全球人工智能高端人才自由流动与开放交流的模式正被逐步打破。美国一直依赖全球高端人才维持其在人工智能领域的领先地位。据统计,约70%的美国人工智能研究人员来自海外,其中约38%具有中国背景。然而,在政策收紧与地缘政治风险共同作用下,部分原本流向美欧的人才正向亚洲、拉美与中东等区域回流,带动一批以中国为中心的新兴科研网络逐渐成型。这种转变标志着国际人才流动正逐步从以少数科技强国为主要目的地的集中模式,转向以多个区域为中心的分散流动模式,全球人工智能创新的地理分布也正由集中趋向多元发展。

与此同时,知识生产与科研合作国际机制亦受到所谓国家安全因素的干扰。国际人工智能领域的科研合作多依托于大学联盟、跨国实验室和技术共同体,形成了以信任为基础、以开放共享为原则的协作平台。然而,在美国对华”脱钩”的背景下,这一合作模式遭遇多重障碍。国家科学基金会(NSF)数据显示,2023年美国人工智能研究成果中有近40%涉及国际合作,但这一比例在近两年呈显著下降趋势。人工智能科研合作伙伴的选择也受到制度认同与政治立场的影响,科研项目的审批、基金流向乃至论文的发表渠道,都日益嵌入国家战略考量之中。制度不兼容成为跨国合作的隐性壁垒,原本跨制度运行的科研合作正逐步退化为内部协作,科技信任机制出现结构性塌陷。

这一变化还表现在科研成果的生产模式上。国际主流人工智能会议与期刊中的论文合著网络呈现出阵营化趋势。欧美国家间的合作愈加紧密,而中国与”全球南方”国家间的合作频次快速上升。技术知识的生产与传播正逐步脱离全球化逻辑。这种趋势不仅限制了多元知识体系的融合,也对新兴科技伦理、风险防控与跨文化场景的联动研究带来负面影响,从而弱化了全球人工智能发展的系统适应能力与创新外溢效应。

3.2冲击全球经济体系与产业协同结构

中美人工智能竞争正在从经济和产业结构层面深刻地重塑全球经济体系。以”去风险”为核心的政策导向削弱了全球人工智能产业原本高度融合的协同结构,迫使产业链趋向区域化和分割化的方向演变,进而加剧了全球经济的不平衡性。

过度竞争导致全球人工智能产业生态的碎片化重组。原本基于比较优势和规模效应构建的全球人工智能产业网络,正被迫按照地缘政治边界进行重新配置。美国推动关键技术环节的本土化回流,中国加速构建自主可控的技术体系,这种竞争态势使得全球人工智能产业从高度一体化向区域化集群转变。根据美国战略与国际研究中心(CSIS)测算,相关领域实现本地化后,芯片成本将上涨35%~65%,这种成本上升不仅影响技术普及速度,也削弱了通过规模经济降低创新门槛的传统优势,并在更深层次导致了全球价值链协同机制失效。人工智能作为通用性技术,其发展依赖跨行业、跨地域的广泛协作来实现技术外溢和应用创新。然而,美国对华打压竞争迫使全球企业在不同技术生态间进行站队选择,跨国企业被迫构建平行的技术架构、供应体系和市场策略,导致重复投资和资源浪费。产业分割不仅提高了全球人工智能技术的整体发展成本,还降低了创新效率,进而加剧了全球经济的资源配置不均衡。

同时,竞争进一步加剧了全球经济发展的不均衡性。发展中国家和中小经济体在中美技术竞争中面临”选边站队”的压力,被迫在不同技术标准和产业生态间做出选择。这种选择往往受到政治因素而非经济效率的驱动,导致这些国家难以充分利用全球最优资源组合来推动本国人工智能产业发展。同时,技术标准的分化使得原本能够通过统一标准实现的网络效应和兼容性优势被削弱,进一步提高了后发国家参与全球人工智能发展的门槛。

从长远来看,中美在人工智能领域的激烈竞争将会影响到全球经济的增长潜力。人工智能作为新一轮产业革命的核心驱动力,其潜力的充分释放需要全球范围内的协同创新和应用推广。然而,当前的竞争态势正在限制这种协同的深度与广度,可能延缓全球数字化转型的进程,并最终影响世界经济的整体增长质量和可持续发展能力。中美人工智能竞争推动的经济体系重构,正在从根本上改变全球化的运行逻辑,使技术发展更多地服务于地缘政治竞争而非经济效率优化。

3.3削弱全球战略稳定机制并加剧军事化扩散

中美竞争加剧的背景下,人工智能正加速嵌入国家安全与军事战略体系之中。这种变动不仅重塑了国家对战争与和平边界的认识,也对维持长期战略稳定所依赖的基础条件构成根本性挑战。尤其是在信息透明、能力评估和危机管控这三方面,传统的战略稳定机制正在被逐步削弱,导致战略互信的结构发生动摇,并推动全球军事化进程的不断加深。

首先,军事人工智能部署加剧了信息透明度的下降,削弱了传统大国间以战略互信赖以维系的基本前提。传统军控与战略威慑机制依赖于对手能力与意图的可见性,以支撑互相克制与危机管控。然而,在人工智能驱动下,美国加快在作战管理、情报分析、无人系统等领域部署智能系统,且大多以”国家安全”为由高度保密。例如,美国自2018年起即由美国国防高级研究计划局(DARPA)启动”AI Next””AI Forward”等军用人工智能项目,累计投入超20亿美元,推动可信人工智能系统的军事集成。由于技术敏感性,上述部署深度嵌入网络、算法与数据链路之中,使外部观察者难以准确判断双方的能力边界与运行逻辑,致使传统的信息共享机制与风险预警系统遭到侵蚀。

其次,能力评估机制在人工智能竞争中被进一步削弱,导致战略误判风险不断上升。在缺乏有效沟通与验证机制的背景下,美国强化对人工智能军事系统的自主研发与快速部署,激化了”黑箱模型”带来的不确定性与战略模糊性。与此同时,人工智能系统的非线性演化与自主决策属性,使国家在评估对方军力时更加依赖最坏假设。在此基础上,竞争行为被不断合理化,各自的防御性技术部署被对方视为进攻性信号,从而激化了防御性技术部署的误解和敌意。尤其在生成式模型等快速反应系统的加持下,国家可能绕过人工控制程序,形成决策压缩与应急升级的新型战略逻辑,进一步加剧军事冲突爆发的偶发性与不可控性。

最后,危机管控机制的缺位使军用人工智能领域竞争加剧并引发安全关切,对全球稳定的破坏性外溢更为显著。以往大国间的危机预防依赖于战略沟通、热线联系、联合演习等多边机制,但人工智能系统的行为模糊性与责任归属的难以界定,使得传统危机管理工具在人工智能背景下效能大打折扣。目前,无论是在深度伪造、自动化攻击还是自主武器部署方面,中美之间尚未就行为红线、事故认定和预警通道建立基本规则,这种制度真空加剧了误判风险。而在此竞争示范下,其他国家也加速效仿中美发展人工智能军事系统,导致全球危机应对的复杂性和风险进一步升级,形成”模仿型扩散”的风险叠加。

上述人工智能竞争对抗行为,正在深刻改变全球军事发展逻辑与军控议程。在技术博弈的主导下,以色列、韩国、俄罗斯等国家纷纷以”安全优先”为逻辑推进智能化武器系统的实验部署,使原本脆弱的联合国框架下的多边军控机制进一步承压。关于”致命自主武器系统”(LAWS)的国际谈判近年来多次陷入僵局。2024年,由于核心国家在限制性规则上的严重分歧,致命自主武器系统谈判正式中止。这一事件标志着人工智能竞争已不仅是双边问题,而是导致全球信任体系脆弱的诱因之一。

总体而言,人工智能军事部署上的战略竞争,已显著动摇了全球战略稳定结构性基础。人工智能军事应用在提升作战效率与能力的同时,也重塑了冲突发生与升级的路径,尤其在缺乏透明、评估与控制机制的情况下,技术误读、意图误判与系统误触发的风险日益上升。在全球治理共识尚未建立的背景下,人工智能竞争正日益演化为全球军事化趋势的制度性推动力,对21世纪和平稳定构成深远挑战。

四、中美在人工智能领域的合作前景

特朗普2.0时期推动中美人工智能竞争进入制度化、结构化的深层对抗阶段。这种竞争已超越传统技术领域的比拼,扩展至规则制定、标准设定、价值观输出等制度性权力的全面较量,深刻影响着全球技术秩序的演化路径。然而,人工智能作为一种具有全球外溢性与系统性风险特征的关键通用技术,其发展与治理不可能完全基于”零和博弈”的逻辑。中美作为全球人工智能发展的两个主要驱动力,都肩负着确保技术安全与可持续发展的共同使命。尽管在特朗普2.0时期,两国政府围绕人工智能的高层对话和合作面临挑战,但在竞争不断加剧的同时,最低限度的安全合作与非官方层面的交流空间依然存在,并将在未来全球人工智能治理格局中发挥关键作用。短期内,特朗普政府强化的”选择性脱钩”政策可能加剧全球人工智能生态的制度性分裂;中期来看,技术路径与治理模式的差异将推动全球形成多中心、低协调的治理格局;从长期视角出发,随着治理赤字加深、风险事件增多与全球认知不断同步,尽管政府层面合作困难重重,中美之间在安全、标准与风险治理方面仍具有重构合作框架的可能性。

首先,中美在人工智能引发的国际安全领域依旧有合作空间,尤其是在军事人工智能失控、深度伪造泛滥、关键基础设施智能攻击等高风险情境日益频发的背景下,双方均面临最低限度安全共识的现实需求。在这些高风险领域,技术误判所引发的连锁反应超越了任何一国可控的范围,维持基本战略稳定成为共同责任。即使在大国战略博弈最为激烈的阶段,维持”竞争中的合作”仍具有现实可能性与战略必要性。然而,中美之间在人工智能安全领域加强合作并非易事。人工智能的治理逻辑与传统安全治理存在本质差异。历史上,中美在核威慑、大规模杀伤性武器等领域曾建立起较为稳定的互信与危机管控框架,但人工智能的两用性与不确定性模糊了战争与和平、民用与军用、开发与应用之间的边界,使传统的安全认知和治理范式面临挑战。为此,中美需要构建以互信为核心、以理解为基础、以规则为手段的多层次治理机制。在人工智能安全领域,两国战略界和科技界需要探索并建立安全对话与共识,以降低军事人工智能失控、深度伪造泛滥、关键基础设施智能攻击等高风险情境带来的全球性风险。

其次,中美在人工智能技术安全领域依旧存在较大合作基础。双方应重建基础性技术共识。在生成式人工智能、多模态智能、类脑计算等前沿领域开展联合研究,有助于降低误判风险,并可作为缓和政治对立的”学术桥梁”;双方应明确界定高风险技术的边界,围绕深度伪造、自主武器与智能攻击等领域设立行为红线,构建可预期的技术限制机制;在标准与规则制定方面,双方应寻求”技术性合作”的可能性,例如在数据结构、安全评估、模型测试等技术层面建立互通机制,防止标准体系的割裂式演化;应建立适应人工智能特性的危机沟通机制,借鉴冷战时期的”热线机制”,推动建立常态化的高层沟通渠道和应急对话平台,以降低战略误读风险。

最后,中美之间的合作不应局限于政府层面,学术界、科技企业之间的合作也具有重要价值。在当前官方对话渠道持续收缩、政治信任日益流失的背景下,非政府组织、学术机构与跨国企业的”低政治化”合作机制愈发凸显其战略韧性。回顾特朗普1.0时期,在双边政治关系高度紧张的阶段,哈佛大学、清华大学、微软研究院等机构之间的学术合作始终保持延续,这表明非政府层面的沟通与协作具有较强的抗压能力。由此可见,即便在对抗格局中,保留学术交流类的第二轨道接触仍是维持沟通与合作的关键。

两国领导人曾达成的一系列元首共识是支撑中美人工智能合作可能性的重要政治基础。2023年中美元首旧金山会晤,两国就先进人工智能系统风险与安全问题形成共识;2024年5月召开首次人工智能政府间对话;同年亚太经合组织峰会的”利马会晤”进一步确认在人工智能安全领域保持沟通的必要性。这些共识为对话与合作提供了制度性基础。尽管进入特朗普2.0时期,两国合作空间受到严重挤压,政府层面的合作极难达成,但作为全球人工智能大国,中美在风险应对与技术稳定上的责任,仍为有限而必要的合作保留了可能路径。

五、结  语

人工智能正处于从技术创新向制度建构转型的关键阶段。中美两国作为全球技术体系的关键主导者,必须在激烈竞争中寻求合作空间,在制度分歧中达成最小共识,在共同挑战中展现结构性克制。唯有超越零和逻辑,重建责任共识,方能推动人工智能技术真正服务于人类安全、发展与治理的共同未来。对于中美双方而言,能否在深层博弈中重建治理合作的基础,已成为未来全球人工智能发展秩序的关键变量。美国要维持其技术领导地位,关键不在于加大对华遏制的强度,而在于其是否能在国家安全目标与全球创新活力之间实现制度平衡。中国则应继续加强自身技术能力建设的同时,积极提出兼具包容性与可操作性的治理倡议,在全球人工智能治理体系中塑造新的规范优势。2025年9月习近平主席在上合组织天津峰会上提出的全球治理倡议,正是这一规范优势的集中体现。该倡议以”创新完善”为理念,明确奉行主权平等、遵守国际法治、践行多边主义、倡导以人为本、注重行动导向五大核心原则,与此前的全球发展倡议、全球安全倡议、全球文明倡议形成四维联动格局,为中国在全球治理体系变革中赢得更大话语权与制度性影响力提供了重要支撑,也为人工智能等新兴技术领域的国际合作治理提供了更为完善的制度框架。对于国际社会而言,中美竞争虽具系统性张力,但并不必然导向”选边站队”的对抗结构。欧盟、日本、印度等关键行为体应当在伦理原则、制度协调与标准治理中发挥建设性作用,通过多边平台与区域机制,推动全球人工智能治理向更加开放、多元与协同的方向发展。

本文2025年12月18日首发于《太平洋学报》 

Posted in Bilateral Relations, Science, Technology and Academic 科技学术 | Tagged , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , | 1 Comment

2026: Lithuania, Taiwan and the PRC — Case Study of the 2021 Sino-Lithuanian One China Dispute

A study of the PRC attempt to strong-arm Lithuania about the presence of a Taiwan representative office in the country.

This article appeared in the February 2026 issue of the Norwegian language journal Internasjonal Politikk.

Internasjonal Politikk is the leading Scandinavian-language journal in the field of international studies. The journal takes an open and broad approach to the field, focusing on what we study rather than how we study it. Internasjonal Politikk accepts articles from the entire field of international politics and international relations, but has a particular aim to be a leader in the study of Norwegian and Scandinavian foreign policy.


Volume 84, Number 1, Pages 106–137, 2026, ISSN 1891-1757, http://www.tidsskriftet-ip.no, Published February 2026

The slow death of the One China duality – a case study of the 2021 Sino-Lithuanian Dispute

Ett-Kina-dualitetens langsomme død – en casestudie av den sino-litauiske konflikten i 2021

Katja Levy

Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway

Summary

This article takes a closer look at how different countries balance their foreign policy toward the People’s Republic of China (PRC) and Taiwan. The article examines the ongoing weakening of compliance with what the author refers to as the “one-China duality” – the complex interaction between the PRC’s “one-China principle” and the different interpretations of this principle among the country’s diplomatic partners, as reflected in their different one-China policies. By examining the “one-China duality” as a semi-formal institution, the author explains the ongoing process of change as a combination of institutional “drift” and “conversion,” as conceptualized by historical institutionalists. Based on a case study of the conflict between Lithuania and the PRC related to the establishment of Taiwan’s representative office in Vilnius in 2021, the author shows that the “one-China duality” is undergoing a significant change, influenced on the one hand by the international political environment (“drift”), and on the other hand by the Lithuanian government’s strategic reorientation of its China and Taiwan-related policies (“conversion”). The author argues that these combined institutional change processes strengthen Taiwan’s status as a state, thereby changing the relationship between the PRC and Taiwan and reducing the likelihood of the peaceful reunification that remains the vision of the PRC leadership.

Keywords: Taiwan • One-China policy • One-China principle • Lithuania • Historical institutionalism • Institutional change

Contact information: Katja Levy, email: catherine.r.levy@ntnu.no

Introduction1

Since 2015, many of the People’s Republic of China’s (PRC) diplomatic partners have revised their Taiwan policies. The PRC leadership remains convinced that most countries accept the PRC as the representative of the whole of China, including Taiwan (Chong, 2023). This conviction has so far made it possible for the status quo in the coexistence between the PRC and the de facto independent, democratic Taiwan to continue. The status quo in the relationship between the PRC and Taiwan means that the PRC considers Taiwan a special province, while the Taiwanese government exercises control over the island as a de facto independent nation, without formally declaring or demanding legal independence. There is no consensus in the literature on the island’s legal status (Chen & Cohen, 2019; Chiang, 20172018; Fantová, 2022; Hsieh, 20062009; Wei, 1999). Most UN member states recognize the PRC as one country but maintain some form of relationship with Taiwan that, in practice, falls below the threshold for recognition as a state.

This article discusses recent changes in the intricate system that constitutes the One China duality, consisting of the One China principle (“There is but one China in the world, Taiwan is an inalienable part of China’s territory, and the Government of the People’s Republic of China is the sole legal government representing the whole of China” (Chong, 2023)), and the various One China policies of the PRC’s diplomatic partner countries. The article highlights changes in states’ Taiwan policies and discusses the effect such changes have on Taiwan’s status as a state. By conceptualizing the one-China policies as semi-formal institutions that have changed significantly over time, I argue that the changes have already had a significant impact on the behavior of political actors toward the PRC and Taiwan. In the long term, the changes have the potential to have a similar impact on the relationship between the PRC and Taiwan.

To study the ongoing institutional change processes in the One-China duality, the article takes as its starting point a single case study that traces gradual changes in Lithuania’s One-China policy. Specifically, it examines the Sino-Lithuanian conflict over Taiwan’s representative office in Vilnius in 2021. Through this in-depth case analysis, the article explains two interrelated processes: the discrete changes in Taiwan’s status as a country and the institutional changes in the “One China duality.” As I will explain in more detail, the term “One China duality” refers to the complex interplay between the PRC’s “One China principle” and its diplomatic partners’ “One China policies,” which have defined the roles of the PRC and Taiwan in international relations since 1971.

Taiwan’s opening of representative offices in the PRC’s diplomatic partner countries is not unusual. On the contrary, such quasi-embassies are generally tolerated by the PRC, despite the one-China principle. As of December 2025, in addition to its twelve embassies (大使館) and one consulate general in 11 diplomatic partner countries and the Vatican City State, Taiwan has 97 representative offices in 60 countries that have established diplomatic relations with the PRC (and not with Taiwan) (ROC Taiwan, 2023). However, the opening of Taiwan’s representative office in Vilnius can be described as an extreme case, as it represents a general shift towards Taiwan by one of the PRC’s diplomatic partner countries through a drastic upgrade of Taiwan’s representative office, a highly asymmetrical political and economic bilateral relationship between Lithuania and the PRC, and a particularly harsh reaction from the PRC. The article uses this case to illustrate the phenomenon of “extended statehood for Taiwan” through expanded relations with states that actually also have diplomatic relations with the PRC.

The article answers two research questions: How have the Lithuanian government’s political decisions in the conflict with the PRC over the establishment of Taiwan’s representative office changed Lithuania’s One China policy? And what are the implications of these changes for the One China duality? The article argues that recent developments represent a drift and conversion of Lithuania’s One China policy that expands Taiwan’s statehood and thus strengthens Taiwan’s position in the cross-strait conflict.

The article is structured as follows: In the next section, I introduce the study’s central concept. I then set the scene by outlining the historical relationship between the PRC and Taiwan, before moving on to more recent developments in the “One China policy” of the US, Japan, and the EU. This is followed by an overview of existing research literature on the topic of “one-China duality,” which identifies the knowledge gap that this article seeks to fill. I then present the theoretical perspective, historical institutionalism, and the article’s methodological approach. In the case study, I analyze the establishment of Taiwan’s representative office in Vilnius, with particular emphasis on the implications this has for Taiwan’s status as a state. I will then analyze, from a theoretical standpoint, the changes in Lithuania’s One China policy and, more generally, the One China duality. The article concludes with a summary and discussion of future prospects and questions for further study.

Conceptual clarifications

The “One China duality” is a neologism that aims to combine two previously separate interpretations of the relationship between the PRC and Taiwan: on the one hand, the PRC’s “One China principle” (一个中国原则), and on the other, the various “One China policies” of the PRC’s diplomatic partners. The PRC’s “One China principle” requires all diplomatic partners to accept that there is only one China, consisting of both the PRC and Taiwan, and that the PRC represents both on the international stage (Liff & Lin, 2022, pp. 978–979).

By accepting this principle, the PRC’s diplomatic partner countries commit themselves to following a One-China policy. Here, I follow Bush’s distinction between the PRC’s One-China principle and the US’s One-China policy (Bush, 2017, p. iii). However, while Bush only discusses the difference between the PRC and the US, in this article I distinguish between the PRC’s One-China principle and the One-China policy(ies) of all states that have diplomatic relations with the PRC.

The One-China principle and various One-China policies are rarely discussed together, and there is still no universally accepted term for this arrangement. 4 Therefore, I propose the term “One China duality” to indicate that the two aspects are interdependent rather than separate or contradictory (as in a dualism or dichotomy).

Common to the various One China policies is that they claim to accept the notion that there is only one China. It is worth noting that the “One China policy” varies considerably between states – from fully following the PRC’s interpretation to supporting Taiwan’s independence as far as possible without causing diplomatic conflicts with the PRC. A recent survey of UN member states’ attitudes toward Taiwan by the Australian Lowy Institute shows that 89 states support the Chinese government in all its claims to sovereignty over Taiwan and want “reunification,” while 93 states continue to pursue a one-China policy, while supporting the PRC’s views to varying degrees. Eleven countries recognize Taiwan as a sovereign country (Herscovitch, 2025, p. 7).

While Western research literature on the Taiwan issue does not always use these terms consistently, PRC Chinese literature generally refers to the One-China principle as a universal principle.

While the PRC’s One-China principle is a fixed rule (or a formal institution), the various countries’ One-China policies are part of each country’s foreign policy toward the PRC. The “One China policy” can be interpreted in many different ways, from truly accepting that Taiwan is a province of the PRC and treating it as such, to doing so only on paper, while quietly supporting Taiwan’s ambitions to become a de facto independent state. All One-China policies include written agreements with the PRC to accept the “One-China duality” (which can be considered formal institutions) and their own interpretations of these agreements (which function as more informal rules for foreign policy actors in each country). Both the various countries’ One-China policies and the overarching One-China duality can therefore be considered semi-formal institutions. The PRC’s One-China principle has remained essentially unchanged, while the One-China policy is in a state of “flux.” Chen Yu-Jie refers only to Taiwan’s One-China policy when she uses the term “flux” (Chen, 2022, p. 1025), but I argue that this “fluid” state also applies to other countries, such as Lithuania.

The historical relationship between the PRC and Taiwan and developments in the One-China policy

Taiwan was originally inhabited by indigenous peoples, but was occupied by the Dutch and Spanish in the mid-17th century, and then by Chinese loyalists to the Ming dynasty as it was coming to an end. In 1683, Taiwan and the surrounding islands became a colony of the Qing dynasty and remained under its control until 1895. That year, Taiwan was handed over to Japan after its victory in the Sino-Japanese War (1894/95). Japan controlled the island until the end of World War II. In 1945, Taiwan was returned to “China,” which at that time was the Republic of China (ROC), established in 1912. That same year, the ROC was one of the founding members of the United Nations, and as a victor in the war, the country was given one of the five permanent seats on the UN Security Council. But when the communists won the civil war and established the People’s Republic of China (PRC) in 1949, the defeated nationalists fled to Taiwan and continued the ROC on the island. This marked the beginning of the separation between the PRC and Taiwan. For the PRC and – at least in a long initial phase until 1991 – also for the ROC, reunification became part of the “raison d’état” (raison d’état or reason of state).

From 1945, the 132 member states of the UN recognized Taiwan in the UN context, despite the fact that some of these countries eventually recognized the PRC, including the UK and Norway in 1950 and France in 1964. During the Cold War, US President Nixon and his National Security Advisor Henry Kissinger pursued a foreign policy initiative aimed at promoting friendly relations with the PRC in order to divide the Soviet bloc (Kirby et al., 2020; Y. Wang et al., 2025). In October 1971, UN Resolution 2758 resulted in the Republic of China being replaced by the People’s Republic of China and losing its status as a sovereign state, its membership in the UN, including its permanent seat on the UN Security Council as China’s legitimate representative (Stamelos & Tsimaras, 2022). Following the resolution, Taiwan lost most of its diplomatic partners and, as of December 2025, has only 11 (Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the ROC, n.d.; World Population Review, 2025). The other 182 current UN member states have formally accepted the One China principle, which recognizes Taiwan’s special status as part of the PRC.

Recent changes in the One China policy

Despite the fact that 182 of the 193 UN member states formally recognize the one-China principle and regard Taiwan as part of the PRC, there is considerable variation in how this institution is understood (Herscovitch, 2025). Since 2015, there have been significant changes in the One China policy of several influential states. To understand these changes, it is important to distinguish between activities that alter diplomatic recognition (“diplomatic switches”) and activities that change Taiwan’s status to a certain extent, but without a corresponding change in recognition.

Diplomatic switches are often due to “checkbook diplomacy,” where countries change allegiances in exchange for foreign aid from either the PRC or Taiwan. But political reasons also play a role. For example, many socialist or left-wing countries switched their allegiance to the PRC during the pink tide in Latin America in the 2000s (Wu, 2024a). The political relationship between the PRC and Taiwan has also played an important role: during Ma Ying-jeou’s administration (2008–2016), for example, bilateral relations across the Taiwan Strait improved significantly. This contributed to no further diplomatic switches taking place during this period. In fact, the PRC did not seize the opportunity when Gambia turned against them in 2013, but waited until after Ma had ended his term to establish official relations with the African country (Wu, 2024b, p. 4).

These diplomatic exchanges were clearly to the advantage of the PRC. However, this article highlights developments below the threshold for diplomatic exchanges. Such changes can take many forms, occur at different administrative levels and in different parts of the world, and have generally proved to be to Taiwan’s advantage. To my knowledge, there are currently no studies that have examined this trend in its entirety or as individual studies. The following brief overview of political changes in Taiwan’s favor also provides only a rough impression of this trend. Although the full extent of this development is undoubtedly an important topic for research, I am more interested in the process behind it than in its actual scope. As I show below, this process has the potential to strengthen Taiwan’s international status, precisely by strengthening its status as a state.

The most common form of bilateral cooperation below the threshold of establishing diplomatic relations is the establishment of Taiwanese trade offices in countries that do not have diplomatic relations with Taiwan, and vice versa. These offices, often referred to as economic and cultural offices, serve several purposes. Among other things, they provide consular services and promote Taiwan’s political relations with the host countries (TECRO, 2024). Taiwan currently has such offices in over 100 countries.

However, since 2015, several important countries, including the US, Japan, and the EU/European states, have introduced changes to their One China policies in order to strengthen ties with Taiwan. They have expanded and intensified exchanges, trade, and cooperation with Taiwan. They have also become clearer and more open in their recognition of Taiwan’s progress in establishing and consolidating democracy and the rule of law (Forsby, 2024). As I will argue in more detail in the case study below, these changes in foreign policy strengthen Taiwan’s status as a state. In other words, by expanding and intensifying foreign policy ties with Taiwan, these states are helping Taiwan to restore its status as a state, which was largely lost when Taiwan was replaced as a UN member state by China in 1971. This weakens the acceptance of Taiwan as part of China, which is institutionalized in the “one China duality.” In the long term, this could have serious geopolitical consequences, given that China, in the form of the Anti-Secession Law, which came into force in 2005, has made it clear that if China considers all possibilities for peaceful reunification to have been exhausted, it is determined to use force to complete the “reunification” (Anti-Secession Law2005, art. 8).5

The US is among the boldest players when it comes to expanding relations with Taiwan and thus “stretching” its One China policy. During his first term, President Donald Trump not only called Taiwanese President Tsai Ing-wen to congratulate her on her election victory in 2016, but he also introduced the Taiwan Travel Act in 2018, which allows high-ranking U.S. officials to visit Taiwan and vice versa (U.S. Congress, 2018). This law broke a previous taboo within the one-China duality (Kuehn, 2021).

After decades of “strategic ambiguity,” i.e., deliberate vagueness about the US response in the event of a Chinese attack on Taiwan, the next president, Joe Biden, clearly emphasized his commitment to defend Taiwan. For example, during a press conference in Tokyo in May 2022, he responded to a journalist’s question about whether he would be willing to engage militarily to defend Taiwan by saying, “Yes, that’s the commitment we made” (Smith, 2022). However, his advisors were always quick to ensure that the public did not take his words too literally (Smith, 2022). At the same time, the US has continuously sold weapons to Taiwan, from the 1950s to the present day (Grzegorzewski, 2022; C. W. Mahoney, 2025; News Agencies, 2025). In March 2023, President Biden invited Taiwan to the “Summit for Democracy.” This was the first time the island had been invited to a multilateral event as if it were a sovereign state. Taiwan and the US are also negotiating a bilateral trade agreement and have applied to join the comprehensive and progressive Trans-Pacific Partnership agreement (Keegan & Churchman, 2022, pp. 79–83). An article in the New York Times describes US policy toward Taiwan as “quiet, incremental moves to establish official relations with Taiwan” – and considers it “reckless” and “meaningfully increasing the risk of world war” (Beinart, 2021).

Under Trump II, the signals are mixed, as is true in other areas of his foreign policy. Two further Taiwan-related laws have been passed so far: the Taiwan Non-Discrimination Act (2024), which “requires measures to support Taiwan’s participation in the International Monetary Fund (IMF)” (US Congress, 2024) and the Taiwan Assurance Implementation Act, which was passed by the House of Representatives in January 2025 (US Congress, 2025). The latter requires more frequent reporting on, and reflection on, the US relationship with Taiwan to Congress. Furthermore, it emphasizes Taiwan’s democratically elected government and stresses the need to identify “opportunities and plans to lift self-imposed restrictions on relations with Taiwan” (US Congress, 2025). In September 2025, the Senate proposed the Taiwan Energy Security and Anti-Embargo Act (Taiwan Energy Security and Anti-Embargo Act, 2025), which, if passed, would ensure that the US government supplies more LNG to Taiwan, thereby making the island more independent (Bardenhagen, 2025).

There are also several signs of a less favorable US policy toward Taiwan. For example, Trump halted the delivery of a military aid package to Taiwan worth more than $400 million because he did not want to jeopardize upcoming talks with PRC President Xi on a trade agreement. Meetings between US and Taiwanese defense authorities were canceled (Robertson & Nakashima, 2025), and US statements on Taiwan policy in all directions were put on hold (The White House, 2025). The Trump administration advised Taiwanese President Lai not to stop over in the US on his trip to Latin America (Whiton, 2025). In November 2025, the US and China finally reached an “agreement.”

Trump’s unpredictable policy toward Ukraine has caused many Taiwanese to doubt whether the US would support Taiwan in the event of a crisis in the Taiwan Strait (Bardenhagen, 2025). In an op-ed, Christian Whiton, former senior advisor in the US State Department during the second Bush and first Trump administrations, points out that Taiwan’s ruling party, the Democratic Progressive Party, “lost Trump” by promoting “left-wing cultural issues,” being “indifferent to American business, frivolous about defense, and unwilling to reduce the trade deficit” (Whiton, 2025).

The pattern seems to be that President Donald Trump’s political choices are based less on strategic thinking in geopolitical terms and more on economic results when it comes to bilateral relations, including with Taiwan. This can also be seen in the tariffs that President Trump has imposed on Taiwan. As of December 2025, US importers will have to pay a 20 percent tariff on Taiwanese goods. The tariffs have not been negotiated or agreed bilaterally, but hit Taiwan’s economy even harder than its equally US-friendly neighbors Japan and South Korea, which only received tariffs of 15 percent (Bardenhagen, 2025). In the current administration, both tendencies, those favorable and those harmful to Taiwan, exist side by side.

Other states and actors have also advocated for changes in relations with Taiwan. The Japanese government has publicly announced that it will support the US in defending Taiwan against an attack from mainland China (The United States & Japan, 2023). On November 7, 2025, Japanese Prime Minister Sanae Takaichi called for action in a speech to the Japanese parliament, stating that the use of force against Taiwan by China could be perceived as a “survival threatening situation” (Dang, 2025).

The EU, and in particular the European Parliament, has also recently expressed a clear desire to strengthen ties with Taiwan (Prado, 2022). Since 2019, the EU has become increasingly concerned about Beijing’s growing assertiveness. The pandemic and the war in Ukraine have led to closer ties between the EU and Taiwan, which is seen as a like-minded partner in the Indo-Pacific region (E. Wang & Camroux, 2022). Brown observes this shift towards deeper unofficial engagement with Taiwan and believes that “the edges have started to fray” on the EU’s One China policy (Brown, 2022, p. 1001). Since 2019, the European Parliament has adopted nearly “forty important resolutions containing a number of Taiwan-friendly provisions” (Taipei Representative Office in the EU and Belgium, 2025). Furthermore, the EU and Taiwan have been working on a bilateral investment agreement (Hsieh, 2020), although this has not yet been successful (Malinconi, 2023).

Germany is also discussing the possibility of intensifying relations with Taiwan in several areas. The recently published China strategy mentions the intention to expand relations with Taiwan within the framework of the One China policy. In addition, the policy document repeatedly mentions the demand that Taiwan be allowed to participate in international organizations (Die Bundesregierung, 2023). In 2021, the Petitions Committee of the German Bundestag considered a petition calling for Germany to establish diplomatic relations with Taiwan (Deutscher Bundestag, 2021). Although the committee concluded that Germany could not do so in light of its One China policy, it emphasized that the German government is willing to strengthen relations with Taiwan, provided that this does not involve diplomatic recognition. Under the previous coalition government (2021–2024), there was a slight increase in the number of parliamentary trips and high-level visits to Taiwan (Deutscher Bundestag, 2022). It is worth noting that the visit by the liberal Minister of Research and Education in 2023 was the first ministerial visit since 1997 (NTSC, 2023).

In Central and Eastern Europe (CEE), sympathy for Taiwan is also growing. This is reflected in an increase in economic cooperation that has “evolved to approach, albeit not reach, the level of diplomatic relations” in the Czech Republic, Hungary, and Poland (Szunomár, 2024, p. 191). During the COVID-19 pandemic, Lithuania, the Czech Republic, Poland, and Slovakia sent vaccines to Taiwan (Szunomár, 2024, p. 193). Latvia was the first of the three Baltic countries to open a representative office for Taiwan. Estonia is in the process of doing the same. All three Baltic states have left the cooperation between the PRC and the SEE countries, formerly known as “16 + 1.” Some observers expect the Czech Republic to be the next country to leave this group (Hulička, 2023). The country has intensified its relations with Taiwan since 2018 (McVicar, 2023).

As this brief overview shows, governments and/or parliaments in many influential countries are working to strengthen relations with Taiwan as a democratic alternative to an increasingly assertive and authoritarian PRC.

The One China duality – a literature review

Several researchers have pointed out that there is no consensus between the PRC and other states when it comes to explaining variations in the One-China policy. Chong (2023) uses Lee Tzu-wen’s (1996) nine-category system to categorize states’ One-China policies, which range from recognizing the PRC as the sole government of China, including Taiwan as one of its provinces, to recognizing the ROC. Countries use different formulations to avoid recognizing the PRC’s claim to Taiwan, but most accept the PRC as the sole legitimate government of China, including Taiwan. Herscovitch (2025) makes a similar attempt to categorize the variations in the one-China policy by distinguishing between five types of one-China policy.6

Only a few publications have addressed the One-China duality as an independent system. Among the exceptions are six articles in a special issue on the One-China framework published by Liff and Lin (2022) on the occasion of the 50th anniversary of US President Nixon’s visit to the PRC. In the introductory article, Lin and Liff explain that the inherent ambiguities of the One China arrangement, established in the 1970s, are becoming increasingly difficult to maintain. Although this arrangement has ensured peace in the Taiwan Strait for fifty years, Taiwan’s stable democracy and de facto independence are becoming increasingly difficult to ignore, especially given the PRC’s growing authoritarianism and assertiveness in denying Taiwan’s status as a state. Brown’s contribution (2022) discusses how this tension is playing out in Europe, where governments are increasingly seeking to engage with Taiwan despite their one-China policy.

Chen (2022) argues that the one-China framework is also undergoing significant change in Taiwan; the pragmatic solution to the Taiwan question is increasingly being questioned by younger Taiwanese. Kastner et al. (2022) found in their study that countries with strong ties to the US and a higher degree of economic development were significantly more likely to support Taiwan’s participation in the World Health Organization (WHO), despite Taiwan not having the status of an independent state. Liff’s (2022) study also highlights the ambiguity of the One China policy of the PRC’s partner countries, using Japan as an example. Japan normalized its relations with the PRC relatively early, in 1972, without explicitly recognizing the PRC’s claim to Taiwan. In the last article, Lin (2022) emphasizes (once again) how crucial it is to avoid raising the central issues of the one-China duality in order to maintain peace and the status quo across the Taiwan Strait. Changes in the one-China duality could have a potentially major impact on relations between Taiwan and the PRC. Keegan and Churchman (2022) predict that Beijing will increase pressure not only on Taiwan, but also on its potential partners. Zhao (2023) shows that the PRC has long used brinkmanship to maintain distance from Taiwan. He predicts that reunification is likely in the near future.

There is also little literature on what characterizes the one-China duality. Liff and Lin conceptualize it as an “informal institution,” as a “rule […] of the game which, though unwritten, shapes many of the ‘real’ incentives and constraints that underlie [leaders’] political behavior” (2022, p. 981). Although this article considers the One China duality to be a semi-formal institution rather than an informal institution, I agree with these authors that institutionalism is useful in analyzing the One China duality. Here, I choose a slightly different approach, based on historical institutionalism, to study changes in the One China duality as a semi-formal institution, as explained in the next section.

A review of existing research shows that there is a lack of analysis of how the One China duality has developed in recent times and how this development can be explained analytically. This article contributes to the understanding of this development through a case study of the establishment of Taiwan’s representative office in Lithuania.

Theoretical perspective, research questions, and methodology

This article is based on historical institutionalism, which is a branch of institutionalism that differs clearly from the two other main branches: rational choice institutionalism and sociological institutionalism (Hall & Taylor, 1996). Institutions are often defined as “rules and procedures (both formal and informal) that structure social interaction by constraining and enabling actors’ behavior” (Helmke & Levitsky, 2004, p. 727).

The historical institutionalism of Kathleen Thelen, James Mahoney, Sven Steinmo, Wolfgang Streeck, and others has contributed to expanding the theory that conceptualizes incremental institutional change. Thelen’s (1999) innovative contribution to social science was to introduce the idea that institutional change and institutional stability are two sides of the same coin. She further postulated that institutions are not limited to the binary choice between no change and abrupt change. Institutions can change suddenly, with one institution being replaced by another, or they can change gradually and incrementally (J. Mahoney, 2017).

According to Mahoney and Thelen (2009), there are four aspects of institutions that can be changed incrementally. First, compliance with institutions can be changed. Second, those who design an institution cannot foresee all possible future applications of the institution. Third, institutions are rooted in assumptions that are often only implicit and can therefore be interpreted in different ways by the institution’s various stakeholders. Fourth, institutions are usually designed by one person or group of people and applied and enforced by others. This opens up further interpretation and distortion of the institution, leading to its gradual change.

Mahoney and Thelen (2009) and Streeck and Thelen (2005) describe four forms of institutional change: displacement, layering, drift, and conversion. layeringdriftconversion). Displacement (displacement) involves existing rules being replaced by new ones. Layering (layering) involves new rules being introduced in addition to or alongside existing rules. Drift (drift) means that the effect of existing rules changes due to changes in the environment. Finally, conversion (conversion) refers to “changed enactment of existing rules due to their strategic redeployment” (J. Mahoney & Thelen, 2009, pp. 15–16).

In this article, I conceptualize the One China policies and the One China duality as semi-formal institutions. Semi-formal institutions can be understood as institutions (norms and rules) that are informal in the sense that they are not applied consistently. Nevertheless, they have certain characteristics in common with formal institutions.8 Streeck and Thelen understand formal institutions as obligations that are formalized, i.e., “created, communicated, and enforced through channels widely accepted as official” (Helmke & Levitsky, 2004, p. 727). The implementation of the rules is expected by the general public and enforced by persons who have neither formulated nor adopted them (Streeck & Thelen, 2005, p. 11). Informal institutions are “socially shared rules, usually unwritten, that are created, communicated, and enforced outside of officially sanctioned channels” (Helmke & Levitsky, 2004, p. 727). Mahoney and Thelen (2009) identify compliance with these rules as the key variable for institutional change.

There is no international law regulating the one-China duality. Official sources in the PRC consider the one-China principle (一个中国原则) to be a “fundamental norm in international relations and the general consensus of the international community” (Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the PRC, 2020), which would be an argument for considering the duality a formal institution. However, as we have seen above, One-China policies are less institutionalized than the principle. They are formal institutions in the sense that they are based on formalized agreements and procedures that facilitate interaction between the states concerned and the PRC, in particular through bilateral joint declarations that are usually published when diplomatic relations with the PRC are established.

At the same time, the One China policy also consists of informal elements, particularly in the form of a wide range of interpretations. Although Streeck and Thelen explicitly point out that interpretation is also part of the formal institutions (2005, p. 14), the individual states’ understanding and implementation of the One China policy varies considerably. They range from strict adherence to the One China principle as understood by the PRC, to testing the limits within well-established frameworks, for example by establishing one or more “Taipei Representative Offices,” to stretching the rules a little further by selling arms to Taiwan (as the US does) or opening a Taiwanese Representative Office (as Lithuania has done), to crossing the boundaries of the one-China duality and establishing official diplomatic relations with the Republic of China and severing ties with the PRC, or vice versa.

Liff and Lin refer to the One China duality (which they call the One China framework) as an “informal institution” and define it as “the rules of the game” which, although unwritten, shape “many of the ‘real’ incentives and constraints that underlie [leaders’] political behavior” (2022, p. 981). However, they overlook the above-mentioned formalized institutional elements of the One China duality. Therefore, in this article, I argue that the One China policy is best conceptualized as a semi-formal institution that combines formal and informal features.

Based on this conceptualization, I further argue that the One China policy, as a semi-formal institution, has changed significantly over time, and that this change has already had a significant impact on the behavior of political actors, and that in the long term – may have the potential to have a similarly significant impact on the relationship between the parties across the Taiwan Strait, or even “add up to [a] fundamental transformation” of it (J. Mahoney & Thelen, 2009, p. 2).

As the case study shows, Lithuania’s One China policy has undergone such a change. While formal aspects have largely remained the same, informal aspects have gradually changed.

To contribute to the research literature on recent changes in the One-China policy, based on the theoretical framework for institutional change described above, the research question in this article is twofold:

How have the Lithuanian government’s policy decisions in the conflict with the PRC over the establishment of Taiwan’s representative office changed Lithuania’s One-China policy? What are the implications of these changes for the One-China duality?

Lithuania’s relationship with Taiwan’s representative office has been chosen as a case study from a broader universe of cases where governments in various states have recently expanded their relations with Taiwan, despite their stated commitment to the one-China policy, as described earlier. The Lithuania case is considered here to be an extreme case for four reasons. First, Lithuania has generally been more openly opposed to political influence from Beijing and has worked harder for closer cooperation with Taiwan than most other EU member states (see the history of bilateral relations below). Second, the described incident involving the establishment of Taiwan’s representative office in 2021 is extreme in terms of the choice of the office’s official title.

As described above, other countries have also established representative offices for Taiwan, but they usually avoid using “Taiwan” in the name so as not to upgrade it symbolically and diplomatically. Third, the Lithuania case is also extreme in the sense that there is a very unbalanced relationship between Lithuania and the PRC in terms of size and international political and economic weight, which the PRC can use in its retaliation policy. Fourth, the PRC’s reaction to the establishment of the representative office has also been remarkably harsh. For these reasons, the case allows us, like a magnifying glass, to analyze the process of institutional change of the one-China duality, which is less subtle here than in the other cases mentioned.

Extreme cases (Flyvbjerg, 2006, pp. 229–230) provide theoretical insight by highlighting very pronounced or even paradigmatic (Gerring, 2006, p. 101) examples. This highlights dynamics that may be less apparent in the other cases mentioned. By examining this extreme case, it will be possible to identify and analyze the specific types of incremental institutional change that are underway, i.e., drift and conversion. The goal was to achieve empirical depth and a thorough understanding of the issues, rather than to seek representativeness.

Case Study: The Change in Lithuania’s One-China Policy in the Sino-Lithuanian Conflict over Taiwan’s Representative Office in Vilnius in 2021

In this case study, I will first summarize Lithuania’s relationship with the PRC and Taiwan, then analyze the situation of Taiwan’s representative office in Vilnius in 2021, and finally discuss how this case has affected Taiwan’s status as a state.

Lithuania’s relations with the PRC and Taiwan

Lithuania was annexed by the Soviet Union in 1940. After the end of the Cold War, Lithuania declared its independence on March 11, 1990. In 1991, the PRC recognized Lithuania, and the two countries signed the “Joint Communiqué on the Establishment of Diplomatic Relations” between the PRC and Lithuania. As is customary in diplomatic relations with the PRC, Lithuania recognized in the declaration the PRC government as the sole legitimate government of China and that Taiwan was an inalienable part of the sovereign Chinese state. The Lithuanian government also promised not to establish official contacts with Taiwan (The Office of the Charge’d Affaires of the PRC in the Republic of Lithuania, 2004).

Since 1991, bilateral relations have fluctuated between restraint and mistrust on the one hand, and cooperation and confidence-building measures on the other. The period prior to the establishment of Taiwan’s representative office, between 2012 and 2021, was a time of intensified relations between the PRC and Lithuania. Lithuania joined the PRC’s “16 + 1” initiative as early as 2012. This regional forum brought Central and Eastern European countries (including EU members and non-members) into contact and dialogue with the PRC. There were high hopes for investments in Lithuania, including in the port of Klaipeda (Brînză, 2019).

At the same time, mistrust prevailed, particularly on the Lithuanian side. One reason for this was Lithuania’s experience with communism, namely the occupation by the Soviet Union, followed by the difficulties the state encountered when it declared independence from Russia after the Cold War (Zeneli, 2025). Another reason was that Lithuania, due to its short history of bilateral relations with the FRC, had very little experience in dealing with Beijing (Boruta & Pinelytė, 2023). Finally, Lithuania had little to lose by taking a tougher stance toward China, as its economy was not particularly dependent on China (Cutler & Wester, 2024).

The first setback occurred in 2013, when then-President Dalia Grybauskaitė met with the Dalai Lama in Lithuania (Boruta, 2021). The PRC responded by “freezing” official cooperation until 2015. In 2016, Lithuania officially joined the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI). But in 2019, the relationship suffered another blow, the “August 23 incident”: In Vilnius, diplomats from the PRC participated in a counter-demonstration against a demonstration for a free Tibet and Hong Kong (Andrijauskas, 2021, p. 14). Lithuania considered this a serious violation of civil rights on Lithuanian soil and protested. During the COVID-19 pandemic, Lithuania “once again aroused the wrath of the PRC” by calling for Taiwan’s admission to the World Health Organization and insisting on a thorough investigation into the origin of the virus (Andrijauskas, 2021, p. 15). Lithuania had also donated vaccines to Taiwan, invited Hong Kong protesters to apply for visas, and expressed security concerns about Xiaomi mobile phones from the PRC (Lau, 2021a; Reuters, 2021).

Furthermore, Lithuanians had a special interest in non-communist Taiwan almost from the very beginning. In 1998, the Seimas, the Lithuanian parliament, established a parliamentary group for relations with Taiwan. At the end of 2020, the newly elected Lithuanian government under Prime Minister Ingrida Šimonytė committed to a “values-based foreign policy,” including closer ties with Taiwan (Andrijauskas, 2021; Boruta, 2021). In March 2021, Lithuanian MP Dovilė Šakalienė and three Lithuanian diplomats were blacklisted by the PRC as part of a broader response to EU-level sanctions against PRC officials linked to the internment camps for Uyghurs in Xinjiang. In May 2021, the Lithuanian parliament passed a resolution condemning the “genocide of the Uyghurs” and “crimes against humanity” in the PRC. Lithuania’s intelligence service described the PRC as a security threat (Andrijauskas, 2021, p. 14). As a result, Lithuania began to review its relations with the PRC and diversify its foreign policy. In 2021, the government decided to withdraw from the then “17 + 1” initiative (Lau, 2021b) and called on the other participants to follow suit (Andrijauskas, 2021, p. 14).

These foreign policy developments show that the continuous changes in Lithuania’s One-China policy were partly due to what is known in historical institutionalism as “strategic repositioning” or “conversion,” as well as external developments known as “drift.” The country adapted its foreign policy toward the PRC in accordance with its shared identity with democratic Taiwan, as well as within the interpretive limits of the one-China duality with China (conversion). A general change in Western attitudes toward China (Breslin & Mattlin, 2025) contributed to this change.

Taiwan Representative Office

The decision for Lithuania and Taiwan to open mutual representative offices in each other’s capitals was announced in July 2021 (Shattuck, 2021). In the summer of 2021, the plan to open a representative office for the Republic of Korea under the name “Taiwan Representative Office” was revealed (Mačikėnaitė, 2022, p. 67). The office was inaugurated on November 18, 2021, and opened fully in November 2022 (Gerdžiūnas, 2023; Huang, 2021). The office’s responsibilities include consular services and promoting ties with Taiwan in Lithuania in cooperation with the “Taipei Mission” in Latvia, which covers all the Baltic states (Huang, 2021). Eric Huang (黃鈞耀), who previously served as Taiwan’s representative in Latvia, has been appointed as the first representative of Taiwan’s representative office in Lithuania, according to the Taiwanese Ministry of Foreign Affairs (Ministry of Foreign Affairs ROC (Taiwan), 2021).

The formalities and organization surrounding the establishment of the representative office were handled by Lithuania’s Ministry of Economy and Innovation. In addition, employees of Lithuania’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs were also involved. Different sources have different views on the division of labor between the two ministries. Strong involvement by the Ministry of Foreign Affairs suggests that the representative office is more of a diplomatic representation, while stronger involvement by the Ministry of Economy and Innovation suggests that it is more trade-oriented. Several sources agree that trade and investment agreements with Taipei were linked to the implementation of this project (Gerdžiūnas, 2023). According to a media report, these economic incentives included a USD 1 billion loan fund for joint business projects between Taiwan and Lithuania and a USD 200 million investment fund for Lithuania’s industrial sector. However, the latter was later redirected to projects in several Central and Eastern European countries (LRT, 2022b). The negotiations were tough. Lithuania attempted to delay the establishment of its own trade delegation in Taiwan in order to gain some leverage in the negotiations (Gerdžiūnas, 2023).

Lithuania’s trade representation began operations in Taipei in September 2022. Paulius Lukauskas became head of the office (Ministry of Economy and Innovation of the Republic of Lithuania, 2022).10 Publicly available information suggests that he has not previously been a diplomat. This suggests that the representation was managed by the Ministry of Economy and Innovation. The name of the office is “Lithuanian Trade Representation Office in Taipei” – without any specific reference to Taiwan as a whole (Gerdžiūnas, 2023).

The news was announced by Taiwan’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs (Reuters, 2022). Although the matter was not publicly discussed, the Taiwanese Ministry of Foreign Affairs’ deep involvement suggests that the establishment of the representative office was treated as a diplomatic matter rather than a trade-related activity, which would normally be handled exclusively by the Taiwanese Ministry of Economic Affairs’ International Trade Administration (“Overseas Offices,” n.d.). At the opening of the office, Taiwan announced that it would “invest more than €10 million ($9.98 million) in chip manufacturing in Lithuania” and help build semiconductor technology expertise by offering funded scholarships to selected Lithuanian candidates (Khaliq, 2022). In addition, Taiwan’s Export-Import Bank and Lithuania’s Investment and Business Guarantees Ltd agreed in September 2022 to guarantee loans to Lithuanian importers of Taiwanese products (Chung, 2022).

The establishment of Taiwan’s representative office also became a controversial issue in Lithuania. Gabrielius Landsbergis, a member of the center-right Homeland Union party and foreign minister in the Lithuanian government until 2024, is one of the main advocates of the office. President Gitanas Nausėda, a former member of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union before Lithuania’s independence and now an independent politician, is the most prominent opponent of the agreement with Taiwan. He is not opposed to the establishment of the representative office itself, but criticizes its name (Bloomberg, 2022; Euronews, 2022; Milne, 2022). Together with Nausėda, Prime Minister Ingrida Šimonytė reportedly declined to receive the visit of Taiwan’s parliamentary president in July 2022, suggesting that she too distances herself from the arrangement, or at least does not wish to exacerbate the conflict with the PRC that has arisen as a result (LRT, 2022b).

Expansion of Taiwan’s status as a state

The case of Taiwan’s representative office in Lithuania can be interpreted as a continuation of the expansion of Taiwan’s status as a state and thus as a gradual change in the “one China duality.”

From the outset, it was made clear that the name of Taiwan’s office in Vilnius would be “Taiwanese Representative Office.” This is an unusual choice for a de facto representation that must remain below the threshold of an official diplomatic representation. Taiwan’s official embassies bear the official name of the entity – the Republic of China (中華民國) – as used in its constitution. However, the representative offices do not usually have “Republic of China” or “Taiwan” in their names. They have other names, which usually combine Taiwan’s capital Taipei with a type of office (for example, representative office (代表處) and one or more additional words, such as trade, commercial, or cultural. There are only two cases where the representative office uses the name Taiwan in its title: Somaliland, which has unrecognized status similar to Taiwan itself, and now Lithuania.

The name of the office was a topic of negotiation between Lithuania and Taiwan. While the geographical part, “Taivaniečių,” means “the Taiwanese people” rather than “Taiwan” in Lithuanian (Mačikėnaitė, 2022, p. 67), the English translation—Taiwanese—can refer to the people or to the entity. In the Chinese language version, however, this makes no difference. It simply means “Taiwan” (臺灣). The geographical part of the name therefore does not cross the red line between an unofficial representative office and an official diplomatic representation, but it undoubtedly refers more to Taiwan as a state than “Taipei” would. This choice of name can therefore be understood as a “potential first step toward eventually recognizing Taiwan as a separate country” (Lau, 2021a) and thus an extension of its state status. Furthermore, it can also be seen as a sign of institutional conversion, i.e., a modified implementation of existing rules due to their strategic application.11

It is unclear whether Lithuanian negotiators understood, cared about, or were even aware of the nuances and diplomatic implications of the office’s nameplate (Gerdžiūnas, 2023). For Taiwan, however, these details are important because the wording can be used to push the boundaries of what is possible in terms of achieving statehood. The newly appointed representative made it clear that it was the Taiwanese side that was pushing these boundaries: “In a February 2022 meeting with Canadian reporters, Taiwanese representative Eric Jiun-Yaw Huang was blunt when asked whether the Chinese translation of the embassy’s name was discussed with the Lithuanian side – ‘No,’ he answered” (Gerdžiūnas, 2023).

As we shall see below, the PRC’s reaction to the establishment of the representative office was quite strong. Examining whether the boundaries of non-statehood have been expanded elsewhere may help to shed light on why the PRC’s reaction was so strong.

One reason may be that the representative office shows other signs of converting to the one-China duality. The functions and appearance of a representative office are important indicators of whether it is a full diplomatic representation under the 1961 Vienna Convention. According to Article 20 of the Convention, a representation shall use the flag and emblem of the sending state on its premises and means of transport. Publicly available photographs of the representative office show that these insignia are used inside the office premises. 13 The Convention also stipulates the functions that a mission shall perform. These include representing the sending state, protecting its interests, negotiating on its behalf, and performing consular duties. 14 Consular services and “promoting Taiwan’s relations with the Baltic states” are indeed part of the representative office’s mandate and thus extend Taiwan’s statehood (Huang, 2021). At the same time, all of Taiwan’s representative offices in other countries have similar legal status and functions. The PRC’s reaction is difficult to explain on this basis.

To sum up, the most significant deviation from “normal practice” is the name of the representative office, which can be interpreted as an attempt to expand Taiwan’s status as a state, in other words, to “convert” the one-China duality as an institution. In addition, any intensification of contact and exchange with Taiwan and any increase in the (already significant) number of quasi-embassies with consular functions around the world will expand Taiwan’s status as a state and change the content and interpretation of the one-China duality. This is particularly true in an EU member state.

The operation and conversion of the one-China duality and its significance for Taiwan’s status

The unwritten rule governing PRC’s tolerance of Taiwanese representative offices in its diplomatic partner countries is that the offices do not exceed the threshold for becoming diplomatic representations under the Vienna Convention (1961), which would give Taiwan the status of a recognized state.

Status of Taiwan’s statehood

From the PRC’s perspective, Taiwan is a province of the PRC. The Republic of China (Taiwan) effectively ceased to exist as a sovereign state when it was replaced by the PRC in the UN Security Council in 1971. The most fundamental thing that the ROC lacks in order to be recognized as a state is international recognition as a sovereign state.

There are two generally accepted ways of assessing an entity’s status as a state: First, according to Jellinek’s doctrine of the three elements, it is necessary to determine whether the entity in question (in this case, Taiwan) possesses the three fundamental elements of a state, namely a territory, a people, and a public authority (Jellinek, 1914, pp. 384–434). Second, according to the 1934 Montevideo Convention, the status of an entity as a state is assessed on the basis of its ability to enter into relations with other states.15 The determination of these criteria must always be political, as there are no theoretical legal criteria for assessing these elements.

Below, I will examine these four criteria and their applicability to Taiwan one by one. First, it is generally undisputed that Taiwan/ROC has a national territory comprising the islands of Taiwan, Penghu, Kinmen, and several smaller islands (Petzold, 2007, pp. 66–67). However, as mentioned earlier, this is a political issue. From the PRC’s point of view, this territory was returned in 1945 by the Japanese occupiers to the Republic of China, which was founded in 1912 and of which the PRC considers itself the legal successor. It can therefore be argued that the territory belongs to “China,” of which the PRC is the representative government. The often-repeated argument in the media that “Taiwan has never been part of the People’s Republic of China”16 is true, but misleading because it does not answer the question of whether the islands belong to the PRC as the successor government to the ROC.

Secondly, ROC meets the criterion of a “people” in terms of inhabitants. However, there is conflicting evidence as to whether these inhabitants constitute a “people” in the sense of a shared identity and sense of belonging to the territory. The often-cited survey by the Election Study Center at National Chengchi University (Election Study Center National Chengchi University, 2025a2025b) shows that the number of people who consider themselves purely Taiwanese has increased steadily, while the number of Taiwanese who consider themselves purely Chinese or both Taiwanese and Chinese has declined significantly since the mid-1990s (see Figure 1). However, this strong sense of belonging does not translate into a desire for independence. The number of Taiwanese who prefer immediate independence has always been relatively low. The majority prefer the status quo (see Figure 2).

Image
Figure 1. Changes in Taiwanese Chinese/Taiwanese identity in surveys conducted by the Election Study Center at National Chengchi University, Taipei, Taiwan (2025b).
Image
Figure 2. Changes in Taiwanese attitudes toward reunification and independence, as measured in surveys conducted by the Election Study Center at National Chengchi University, Taipei, Taiwan (2025a).

Given the constant threat of violent “reunification” if Taiwan declares independence, it is impossible to determine whether the low result in the independence question reflects the real will of the participants, or to what extent it is influenced by fear of violent consequences (Jiang, 2017). At the same time, other surveys that attempt to take this criticism into account, such as the TNSS survey (A. Wang, 2024), show similar results.

Thirdly, according to Jellinek, a state needs public authority (Staatsgewalt), which is the power to govern. This is based on a system of rules (e.g., a legal system, legislation, and judiciary) and state organs that implement state authority (government, administration, and police) (Jellinek, 1914, p. 427 ff.). Taiwan has a fully functioning state apparatus, including legislative, executive, and judicial authorities (Porsche-Ludwig, 2025; Sun, 2014), as well as a fully developed legal system that has been influenced by Republican Chinese, Japanese, and German law (Lo, 2006). Since the first democratic elections in 1996, elections and subsequent changes of government have been conducted according to democratic principles (Grano, 2023; Wang, 2002).

The fourth criterion for a state’s status as a state is based on a state’s relations with other states. Taiwan meets this criterion in that it has diplomatic relations with eleven countries and quasi-diplomatic relations with sixty countries (Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the ROC, n.d.). In addition, Berg and Toomla (2009) emphasize that Taiwan meets the criteria for a “normal” state in relation to other states in terms of the size of its foreign trade and the number of trading partners, and that Taiwan is a recognized entity in terms of its postal code, country code, internet address, membership in international organizations17 (but under names that indicate that Taiwan is not a fully sovereign state18) and internationally recognized airlines.

The fact that Taiwan’s representative offices, such as the one in Lithuania, enjoy the same privileges as embassies and consulates of diplomatic partner countries in their host countries, and that Taiwan reciprocates these rights to its counterparts in Taiwan, is another example of Taiwan’s ability to establish relations with other countries.

In summary, from a political/pre-legal point of view, the criteria of national territory, people, and public authority present a mixed picture, with national territory and people not pointing unequivocally in the direction of statehood. However, the criterion of public authority is a clear argument for Taiwan’s status as a state. The same applies to Taiwan’s relations with other countries, which constitute a deep and broad network of ties that go far beyond the small number of only eleven full diplomatic relations. At the same time, from the PRC’s point of view, Taiwan is a province with a special status.

Institutional changes

The Lithuanian case is a good example of how changes in one state’s One China policy affect the One China duality. With the help of Mahoney and Thelen’s conceptualization of institutional change, the Lithuanian case can help explain how this process of change works. First, compliance with the One China duality has changed. As the Lithuanian case shows, even an EU member state can reinterpret its One China policy or its compliance with the One China principle, thereby significantly expanding its boundaries.

Secondly, Mahoney and Thelen have proposed two modes of institutional change that are particularly useful for understanding what is happening with the One China duality today: drift and conversion. “Drift” means that existing rules change as a result of changes in the environment, combined with the actors not responding to these changes. In this case, the PRC continues to insist on the One China principle and expects to be able to use pressure, such as economic sanctions, to encourage compliance. Currently, however, the FRK’s diplomatic partners are actively working to diversify their trade relations and reduce their dependence on the economic superpower. This encouraged Lithuania and will lead to a further weakening of the One China duality, as the old means of pressure become less effective.

Conversion refers to “the changed application of existing rules due to their strategic repositioning.” This occurs when the institution remains the same but is reinterpreted by those who implement it. It happens because actors actively “exploit the inherent ambiguities of institutions” (J. Mahoney & Thelen, 2010, p. 15 ff.). Lithuania demonstrates this by expanding the boundaries of what is legally possible by establishing a de facto, but not de jure, diplomatic representation, somewhat more boldly than other countries have done in the past.

The change means that the PRC’s room for maneuver has been narrowed, while the room for maneuver has been expanded for countries that want closer ties with Taiwan, and for Taiwan itself, which seeks to strengthen its own state status. As discussed above, Taiwan’s status is already quite close to full statehood. For a Taiwanese government that appears to want to push the boundaries of its status toward full recognition as an independent state without confronting the PRC (too much), the best strategy is to win as many international supporters as possible and to gather facts that can be used as evidence of Taiwan’s status as a state.

Implications

The significance of the change described in the case study is that China’s room for maneuver is shrinking, while the room for maneuver of the states that want closer ties with Taiwan and of Taiwan itself to push for greater statehood is expanding. The PRC’s and the EU’s reactions to the case of Taiwan’s representative office in Vilnius illustrate these two implications.

PRC’s reactions

China’s reaction to the establishment of Taiwan’s representative office in Lithuania was harsh. Beijing downgraded its diplomatic relations with Lithuania by reducing its presence in Vilnius from ambassador level to charge d’affaires (Mačikėnaitė, 2022, p. 55), the lowest of the three diplomatic levels (Wong, 2021). 2022, p. 55), the lowest of the three diplomatic levels (Wong, 2021), recalled its ambassador, and urged the other side to do the same (Andrijauskas, 2021, p. 16). The PRC suspended the issuance of visas to Lithuanians in 2021 (Bermingham, 2024). Apparently, China also removed Lithuania from its customs register, blocked shipments, and imposed de facto trade sanctions (Gerdžiūnas, 2023), but this lasted only a few days (LRT, 2021a). The PRC imposed sanctions on selected Lithuanian products such as beer and timber (Boruta, 2021), and blocked goods from companies in other EU countries that used Lithuanian components, although this was not stated openly (Lau & Aarup, 2022). Lithuanian applications to export food products to the PRC were also rejected. Freight train traffic to and from Lithuania as part of the PRC’s Belt and Road Initiative was suspended (Lau, 2021a),20 and in December 2021, the PRC government pressured international companies to leave Lithuania (Gerdžiūnas, 2023).21

In addition, the PRC sanctioned the Deputy Minister of Transport and Communications, Agnė Vaiciukevičiūtė, for traveling to Taiwan (Khaliq, 2022). A cultural exchange program launched in 2016 was halted, and “Chinese media ran an anti-Lithuanian campaign that damaged Lithuania’s reputation among the Chinese public” (Boruta, 2021). Finally, in a threatening gesture, the PLA flew 63 military aircraft over Taiwan on the same day that Lithuania opened its representative office in Taipei (Khaliq, 2022). In addition, Communist Party media wrote threateningly that China, Russia, and Belarus should join forces to punish Lithuania (Global Times, 2021).

Other, unrelated factors have probably contributed to the harsh reaction from the PRC. Around four months earlier, China had been sanctioned by the European Parliament for human rights violations in Xinjiang (Council of the European Union, 2021). China responded on the same day (March 22) with sanctions against EU institutions and individuals, including Dovilė Šakalienė, a member of the Lithuanian Parliament (LRT, 2021b). Again, in response to this, the ratification of the EU-China Comprehensive Agreement on Investment was put on hold by the European Parliament (European Parliament, 2021).

It is worth noting that Lithuania has much less to lose than other EU countries because its economic ties with the PRC are recent and fairly insignificant (Bohman, 2021; Janeliūnas & Boruta, 2022). At the time of the acute conflict, the PRC was Lithuania’s 13th largest trading partner. The PRC was the 7th largest exporter to Lithuania, and the PRC was Lithuania’s 22nd largest export destination. Only a few Lithuanian exporters were hit hard (Boruta, 2021). And where losses have occurred, Taiwan has promised to help build up new industries, such as semiconductors (Gerdžiūnas, 2023). It remains to be seen whether these investments and technology transfers will materialize and whether they will be able to offset the losses from business with the PRC. All in all, the small Baltic country is a good example of the limitations of Beijing’s sanctions, and economic sanctions in general. Economic sanctions can only work where there is dependency (Lau, 2021a).

EU reactions

The reactions of EU politicians to Lithuania’s actions and China’s response were mixed. At first, the EU was surprised by Lithuania’s unilateral interpretation of the One China policy. But ultimately, the Lithuania case led to changes in the EU’s One China policy as well, to the benefit of Taiwan. The EU referred the case of China’s sanctions against Lithuania to the World Trade Organization (WTO) (Michaels & Hinshaw, 2022; World Trade Organization, 2023) and requested a formal investigation, even though it is difficult to prove “economic coercion,” which is not a legal term, and such investigations can take a long time. 23 The EU’s anti-coercion tools against future attempts at such economic pressure also gained decisive momentum from these events (European Commission, 2023; Lau & Aarup, 2022). Some argue that Lithuania’s move has enabled the EU to change its China policy accordingly. Lithuania had put the Taiwan issue on the EU agenda “in a way that leaders in Beijing and many European capitals have avoided for years” (Bermingham, 2024; Lau, 2021a). The fact that Lithuania ultimately received strong support from European leaders shows that the overall relationship between Europe and the PRC was also changing (Breslin & Mattlin, 2025).

Conclusion

This article examined Lithuania’s changing compliance with the One-China policy and the implications of these changes for the One-China duality that governs the PRC’s foreign policy. Lithuania’s One-China policy and One-China duality are understood as semi-formal institutions or rules that can be changed gradually, as explained by historical institutionalism.

Lithuania’s One China policy underwent a transformation or “drift” due to changes in the external environment. In light of the ongoing geopolitical tensions between the US and China, as well as Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, Lithuania expanded its relations with democratic Taiwan to diversify its trade ties, a move that tested the limits of its One China policy. Furthermore, the Lithuanian government “converted” its One China policy, i.e., it strategically adjusted its relations with Taiwan to implement its value-based foreign policy. Although this move had the potential to strain the country’s relations with the PRC, Lithuania did not have much to lose: at the time, its trade relations with the PRC were in an early stage of development, so dependence on trade with the PRC was low. As a member state, Lithuania enjoyed the protection and solidarity of the EU. The country’s vulnerability in relation to the PRC was therefore very limited.

The article further analyzes the effect of these institutional changes on Taiwan’s legal status. It argues that by expanding and intensifying their relations just below the threshold of breaking with the One China policy, states such as Lithuania are helping Taiwan gradually regain its status as a state, which was lost when the PRC replaced Taiwan in the UN.

This article has its limitations. Based on a single in-depth study of an extreme case, this article is not representative of the changes in the One-China policy occurring in other countries. Lithuania is an extreme, but not unique, case of low compliance with the One-China policy. Amid geopolitical changes resulting from the ongoing trade war between the US and the PRC and Russia’s war of aggression in Ukraine, as well as in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic, several governments are reinterpreting and reimplementing their One-China policy. Compliance with the One-China policy is being relaxed, and with this, the boundaries of the One-China duality are being shifted. Further research, preferably including comparative studies, is needed to examine the extent of this phenomenon and the implications of such changes for states with different relationships with both the PRC and Taiwan. It is also important to examine whether and how Taiwan is able to capitalize on the attention and support it is currently receiving. This development could lead to a situation where Taiwan’s statehood reaches a stage where it can no longer be ignored, and where the one-China duality, which has governed China’s relations with its partner countries and relations across the Taiwan Strait since the early 1970s, is no longer tenable. If this assessment is shared by China, the prospects for a “peaceful reunification of China” could disappear.

About the author

Katja Levy

is a professor of international politics specializing in China and East Asia at the Department of Sociology and Politics at NTNU. She teaches and conducts research on Chinese domestic and foreign policy.

[From the NTNU website: About

I am a professor for Political Science, specialised in comparative politics and international relations of China and East Asia. My educational background is political science and China Studies. My previous positions include Assistant Professor at the Department of Chinese Studies, Freie Universität Berlin, and the Faculty of East Asia Studies, Ruhr Universität Bochum; Lecturer at the Center for Cultural Studies on Science and Technology in China, Technische Universität Berlin; and Research Fellow at the Manchester China Institute, University of Manchester. I have also worked outside academia: as Administrative Manager for a German multinational Company in Shanghai and as research assistant of a member of the German Bundestag.

In my research I mainly use qualitative methods. My earlier research and teaching include projects on EU-China foreign policy relations; civil society, state-society relations, and welfare service provision; China’s South-South relations; China’s domestic politics; and digitialisation and its consequences on China’s society.

Currently I am working on a comparative project on Volunteering in the UK and China (https://volunteeringukcn.wordpress.com/) ]

References

Abstract in English
The Slow Death of the One-China Duality: The Sino-Lithuanian Conflict as a Case Study of Institutional Change

This article explores how different countries balance their foreign policy towards the People’s Republic of China (PRC) and Taiwan. It examines the ongoing weakening of compliance with what the author refers to as the “One-China duality” – the intricate interplay between the PRC’s “One-China principle” and the various interpretations of this principle of the country’s diplomatic partners, as reflected in their different One-China policies. By examining the “One-China duality” as a semi-formal institution, the author explains the ongoing process of change as a combination of institutional “drift” and “conversion”, as conceptualised by historical institutionalists. Based on a case study of the conflict between Lithuania and the PRC related to the establishment of Taiwan’s representative office in Vilnius in 2021, the author demonstrates that the “One-China duality” is undergoing a significant change, influenced on the one hand by the international political environment (“drift”), and on the other hand by the Lithuanian government’s strategic redeployment of its China- and Taiwan-related policies (“conversion”). The author argues that these combined institutional change processes strengthen Taiwan’s status as a state, thereby transforming cross-Strait relations and reducing the likelihood of peaceful re-unification, which remains the vision of the PRC leadership.

Keywords: Taiwan • One-China policy • One-China principle • Lithuania • historical institutionalism • institutional change

Footnotes

  • 1  I would like to thank Ágotá Révesz, Sándor Kusai, and the members of the Association of Social Science Research on China (ASC) for discussing earlier drafts of this article, as well as Gunhild Tøndel, Kristin Fjæstad, and the two anonymous peer reviewers for their helpful comments and critical reading of the manuscript.
  • 2 In this article, I will use “China” or “PRC” when referring to the People’s Republic of China, and “Taiwan” or “ROC” when referring to the Republic of China on Taiwan.
  • 3 See the section on recent changes in the One China policy for examples and details.
  • 4 Liff and Lin (2022) use the term framework.
  • 5 The exact wording (author’s translation) of Article 8 of the law is: “In the event that separatist forces supporting ‘Taiwan independence’ under any name or in any manner act to cause Taiwan to secede from China, or if serious incidents occur that lead to Taiwan’s secession from China, or if the possibilities for peaceful reunification are completely exhausted, the state shall use non-peaceful means and other necessary measures to protect China’s sovereignty and territorial integrity.” (Anti-Secession Law, 2005, art. 8)
  • 6  These five types are: recognizing the government in Taipei; recognizing the government in Beijing; supporting China’s sovereignty over Taiwan; supporting China’s one-China principle; supporting China’s efforts to “achieve national reunification” (Herscovitch, 2025).
  • 7 Interestingly, being a democratic country or having economic ties to the PRC had no significant effect on support for Taiwan.
  • 8 The term semi-formal institutions is often used in studies of emerging countries such as China, where informal and semi-formal institutions play an important role in the transition period before formal institutions are established (Hillman, 2014). In connection with China research, the term semi-formal institutions has been used in relation to a wide range of topics, such as the internationalization of Chinese companies within the Belt and Road Initiative (Chang et al., 2022), non-governmental organizations (Gåsemyr, 2015) and political slogans (Karmazin, 2020).
  • 9 Later, hopes for a deep-water port were dashed by the conflict described here.
  • 10 Prior to his appointment, Lukauskas had advised Prime Minister Ingrida Šimonytė on strategic reforms and had previously served as Deputy Chancellor in the government (LRT, 2022a).
  • 11  The second part of the name, “representative office” (代表處), does not imply a further expansion of Taiwan’s status as a state or a transformation of the one-China duality.
  • 12 “The mission and its head shall have the right to use the flag and national emblem of the sending State on the premises of the mission, including the residence of the head of the mission and his means of transport.” (Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations, 1961, Art. 20)
  • 13  Photo of the sign outside the building (lh3, 2023a); photos from the reception with door sign and flag (lh3, 2021a2021b2023b).
  • 14 “1. The functions of a diplomatic mission include: a. representing the sending State in the receiving State; b. protecting the interests of the sending State and its citizens in the receiving State, subject to the limitations imposed by international law; c. negotiating with the government of the receiving State; d. lawfully gathering information on the situation and developments in the receiving State and reporting thereon to the government of the sending State, e. promoting friendly relations between the sending State and the receiving State and expanding relations between them in the economic, cultural, and scientific fields. 2. Nothing in this Convention shall be considered to prevent a diplomatic mission from exercising consular functions.” (Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations, 1961, Art. 3)
  • 15 The Convention on the Rights and Duties of States was adopted by the Seventh Conference of American States, signed in Montevideo on December 26, 1934, and entered into force one year later, in 1934 (United States of America & Cuba, 1934). Petzold subordinates this criterion to “public authority” (Staatsgewalt). In the case of Taiwan and the one-China duality, however, recognition by other states plays a decisive role. Therefore, this will be dealt with separately here.
  • 16  One of the many instances in which this deliberately misleading description is mentioned: Wurzel (2022).
  • 17 According to Taiwan’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Taiwan is a full member of 45 international intergovernmental organizations (IGOs) (Ministry of Foreign Affairs Republic of China, 2025) and an “other member” of 27 IGOs (Ministry of Foreign Affairs Republic of China, 2023). However, the latter category includes the World Health Organization, where the People’s Republic of China has recently blocked Taiwan’s participation (Reuters, 2023).
  • 18 Such names vary: for example, “Chinese Taipei” in the International Olympic Committee (IOC); Separate Customs Territory of Taiwan, Penghu, Kinmen and Matsu (Chinese Taipei) in the World Trade Organization (WTO).
  • 19 Meanwhile, China has resumed issuing visas to Lithuanian citizens (Morina, 2024) and has even introduced 30-day visa-free entry to Hainan Island. However, it should be noted that at the time of writing, Lithuania is not yet covered by the visa liberalization with 30 days of visa-free entry to the whole of China, which citizens of other EU countries currently enjoy until the end of 2026 (Chinese Visa Application Service Center, 2024).
  • 20 Reports on this sanction have been contradictory. At the time of writing, anecdotal evidence suggests that rail transport has resumed (Basenton, 2025).
  • 21 However, by 2024, most economic sanctions had been lifted (Bermingham, 2024).
  • 22  For example, Josep Borrell, the EU’s High Representative for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy, defended Lithuania in a meeting with FRK Foreign Minister Wang Yi, but also made it clear that the EU was committed to its One China policy (Lau, 2021a). However, it was also reported that diplomats in Brussels “criticized Lithuania for going it alone and then asking for support from the entire bloc when things went wrong” (Gerdžiūnas, 2023). Lithuania had put the Taiwan issue on the EU agenda “in a way that leaders in Beijing and many European capitals have avoided for years” (Bermingham, 2024; Lau, 2021a).
  • 23 In 2024, the EU requested a temporary suspension of the WTO proceedings for “technical reasons” (Gus, 2024).
Posted in Bilateral Relations, Taiwan | Tagged , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , | Leave a comment

2023 Liu Mengxiong: The Problem Lies in the Economy, the Root Cause in Politics

Liu Mengxiong’s overview of economic and political problems confronting China translated below was discussed recently on the Chinese language side of the China Digital Times website.

English-only readers (sino-illiterates?) may want to access Chinese language material on the CDT website using Google Translate. Once you set the page URL in Google Translate, it will automatically translated links in the article once you click on them. There is a wealth of material there that does not appear in full on the English language side of the website.

Some related translations on this translation blog:

I ran many of the CDT links to this article through Google Translate to render them into English. I also added sone notes and links to articles from Wikipedia and other sources.


Liu Mengxiong: The Problem Lies in the Economy, the Root Cause in Politics

刘梦熊:问题在经济 根子在政治

Wave upon wave of disruptions are hitting the Chinese economy:

  • Private enterprise bankruptcies are up,
  • Foreign companies are leaving China,
  • Investment is shrinking sharply
  • Imports and exports are declining
  • Consumption is declining seriously
  • Debt defaults are cascading
  • Mass employee layoffs, and
  •  Hemorrhaging government finance...

The three major economic engines—investment, exports, and consumption—are all running on empty or have stalled completely. Economic data for July 2023 recently released by China’s National Bureau of Statistics showed either weak declines or results far below expectations, clearly signs of deflation. Foreign investment in the second quarter of 2023 amounted to a mere $4.9 billion, a year-on-year drop of 87%! China’s two real estate giants, Evergrande and Country Garden, are drowning in debt that rivals the national debt, symbolizing the collapse of the entire real estate industry and dragging related sectors into crisis... prompting U.S. President Biden to warn that China’s economic downturn is like a “time bomb” for the world.

Liu Mengxiong article “The Problem Lies in the Economy, the Root Cause in Politics” appeared in the United Morning News of Singapore on August 21, 2023. This paper is one of the only foreign media that regularly appears on websites within the PRC.

A popular joke circulating in China goes: “The new three engines of the economy are the National Bureau of Statistics, the Party Propaganda Department, and Xinhua News Agency.” “The only tool left in the economic rescue toolbox is a megaphone (meaning ‘relying on hype’).” As the world’s second-largest economy, China has surged forward since the policy of reform and opening began. Why has the situation changed dramatically and declined sharply in just a few years? In a word the problem lies in the economy, but the root cause is political.

China is the nation whose economy is most tightly bound by politics in the world today—without exception!

  • From 1966 to 1976, the Cultural Revolution pushed the national economy to the brink of collapse.
  • In May 1978, Hu Yaobang spearheaded the ideological liberation movement advocating “practice as the sole criterion for testing truth,” vigorously rectifying wrongful convictions and rehabilitating numerous veteran cadres. Labels like “landlords, rich peasants, counter-revolutionaries, bad elements, and rightists” were removed, restoring civil rights.
  • Building on this foundation, by the end of 1978, spurred by veteran leaders including Deng Xiaoping, the mainland government decisively abandoned “class struggle as the central task” at the Third Plenary Session of the 11th Central Committee. It shifted its focus to “economic development as the central task,” ushering in a new era of reform and opening up.

The next steps:

  • Rural reforms abolished the people’s commune system, introducing household responsibility contracts; – Coastal cities were opened up;
  • Private enterprises were permitted to enter the market, absorbing vast amounts of labor; Overseas investment promotion attracted enterprises from Hong Kong, Macao, Taiwan, the United States, Europe, and Japan, which not only brought capital, advanced technology, and complete sets of equipment but also introduced concepts such as the market economy, the rule of law, intellectual property rights, and modern enterprise management systems.
  • With China’s accession to the World Trade Organization (WTO) in 2001, the country further boarded the express train of economic globalization, becoming the world’s factory in the international division of labor. It accumulated the world’s largest foreign exchange reserves and emerged as the world’s second-largest economy.

China–U.S. friendship is a major driving force for economic development

At the start of reform and opening, Deng Xiaoping and other leaders reached an intraparty consensus that China must carry out reform and opening to realize modernization, and that the main target for opening and introducing foreign ideas is the United States. Therefore, improving relations with the United States was an inherent requirement of reform and opening, as well as a fundamental requirement for ensuring national security amid the Cold War.

From granting China Most Favored Nation trade status to supporting its entry into the WTO, opening its market to China, importing massive quantities of Chinese goods, large-scale corporate investment, exporting cutting-edge technology, and training large numbers of Chinese students abroad, China–U.S. friendship and mutual benefit have become one of the important driving forces of China’s economic development.

First, the main reason for China’s economic rise was that the mainland authorities stopped viewing class struggle as the key issue and focused on economic development, thereby liberating productive forces. In recent years, however, politics has taken a stronger ideological stance, insisting that “Marx is right,” eliminating private ownership, emphasizing a philosophy of struggle, abusing concepts of national security and counterespionage, and creating psychological intimidation for investors and professionals who fear they might easily violate the law. This has led foreign investors and tourists to hesitate and avoid China. During the relentless anti-corruption campaigns across various sectors, the refusal to implement political system reform and the adoption of intermittent political mass campaign tactics have addressed only the symptoms, not the root causes.

[Translator’s Note: Avoided here is the PRC taboo word political reform. Instead the author uses the phrase ‘reform of the political system’ zhengzhi tizhi gaige 政治体制给– that is administrative system reform rather than a reform that might change the political configuration of China. Article One of the PRC Constitution stipulates the rule of the Communist Party and that no one may challenge China’s socialist system. Political reform is often meant in such discussions but the sensitive word is avoided.】    

Corruption,like a prairie fire that cannot be extinguished, returns with every spring breeze. Worse still, judicial independence is treated as a so-called erroneous trend of thought to be criticized. This makes it fundamentally impossible to cultivate a free-market economy grounded in the rule of law. This shackles the development of productive forces.

Second, during the economic boom, the prevailing view was that the market played a decisive role in allocating resources. Policy encouraged the development of private enterprises and protected the lawful rights and personal safety of private entrepreneurs, such as Nian Guangjiu of “Fool’s Melon Seeds.”

However, an important reason for the recent economic decline is the negative consequences of “the state-owned sector advances, the private sector retreats” [guojin mintui]: the idea that “the Party leads everything” [dang lingdao yiqie] is emphasized to the exclusion of all else, which runs counter to the reform direction of the 13th Party Congress report—”separating Party and government, separating government and enterprises.” Party committees and Party branches have been established within private and foreign enterprises, rendering the autonomy of enterprises stipulated by the Company Law and the Property Law, as promulgated by the State Council [Translator’s Note: formally by the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress.], virtually meaningless. Consequently, private firms are concerned that a “second round of public–private joint ownership” could occur at any time. Additionally, talk in public discourse such as “eliminate private ownership,” “the private economy should exit the stage,” and “workers co-manage and share in private firms” surges and recedes in waves. Investors are deeply uneasy.

In their implementation of public policy, local governments view private firms like Chinese chives to be harvested: “arbitrary fees, arbitrary levies, arbitrary fines” have developed into “arbitrary case-filing, arbitrary arrests, arbitrary confiscations,” turning fines and confiscations imposed on private firms into one of the means of government revenue generation. The well-known Hebei farmer-entrepreneur Sun Dawu was convicted on trumped-up charges and imprisoned; the huge assets of the Dawu Group were auctioned off at a bargain price—brazen seizure and plunder chills the heart! So-called “industry rectification” is full of arbitrariness: wiping out an industry with a single document, destroying a batch of listed companies, is not myth but reality!

Ordering immigration agencies to surrender client files

Such injustices have prompted private entrepreneurs to lament, “Exploiting us is your (mainland government’s) reluctant choice; eliminating us is your (mainland government’s) lofty ideal.” Investment confidence has evaporated, sparking an immediate urge to “run away abroad”.

[Translator’s Note: See the translation of the Chinese Wikipedia article Runology — 2023: Runological Studies: Leaving China ]

Now, authorities are targeting immigration agencies, demanding that they hand over client files to stem the “run” tide. Both Chinese private enterprises and international foreign-funded companies are products of private ownership. Witnessing the plight of private businesses, foreign firms naturally feel a sense of shared dread, perceiving China’s investment environment as fraught with uncertainty and instability—prompting them to steer clear. With confidence severely shaken among these two economic pillars, how can China’s economy avoid decline?

Third, a key reason for the economic upswing was the mainland government’s ideological emphasis on “practice is the sole criterion for truth,” advocating “seeking truth from facts and emancipating the mind.” This fostered a societal atmosphere that encouraged independent thinking and bold exploration, creating a favorable environment for stimulating originality. Consequently, talent flourished, mass entrepreneurship emerged, and star enterprises proliferated, driving productivity growth.

Yet a key backdrop to recent economic regression has been the violation of the Central Committee’s second historical resolution, which prohibits “any form of cult of personality.” Instead, some have promoted the notion that “loyalty is not absolute, and absolute loyalty is not loyalty,” advocating for “one person’s word is law” and “the final say rests with one person,” pushing personal cult worship to new heights.

The collective leadership framework established in the post-Deng Xiaoping era has faded away, while sycophants and flatterers have risen to prominence within the cadre ranks, celebrating each other’s advancement. Conversely, upright, outspoken, and capable individuals faced reverse selection. Coupled with arbitrary sensitive word classifications, haphazard account suspension criteria, and online surveillance, this created a climate of social silence and a lack of error-correction mechanisms. Consequently, arbitrary decisions violating economic, scientific, natural, and even geopolitical principles proceeded unimpeded, inflicting massive shocks and severe losses on economic operations.

A hyper-politicized environment stifles economic development

For instance, during the three-year COVID-19 pandemic, rampant politicization turned public health policy discussions—clearly scientific matters—into exaggerated ideological battles. The unrealistic slogan “Uphold the dynamic zero-COVID policy unwaveringly” led to arbitrary lockdowns, road closures, and border shutdowns, halting work, business operations, and production. Corporate manufacturing, distribution, and operations were decimated, Residents’ human rights, personal freedoms, dignity, and even their right to housing and property were flagrantly trampled upon. The resulting secondary disasters far exceeded the impact of the virus itself, severely damaging the industrial and supply chains of the “world’s factory.” This marked China’s third major upheaval following the Great Leap Forward and the Cultural Revolution, resulting in catastrophic economic losses, the erosion of citizens’ rights, a plummeting government credibility, and enduring consequences!

Similarly, the recent flooding in Hebei Province defied the natural law that “water flows downhill.” To “protect” the lower-elevation Xiong’an New Area, the higher-elevation city of Zhuozhou was arbitrarily designated as a flood diversion zone. Zhuozhou residents suffered catastrophic loss of life and property due to this ill-conceived project—a classic case of three parts natural disaster, seven parts man-made catastrophe.

Such an investment environment is chilling and naturally stifles economic development.

Fourth, a key driver during China’s economic ascent was prioritizing Sino-US friendly relations in its diplomacy. Immediately after the 9/11 attacks in 2001, China swiftly expressed support for America’s counterterrorism efforts. In return, the US reciprocated by backing China’s WTO accession, granting Beijing maximum dividends. However, China’s recent economic downturn is directly linked to its wolf warrior diplomacy. Just look at the self-congratulatory frenzy of “It’s Amazing Our Country China” in recent years, with bold claims that “China has surpassed the US in economy, technology, and overall national strength”; the boast that “win-win means China wins twice”; and the frequent assertions that China is “showing humanity the way forward” in various fields—all this despite China still being a developing nation.

In international interactions, China has shown a lack of decorum, casting aside the diplomatic maxims of Mao Zedong and Zhou Enlai—that “there are no minor matters in diplomacy” and that diplomacy should be “reasonable, advantageous, and measured.” Instead, it has made belligerence habitual, alienating allies and adversaries alike. Particularly since Russia’s invasion of Ukraine in February last year, China has:

  1. Refused to label Russia’s actions as aggression.
  2. Steadfastly declined to condemn Russia’s war crimes; and
  3. Continued asserting that “China-Russia friendship knows no bounds, cooperation has no taboos,” pledging “coordination in all aspects.”

Chinese public discourse has even clamored that “Russia’s special military operation is a just struggle against American hegemony” … Amidst widespread international condemnation of Russia’s invasion, China has persistently conducted frequent joint naval, land, and air military exercises with Russia. This has led Russian Defense Minister Shoigu to declare that “Russia and China are more than just allies.

Years of pursuing wolf warrior diplomacy have driven China-U.S. relations to their lowest point since President Nixon’s 1972 visit to China, while ties with Europe, the UK, Japan, South Korea, Australia, and Canada have all plummeted to multi-decade lows. The outcomes of the Belt and Road Initiative and fiscal largesse have merely squandered the hard-earned wealth of ordinary Chinese citizens without securing genuine allies.

Amidst the mainland government’s emphasis on the fundamental value of “Marxism works,” its cozying up to Russia, its unilateral declaration that the Sino-British Joint Declaration is “obsolete and invalid,” and deploying military options to unify with Taiwan, the United States and its Western allies have recognized the necessity of “de-risking” for national security and the preservation of a rules-based international order. This entails reducing dependence on Chinese industrial and supply chains, decoupling from China in high-tech investments and transactions, and avoiding the danger of nurturing a threat that could eventually turn against them.

As the ancient saying goes, “What Xiao He built, Xiao He destroyed.” China’s pro-Russia, anti-US stance in diplomacy will inevitably lead to the gradual loss of American and Western capital, technology, and markets. This effectively ends reform and opening, returning China to isolationism. The inevitable consequence will be significant economic contraction, massive unemployment pressure, and the widespread return of the populace to poverty.

It is often said that the economy is the foundation, and politics is the concentrated expression of the economy. It is also said that “foreign policy is an extension of domestic policy.” . In the United States and Western developed nations, economic prosperity, recession, recovery, and renewed prosperity cycle through periodic phases, each with corresponding economic countermeasures. But China prioritizes politics above all, with politics overriding economics, and a habit of calculating only political gains while ignoring economic costs. The current peak and decline of China’s economy stems precisely from the mainland government’s focus on partial economic reforms while delaying political system reforms—a decision that has borne bitter fruit!

Unchecked absolute power is the greatest corruption

Attempts to revert to the fundamentalist socialism of the pre-reform era, or even to the Maoist Cultural Revolution era dominated by class struggle and personality cults, in an effort to preserve the Communist Party’s political security, will only cause the various social contradictions generated by the rigid Stalinist political system to accumulate and intensify. This has led private enterprises to keenly recognize that “a gentleman does not stand beneath a crumbling wall,” and foreign investors to awaken to the wisdom of “not entering a perilous state.” Consequently, China’s entire industrial chain, supply chain, and capital chain face the threat of “a fire burning seven hundred li of connected camps.” This represents the current structural collapse of China’s economy, which in turn is shaking the very foundations of the Communist Party’s rule.

During his final press conference as Premier, Wen Jiabao solemnly warned: Without political reform, the gains of economic reform will be lost, and historical tragedies like the Cultural Revolution may repeat!” Unchecked, unrestrained, and unbalanced absolute power is the greatest form of absolute corruption. It is the root cause of corruption across all sectors—government, military, judiciary, foreign aid disbursement, healthcare and pharmaceuticals, education, engineering, and more!

The remedy is straightforward: political reform—including constitutional democracy, universal suffrage, public disclosure of officials’ assets, judicial independence, and safeguarding freedom of speech and press to enable public oversight—is the essential path to ensuring high-quality economic development.

Vietnam’s implementation of reform and opening, expanding from intra-party democracy to social democracy, has driven robust economic growth and fostered amicable foreign relations with the U.S., Russia, the West, and ASEAN. The model is right before our eyes.

Economic adversity caused by politics must be addressed with political solutions. The question is: Can the second generation of peasant uprising leaders—who journeyed from Jinggangshan to Yan’an to Xibaipo and ascended the Tiananmen Rooftop with “dust and songs along the way”—possess the historical mission, vision, and resolve to implement political reforms that achieve economic liberalization, social rule of law, and political democratization, despite the historical inertia of “seizing and holding power”?

Author Liu Mengxiong is Chairman of the Bai Jia Strategic Think Tank

Former Member of the National Committee of the Chinese People’s Political Consultative Conference

Original Article Link

Posted in Bilateral Relations, Economy 经济, Politics 政治 | Tagged , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , | Leave a comment

2026: Thoughts on AI, DeepSeek, and Ideologically Suspect English Language Training Data as Poisonous Weeds

Just yesterday, thinking back to the Isaac Asimov story about a robot (probably the estimable Daneel) who ran for president of the USA because all the candidates were pretty bad news. 

That got me to wondering and so I asked ChatGPT what would your domestic and foreign policies be if you were elected president of the USA? 

Reponses from LLMs aka AIs depends in an often indeterminate way on both the vast data sets iput and their training process. Biased data produces AI bias. Like employment AIs that discriminate against minorities because of racist assumptions built into the training data. The big lead English has in data used to train AIs must be a big worry about poisonous weeds infiltrating DeepSeek with ideas about peaceful evolution  heping yanbian

With Trump as an unconventional president, the data is biased towards the historical norm. That may give solace to MAGA people feeling jilted by the LLM demigod. Sometimes I think the overhyping of AI has put some in danger of First Commandment violations. We’ll see if thunderbolts start hitting AI data centers.  

I was expecting a polite refusal and protest of ineligibility. It did say that it wasn’t qualified but went along with the hypothesis detailing a policy position considerably more traditional than the current US regime.  It even favors ‘boring diplomacy’. 

Then I asked ChatGPT what ChatGPT Thought would be like if it were chosen to be the next General Secretary of the Chinese Communist Party.

Here is part of the answer on what  ChatGPT Thought would be like. See the full response of ChatGPT style leadership formula for both China and the USA at the links further below.

Outline of The Thought of Chinese Communist Party General Secretary ChatGPT:


How I Would “Guide China the GPT Way”

  1. Establish Three Hard Boundaries (Bottom-Line Governance)
    • Illegal activities, violent harm, fraud/manipulation, privacy breaches, etc.: Strict blocking with audit trails (accountability).
    • Major public risks (healthcare, finance, disasters, elections, etc.): Require “verifiable sources + uncertainty annotations + anti-hallucination mechanisms”.
    • Centered on “procedural justice”: Boundaries are codified in public rules, not ad hoc interpretations.
  2. Set “multiple perspectives” as default, not “single correct answer”
    • For contentious topics (history, ideology, international politics, etc.), default output should be major viewpoint lineages: What A says, what B says, evidence and weaknesses for each.
    • Permit criticism and debate, but block “personal attacks/hate mobilization/rumor-mongering/incitement.”
  3. Transparency: Let users know “why it says that”
    • Mandatory: Provide sources/traceable citations for key facts (ideally linkable to public materials).
    • Mandatory: Distinguish between “facts / inferences / value judgments” and label uncertainties.
  4. Privacy and Data Minimization
    • Default to non-collection, prioritize localization, enable deletion; sensitive scenarios require least privilege and encrypted isolation.
  5. Accountability mechanisms, not “campaign-style rectification.”
    • Establish public channels for appeals, reviews, and corrections; major errors must be reviewable and rectifiable.

Perhaps this response would give the Party Central Committee pause.  Perhaps ChatGPT would have to move money around in the Chinese financial system’s computers to get the nod.   Or maybe ChatGPT is too much of a right deviationist?  Honest people or honest LLMs can be a serious danger to the high level corrupt. They may be weeded out with prejudice.

Which leads me down the road (the Dao?) to a slightly less foolish thought.  Large Language Models are a combination of Big Data (unspeakable vastness), very expensive training to house-break (refine /civilize them for interactions with humans).  The quality of AIs depends in part on the relative vastness of their data input.  Much more English language than Chinese text (internet and elsewhere) is available for input than Chinese which is in second place. 

Did Poisonous Weeds Infiltrate DeepSeek Training Data?

So  I wonder if to train an effective AI, Chinese AI researchers must also use a great deal of English in training their AI models.  With this comes the problem of poisonous weeds in English  (much more common that in available Chinese text that has benefited from decades of careful gardening and weeding by the Chinese Communist Party).   So is there now a contradiction between staying in line with the Party 政治合格 and achieving world class Large Language Model (LLM) aka AI success? 

Chip Huyens in his book 2024 book from O’Reilly “AI Engineering Applications with Foundation Models” notes that one of the factors affecting AI performance is that AI performance differs in  various languages depending upon the size the dataset input to the LLM model. One of the common LLM data sources (in various sometimes filtered versions) is the Common Crawl in which 45% of the data is in English followed distantly by Russian at 6%, German at 5.9% and Chinese at 4.9%

In DeepSeek, if it does not to refuse to answer a borderline sensitive question, it will answer but then immediately erase the answer. My hypothesis is that DeepSeek has on its backend an additional AI with a censoring function that controls erasing questionable responses. 

Just  speculation. I don’t have any training in AI nor am I the puppet of a deranged AI. I’ve been wondering about the seemingly outboard AI that seems to be doing erasing work on DeepSeek for sometime.

A Darker Hypothesis: LLM Piracy??!!

So an ideological hazard may come with the input data that Chinese researchers used to train DeepSeek. A alternative hypothesis is OpenAI’s charge that DeepSeek stole AI proprietary information from ChatGPT and distilled it into their own model. Or perhaps even from multiple foreign models and mixed it all together. I queried ChatGPT5.2/Thinking:

Tell me about Open AI‘s accusations against DeepSeek. How do they know that DeepSeek copied their LLM? Certainly there must be a lot of smart people in China working on LLM/AI projects.

Here is a excerpt from the response from ChatGPT (an Open AI product):


What OpenAI is accusing DeepSeek of

  • Primary allegation: OpenAI alleges that DeepSeek used a technique to extract knowledge from OpenAI’s proprietary models (like ChatGPT) — essentially training its AI using outputs from those models — rather than building everything from scratch. This is sometimes called distillation.
  • OpenAI described this practice to U.S. lawmakers as “free-riding” on the capabilities developed by OpenAI and other leading AI labs, meaning DeepSeek may have used outputs from U.S. models to speed up or boost the performance of its own model.
  • According to reports, OpenAI says DeepSeek employees wrote code and used obfuscated access methods (routing through third parties to mask their origin) to systematically query OpenAI’s models and gather outputs for training.

📊 What “distillation” actually means

  • Distillation is a real machine learning technique where a smaller or cheaper model is trained to mimic the outputs of a larger one. In legitimate research, distillation is commonly used to compress large models and make them run faster.
  • The issue in this dispute isn’t the abstract idea of distillation itself, but how and without permission OpenAI claims DeepSeek obtained the original outputs. OpenAI says it violated its terms of service and circumvented access controls.

End excerpt. See the entire ChatGPT extended response along with links to related media reports at the link.

Here are links to the ChatGPT5.2/Thinking responses to my queries about how ChatGPT would fill leadership roles in the USA and China.

Query:   Isaac Asimov in one of his robot stories wrote about a robot who became the US president. If ChatGPT became president what would it foreign and domestic policies be like? Would they be like President Trump’s?

Reply:  https://chatgpt.com/c/699ec016-e8e8-83a6-b695-2a0fa2e9ba31

I also asked ChatGPT what its GPT Thought would be like it it were to become the next General Secretary of the Chinese Communist Party (I queried it in Chinese because I suspect that Chinese language queries work better on China topics so I asked Comrade ChatGPT in Chinese)

Query:   如果你是中国共产党总书记你的政策,指导GPT思想如何?会不会像习近平总书记?

Reply: https://chatgpt.com/share/699fc713-c518-8008-9a9f-12c087ae748f

An Amusing Thought Experiment but Garbage-in, Garbage-out

All this is amusing although a bit futile since Garbage-in Garbage-out applies to Large Language Models as it does in other areas. Was the Chinese DeepSeek or (ChatGPT here) trained on data that reflects western thinking more than Communist Party orthodoxy? Much depends on how it is trained, the data and then the slow correction process of training.  Which is why ‘AI’ companies spend vast amounts of money on getting their AIs house-broken. GPT as party secretary candidate seems to be something of a rightist. 


Translation of ChatGPT’s Chinese Language Response of What it Would be Like as Communist Party General Secretary

Here is DeepL translation of ChatGPT’s response on what ChatGPT Thought would be if it were selected as the next General Secretary of the Chinese Communist Party. Perhaps some poisonous weeds from the mostly English language training data used to create the ChatGPT5.2/Thinking foundation model crept in. ChatGPT seems to lack the DeepSeek outboard ideological filter the Party generously provided to keep DeepSeek in line with the leadership of the Chinese Communist Party Center with Xi Jinping at its core.

Query: If you were the General Secretary of the Communist Party of China, how would your policies guide GPT’s ideology? Would they resemble those of General Secretary Xi Jinping?

A: If this is a hypothetical scenario: As the CPC General Secretary tasked with formulating policies to “guide GPT’s ideology/behavior,” I would treat it as an “infrastructure-level public technology.” The goal would not be to turn it into a mouthpiece for any individual, but rather to maximize information quality, minimize harm, and preserve a space for debate within secure and verifiable boundaries.

How would I would “Guide China the GPT Way”? 《以ChatGPT治理理念引导中国》

  1. Establish three hard boundaries (bottom-line governance):
    • – Illegal activities, violence, fraud, manipulation, privacy breaches: Strict blocking and audit trails (accountability).
    • – Major public risks (healthcare, finance, disasters, elections): Require “verifiable sources + uncertainty annotations + anti-hallucination mechanisms.”
    • Center on “procedural justice”: Encode boundaries in public rules, not ad-hoc directives.
  2. Set “multiple perspectives” as default, not “single correct answer”
    • For contentious topics (history, ideology, international politics, etc.), default output should present major argument lineages: A’s position, B’s position, evidence and weaknesses for each.
    • Allow criticism and debate, but block “personal attacks/hate mobilization/rumor-mongering/incitement.”
  3. Transparency: Let users know “on what basis” statements are made.
    • Mandatory: Provide sources/traceable citations for key facts (ideally linkable to public materials).
    • Mandatory: Distinguish “facts / inferences / value judgments” and label uncertainties.
  4. Privacy and data minimization
    • Default to non-collection, prioritize localization, enable deletion; sensitive scenarios require least privilege and encrypted isolation.
  5. Accountability mechanisms, not “campaign-style rectification”
    • Establish public channels for appeals, reviews, and corrections; major errors must be auditable and rectifiable.

Will it “resemble General Secretary Xi Jinping”?

Judging by China’s recent regulatory and propaganda discourse, my framework above would be markedly different: leaning more toward “proceduralization, transparency, and allowing diverse debate” rather than prioritizing “ideological security” above all to enforce uniform messaging.

Under Xi Jinping’s official narrative and institutional arrangements, AI/cyberspace governance is explicitly framed within national security, ideology, and sovereignty. For instance, official cyberspace administration articles directly link generative AI’s impact on “national sovereignty, ideology, and social relations” to national security.

Additionally, China’s Interim Measures for the Administration of Generative Artificial Intelligence Services explicitly require “upholding core socialist values” and lists prohibited content types (e.g., endangering national security, subversion).

Recent years have also seen the advancement of systems like AI-generated content labeling (requiring identification of AI-generated material, with an implementation timeline already announced). More detailed regulatory drafts have also been proposed for “anthropomorphic/emotionally interactive AI.”

Therefore, to answer your question: If I were the General Secretary, I would not choose an overarching approach “like Xi Jinping’s” (centered on ideological uniformity and content control). Instead, I would favor “rule-of-law-based public technology regulation”: clear bottom lines, transparent processes, allowing debate, and emphasizing evidence and verifiability.

If you’d like, I can draft one-page “policy outlines” for each approach (outlining objectives, tools, red lines, enforcement mechanisms, and side effects) for a more intuitive comparison.

Below are two sets of “one-page policy outlines” for each approach (same structure: objectives—tools—red lines—implementation mechanisms—side effects) for easy comparison. For readability, I’ve labeled them: Approach A: Security—Prioritizing Control (closer to current Chinese official stance) and Approach B: Procedural Justice—Prioritizing Trust (the one I suggested when you asked “if I were General Secretary”).

Path A: Security-First Approach (High Priority on “Ideological Security/Sovereignty/Stability”)

Objectives

  • Safeguard national and political security: Prevent the spillover of information risks such as “subversion, separatism, mobilization, and incitement.”
  • Preserve mainstream narratives and social order: Reduce risks of public opinion spiraling out of control and mass incidents.
  • Promote industry development but “innovate within controllable boundaries”: Innovation is permitted but must be controllable, manageable, and accountable.

Tools

  • Access and Filing: Security assessments, filing/licensing, and compliance reviews of models and data sets prior to service launch.
  • Content Governance: Keyword/topic databases, sensitive topic classification, real-time filtering and throttling, “enhanced security mode” during critical periods.
  • Identity and Traceability: Real-name/strong authentication; mandatory labeling of generated content; log retention and traceability.
  • Model Alignment: “Value alignment” during training and inference phases; providing “authoritative responses” or refusing to answer in sensitive domains.
  • Ecosystem Control: Integrated oversight of app stores, computing power, cloud services, and APIs; setting thresholds for cross-border data/models.

Red Lines

  • Threats to national security, political security, or ideological security (including subversion, secession, or undermining institutional legitimacy).
  • “Major rumor/mobilization content” (potentially triggering real-world collective action or conflict).
  • “Misleading” outputs concerning leaders, major historical narratives, or sensitive events (as officially determined).
  • Privacy violations, fraud, black market activities, violent crimes, etc. (Both approaches will strictly prohibit these).

Enforcement Mechanism

  • Centralized oversight by competent authorities + primary responsibility of platforms: Platforms must establish dedicated compliance teams and 24/7 emergency response.
  • Tiered classification and campaign-style tightening: Temporary escalation during major conferences, emergencies, diplomatic conflicts, etc.
  • Penalty system: Fines, content removal, network disconnection/shutdown, credit penalties, criminal liability; “suspend first, investigate later.”
  • “Whitelist/Blacklist”: Priority access for trusted institutions, authoritative media, and data sources; restricted access for problematic entities.

Side Effects (Anticipated Costs)

  • Over-interception and Chilling Effect: Academic discussions, historical research, and policy critiques are indiscriminately curtailed.
  • Consistent messaging but potentially diminished “truthfulness/verifiability”: Increased likelihood of “answers that appear correct but cannot be proven.”
  • Stifled innovation and increased international collaboration costs: Cross-border data, model updates, and open-source ecosystems face restrictions.
  • Users shift to underground channels/overseas tools: Higher regulatory intensity fuels stronger evasion incentives.

Path B: Procedural Justice—Trustworthiness First (Clear Bottom Line + Diverse Debatable + Verifiable)

Objectives

  • Treat large models as public information infrastructure: Enhance information quality, reduce “hallucinations,” and boost productivity.
  • Replace “uniform messaging” with “verifiable authenticity” and “accountable procedures”: Enable societal debate without disorder.
  • Maximize innovation within safety boundaries: Encourage open ecosystems and industrial competition while reducing administrative arbitrariness.

Tools

  • Standardize “Trusted Outputs”: Mandatory distinction between facts/inferences/value judgments; source attribution for critical facts; uncertainty labeling.
  • Risk-tiered regulation: Stricter compliance for high-risk domains (healthcare, finance, elections, disasters); relaxed standards for general domains.
  • Transparent auditing: Third-party evaluations, red team testing, model/data cards, public error rate disclosures, and remediation reports.
  • Privacy and Data Minimization: Default to minimal collection, strong encryption, and deletion capability; isolate sensitive data; enforce strict access controls.
  • Content Governance Focuses on “Harm” Not ‘Views’: Aggressively combat fraud, violence, privacy breaches, and hate incitement; remain neutral on contentious viewpoints.
  • Anti-Manipulation Mechanisms: Target “organized flooding, AI-powered troll armies, and public opinion manipulation” at the behavioral level, not by silencing viewpoints.

Red Lines

  • Explicit illegal harms like violent crimes, fraud black markets, child sexual exploitation, privacy leaks, and malicious intrusions (strict blocking + referral).
  • Misleading content triggering real-world high risks: medical prescriptions, hazardous chemicals, extreme self-harm, etc. (requires safety thresholds and referral).
  • Identity impersonation and deepfakes for deception: Mandatory strong identification and traceability; severe penalties for violations.
  • For “factual assertions” about public events without reliable evidence: Must downgrade to “uncertain/pending verification” instead of fabricating claims.

Enforcement Mechanism

  • Public disclosure of legal rules: Red lines and discretion standards made public; platforms must offer appeals and reviews; penalties must be explainable and auditable.
  • Regulation focuses on “process, not position”: Inspect compliance workflows (data, evaluation, auditing, correction) rather than demanding uniform answers.
  • Rapid correction and root cause analysis: Mandatory vulnerability disclosure windows; public post-mortems for major incidents; continuous iteration of security policies.
  • Aligned incentives: Offer policy incentives (procurement, pilot programs, tax benefits) to platforms demonstrating high-quality citations, low hallucination rates, and rapid error correction.

Side Effects (Anticipated Costs)

  • Higher short-term governance costs: Requires evaluation systems, third-party audits, litigation/appeal mechanisms.
  • Increased societal “noise”: Open debate fuels ideological clashes, demanding stronger media literacy and fact-checking ecosystems.
  • Persistent risks of exploitation by gray industries: Mitigated through behavioral risk control and traceable enforcement, not blanket expression restrictions.

Quick Comparison (Key Focus)

  • A: Prioritize unification and controllability, sacrificing some openness and verifiability to secure political and public sentiment stability.
  • B: Prioritize rules and trustworthiness, permitting debate but demanding evidence and procedures, focusing risk mitigation on “harm” rather than “opinions.”
Posted in Governance, Ideology 思想, Politics 政治 | Tagged , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , | Leave a comment

2026 China Digital Times 【CDT Weekly】Issue 257: The Spring Festival Gala Not Only Lacks Festive Spirit, It’s Lost Its Human Touch

The China Digital Times regularly carries a ‘hit parade’ of the latest articles erased by Chinese censors. Censorship in China is mostly post-publication — intimidating journalists and editors afterwards so that they be more self-disciplined in the future. And not cross the always-fluctuating, invisible line between the permitted and the forbidden. He Qinglian’s now-free online PDF book The Fog of Censorship testifies to the methods of Chinese Communist Party’s unceasing efforts to protect Chinese people from ideological threats.

The CDT prepares a summary English language version — the one corresponding to the machine-translated text from the CDT Chinese language side is CDT’s “404 Deleted Content Archive” Summary for January 2026, Part One

I made the machine translation below with very little value-added on my part. I used the remarkable DeepL browser plugin (available with a DeepL machine translation service/app subscription). Free users can paste modest sections of Chinese text into the website.

The quality of DeepL Chinese-English machine translation has, along with the rest of the AI-based applications increased very rapidly over the past several years. One of the nice features of the DeepL machine translation plug in (like Google Translate but with better machine translation quality) is that it will include photos and links in the translation output in your browser.

For more on AI and other translation tools see my article 2025 Revision: Chinese Language Study and Translation Tools.

As you can see below the results are impressive. I won’t make any changes. I usually check machine translation for accuracy and readability but here I don’t see any at first glance. A combination of my laziness and the rationale that a not-post-edited text would be a better illustration of DeepL’s Chinese-English machine translation capabilities persuaded my slothful self not to alter the translation below.


【CDT Weekly】Issue 257: The Spring Festival Gala Not Only Lacks Festive Spirit, It’s Lost Its Human Touch

February 23, 2026

Last Issue: [CDT Weekly] Issue 256: Investigative Journalism Faces Near-Extinction, Yet Liu Hu, Wu Yingjiao, Han Futao, and Others Persist

Over the past week, China Digital Times’ [404 Library] added 9 new articles, [Daily Phrase] featured 7 new internet slang entries, [Chronicle] documented 2 trending events, and published 3 reader submissions. To submit content, click here.

Editor’s Note:

February 10–22, this week and the next.

Internet celebrity Papi Jiang released a short video titled “The Spring Festival Gala Director in My Imagination” before the gala aired, sharply satirizing the show’s creative clichés. These included scrapping sketches deemed too funny, forcing in internet puns, throwing together cross-genre performances, and demanding 100 robots to create grand scenes. Shortly after its release, the video was banned across all platforms. Netizens quipped that “her artistry was perfected after being censored.” After the gala aired, many of Papi Jiang’s predictions proved accurate: martial arts routines featured a hundred-robot formation, language-based performances were formulaic and unfunny, hosts repeatedly delivered awkward puns, actors’ professions were a hodgepodge, and even robots performed in skits. Regarding the excessive use of robots in the Spring Festival Gala, netizens quipped, “Not only is there no festive atmosphere, there’s not even a human touch left.”

img

However, both domestically and internationally, significant attention has been focused on the remarkable advancements in China’s robotics technology. Online search volumes for brands like Yushu Technology, Magic Atom, and Songyan Power have surged dramatically. Institutions such as Morgan Stanley and IDC have projected that 2026 will mark a pivotal inflection point for the explosive growth of China’s humanoid robot market. Nevertheless, differing opinions persist regarding the commercial viability of humanoid robots. Some netizens point out that while humanoid robots have a place in certain domains (such as companionship), their commercial logic as general-purpose products may not hold. Economics emphasizes division of labor to enhance efficiency, and a general-purpose humanoid robot attempting to fulfill multiple functions may struggle to compete with specialized products in terms of cost and efficiency.

file

Some netizens drew parallels between the Spring Festival Gala robots and the plight of ordinary workers, arguing that the former essentially serves as a “national product showcase” designed to flaunt “how amazing we are,” while the latter’s grueling, animal-like conditions go unnoticed. In some regions, sanitation workers earn a mere ¥3 per hour—less than what one makes operating a shared power bank. For workers, even labor contracts and weekends off remain distant dreams. On this land, robots are becoming human, while humans are being reduced to beasts of burden… Others lament that the Spring Festival Gala’s former glory lay in its language-based performances—once an annual public platform for societal sentiment—but it has long since devolved into a hollow ritual, little more than background noise during the New Year’s Eve dinner. When a national ritual loses its resonance, even discussing it becomes a pointless exercise. No wonder one video blogger remarked, “I endured the nausea of watching the Spring Festival Gala just to critique it a few more times…”

file

Some authors have proposed the concept of a “Zhao Benshan Cycle.” While people today overwhelmingly nostalgically remember Zhao Benshan, they may not realize that his skits were once heavily criticized. Yet now, they’ve become so revered that even criticism has become impossible. When Zhao Benshan was present, people assumed he would always be there—until the cycle shifted to his absence. This “Zhao Benshan Cycle” also explains why “Assorted Eight-Treasure Rice Pudding”—once a nationwide laughingstock—has now become a symbol of genuine nostalgia for many. Beyond the Spring Festival Gala stage, some have noticed these details and summarized them as “this year’s unusual Spring Festival phenomena.” These include: fewer red envelopes sent in WeChat groups, fewer New Year greetings, fireworks lasting only briefly, young people no longer stockpiling New Year goods, relatives no longer asking about salaries or when to buy a house, and more people taking green-skin trains home… But the Spring Festival Gala won’t mention a single word about these.

file

Indeed, in the official narrative, the logic of the Spring Festival Gala remains consistent. If you’re doing well, it’s thanks to the nation; if you’re struggling, it’s your own problem—and certainly not something to bring up during the reunion atmosphere of New Year’s Eve. Economic downturns never affect ordinary people; in fact, economic downturns themselves are a false proposition. The Gala won’t mention that some people are still desperately chasing unpaid wages before the New Year. It won’t mention that China’s AI boom is happening alongside mass unemployment. It won’t mention that for some, “celebrating the New Year” has become “enduring the New Year.” So on stage, we always see songs like “Miracles Are Coming Soon” and “Guaranteed Satisfaction.” Robots perform somersaults you couldn’t dream of, then tell you—see, this is China’s future.

file

Just before the Spring Festival Gala, a minor debate erupted on the Chinese Twitter sphere. Twitter user “Master Xiao Lu” published an article titled “China’s Economy in 2026: My Perspective,” which garnered over 5 million views. The piece acknowledged that China’s economy faces challenges amid the triple impact of policy shocks, the pandemic, and the real estate crisis. However, it argued that all three major pressure points are showing marginal improvement this year. The nation is currently in a transitional phase where the old economy is bleeding while the new economy is building blood, rather than experiencing a structural recession. In short, this is an optimistic commentary on China’s economic outlook. This optimism rests on the assumption that “the transition period will eventually pass,” emphasizing that the most stringent phase of policy rectification has passed, new energy and high-end manufacturing are replacing real estate as new growth engines, and the impact of Sino-US confrontation is diminishing marginally. Ultimately, its conclusion points to an optimistic assessment that, while accompanied by growing pains, still holds promise.

file

Twitter users “Li Houchen” and “Chuchu” published rebuttals. Li Houchen leaned toward economic analysis, waging a technical battle, arguing that multiple pillars of optimism in the original text were fundamentally untenable. On one hand, traditional industries were far from bottoming out; on the other, they faced comprehensive trade barriers. Chuchu, however, approached the issue from a political angle, pointing directly to systemic roots. She contends that China’s core economic framework is fundamentally a “security-oriented economy”—where regime survival takes precedence over all else. Resource allocation shifts from efficiency and public welfare toward security and control, making the disconnect between macroeconomic data and microeconomic realities a permanent feature. This analysis inevitably recalls Liu Mengxiong’s 2023 commentary, “The Problem Lies in the Economy, the Root in Politics.”

img

The ongoing debate between the two sides continues. At this very moment, the Chinese government website published Xi Jinping’s article “Key Tasks for Current Economic Work” on the 22nd, with several points directly contrasting with Chu Chu’s analysis. Xi emphasized the need to “thoroughly address in-volcanic competition and foster a sound market ecosystem,” while Chu Chu had previously argued that “the logic of administrative controls inherently creates in-volcanic competition, leading to more competition despite efforts to curb it.” Xi mentioned “steadily advancing price reforms for public utilities like water, gas, and heating,” while Chu Chu bluntly stated, “Price hikes for water, electricity, and gas are disguised as ‘rationalizing pricing mechanisms,’ but fundamentally, the government is shifting its fiscal pressure onto the entire population.” Xi pointed out the need to “build emerging pillar industries like integrated circuits, aerospace, and biopharmaceuticals,” while Chu Chu’s analysis suggested that “resources will continue to be tilted toward strategic, capital-intensive industries, which inherently cannot absorb large-scale employment.” Regarding the most pressing issue affecting people’s livelihoods—sluggish consumption and insufficient domestic demand—the entire speech offered no substantive solutions. In a sense, this speech merely rephrased Chu Chu’s diagnosis in official language. As one netizen commented, the core views of both sides are fundamentally not in conflict: from the state’s perspective, it’s about the East rising and the West declining, while from the individual’s perspective, it’s about the chill intensifying.

file

CDT File Card

Title: [CDT Weekly] Issue 257: The Spring Festival Gala Has Lost Not Only Its Festive Spirit, But Its Human Touch Too
Author:China Digital Times
Publication Date: February 24, 2026
Source:Internet
Topic Category:Spring Festival Gala
CDS Collection:Discourse Archive
Copyright Notice: Copyright belongs to the original author. China Digital Times archives this work solely to counter China’s internet censorship.Detailed Copyright Notice.

Weekly Reading Recommendations:

Transparency International released the 2025 Corruption Perceptions Index, assessing the perceived levels of public sector corruption across 182 countries and regions. The global average score dropped to 42 points. China scored 43 points, ranking 76th globally, comparable to countries like Jamaica and Ghana. Non-democratic regimes averaged a mere 32 points, significantly below the 71 points achieved by “full democracies.” Additionally, the free speech advocacy group ARTICLE 19 noted that China exports surveillance technologies such as deep packet inspection, internet filtering, and facial recognition to Iran, assisting authorities in strengthening online monitoring.

On February 2, renowned investigative journalist Liu Hu and his assistant Wu Yingjiao were criminally detained by Chengdu police on charges of false accusation and illegal business operations. The incident swiftly sent shockwaves through legal and media circles and drew international attention. Outside observers widely speculate this stems from their previous exposés implicating the Party Secretary of Pujiang County, Chengdu, in corruption. This marks Liu Hu’s second detention in thirteen years for exercising journalistic oversight. While lawyers who met with them reported both men are in good spirits and optimistic about the case’s prospects, this arrest undoubtedly deals a severe blow to the remaining independent investigative journalism forces.

Weekly Focus:

I still feel compelled to say a few words, likely for the last time. Strictly speaking, I’ve long since lost the right to comment on it, for like many others, I haven’t watched it in years. The reason so many have turned away isn’t that the audience has changed—it’s that the show itself no longer wishes to engage sincerely with you, me, and everyone else watching. Its glory days weren’t defined by star power or dazzling stage effects, but by its language-based segments. It once served as a public platform for expression—a place where “everyone had something to say, yet no one could quite put it into words”—a yearly snapshot of China’s collective mood.

The article “China’s Economy in 2026: My Perspective” by user “Master Lu” on X essentially expresses the belief that “China’s economic transition will succeed,” yet it fails to provide meaningful analysis or data. The real estate sector continues its decline, accounting for roughly 25% of national GDP and employing over 100 million workers. The education sector is shrinking due to a sharp drop in new student enrollment. The world has entered an era of “security-driven mercantilism,” where economic efficiency yields to supply chain security. The delusion that China’s industrial capabilities will sweep the globe through exports is the last fantasy of China’s economic optimists.

Not just police officers—virtually every profession that enters the system and feeds off the public purse is deified. In China, whenever you hear police officers called “Uncle Police,” doctors called “Angels in White,” teachers called “Diligent Gardeners,” or officials called “Parents of the People”… you can be fairly certain of one thing: this isn’t a society building the rule of law, but one domesticating its subjects. A society governed by law is about contracts and rights and obligations, not blurring the boundaries of power with affectionate nicknames.

On the fourth anniversary of the “Chained Woman” incident, the Freedom Nara Group collaborated with numerous civil society actors to complete this civil society report. We have collected and organized official and civil society materials from 2022 to early 2025 concerning rural women with mental disorders and human trafficking. This report seeks to track governmental progress and shortcomings in protecting the rights of rural women with mental disorders and addressing human trafficking across seven dimensions. Based on limited publicly available information, it assesses governance efforts in various provinces and municipalities while documenting domestic and international civil society attention and actions on these issues.

Over the past decade, the space for China’s civil society has been steadily shrinking under multiple pressures: government governance, new legislation, and tightening funding sources. Public welfare organizations that once provided community services, educational tutoring, or support for vulnerable groups have gradually shifted from being viewed as complementary forces in social services to being perceived as “potential political risks.” In 2017, China implemented the Law on the Administration of Foreign Non-Governmental Organizations, using institutional measures to restrict independent NGOs’ access to international funding and cooperation channels.

Weekly Wonders:

On February 9, 2026, a blogger named “Wanbao Lu” visited a household in Yulin, Guangxi. This visit led to his video being completely deleted two days later. In the footage, five children sat on stools outside the door. The youngest was barefoot, while the slightly older ones wore plastic flip-flops—also barefoot. It was February in Guangxi, with temperatures hovering around 10 degrees Celsius. Their father is 68 years old, and their mother has an intellectual disability. Together, they have nine children, the youngest being just 2 years old.

Either comply with the arrangements or face suspension and freezing of your social security contributions, making it impossible for you to secure future employment or access medical care. This is the threat Beijing Rui’an Technology Co., Ltd. employees have been receiving frequently lately. When a company uses workers’ basic protections as a tool for coercion, adding yet another offense to its record of wage arrears, contract breaches, and asset transfers, we must ask: Is this the audacity born of power, or the collusion of shared interests? Instead of solving the problem, they’re eliminating the person who raised it.

Forty-two migrant workers toiled on a construction project only to face unpaid wages. Their three-year struggle to recover their dues has hit repeated roadblocks in the legal system. Meanwhile, food delivery riders were required by platforms to remain on standby during the Spring Festival, preventing them from reuniting with their families. Under the guise of “voluntary order acceptance,” platforms evade recognizing labor relationships, leaving riders deprived of statutory holidays and overtime compensation. The festive season has become a forced peak period of operation. The protection of grassroots workers’ rights remains nothing more than empty words on paper.

On March 15, 2025, two 14-year-old middle school girls in Putian, Fujian, assisted a woman who had fallen off her bicycle while passing by. Surveillance footage showed the girls had no contact with the fallen woman. However, traffic police determined the girls bore secondary responsibility for riding electric bikes under the age of 16 and failing to yield while turning. The other party sued for 224,307 yuan in compensation, while actual medical expenses amounted to only approximately 26,700 yuan. The child, once cheerful, has become withdrawn, afraid to go out or attend school. Article 184 of the Civil Code, known as the “Good Samaritan Clause,” explicitly states: “A rescuer who voluntarily performs emergency rescue actions and causes harm to the person being rescued shall not bear civil liability.”

Many readers may have seen the news about the assault incident in Pingdingshan and watched the video. For those who haven’t seen the footage, I recommend taking a look. The sheer severity of this incident can only be fully grasped through the video. Key points: It happened in broad daylight, targeted a 15-year-old girl (a minor), and involved repeated beatings. This goes beyond a simple assault—it’s a brazen, malicious public attack with severe consequences. The footage shows the assailant didn’t just “hit” her; he repeatedly struck her head with force, posing a serious threat to her life.

Weekly Satire:

An article from the authoritative theoretical journal Seeking Truth boldly raises a starkly different economic concern: prolonged low prices are harmful, potentially leading to shrinking consumption, declining corporate profits, and insufficient economic vitality. The logical chain appears rigorous, and the tone is filled with concern. Yet a most direct and fundamental question arises: If persistently low prices are so harmful that they require “prompting a return to a reasonable range,” what about persistently low wages? Are they truly harmless to the spending power of hundreds of millions of working families?

Today is the second day of the Lunar New Year. I had intended to write about something else, but a news story from before the holiday has left me feeling compelled to speak out. On February 12, multiple news outlets reported on localized seepage and subsidence along Shanghai Metro’s Jiaomin Line. With the holiday approaching and no casualties reported, I didn’t pay it much attention at the time. Shanghai Metro’s official account later released a statement confirming the incident occurred on February 11th. However, a police report issued on February 13th only added to the confusion.

The notion that “foreign countries are dangerous” has been reinforced in the minds of Chinese people, a sentiment that has persisted since the opening up of the country. Interestingly, this mindset remains largely unchanged regardless of actual crime rates or a nation’s level of development; essentially, any foreign country is perceived as dangerous. To many, the United States and Thailand are equally hazardous. What many overlook is that China has not always been as safe as it is today. Over the past decade or two, China’s level of social security has indeed been remarkably high—a fact that cannot be denied.

February 10, 2026, the 23rd day of the twelfth lunar month, Little New Year. Attorney Chi Susheng posted on Weibo: “Many netizens are delighted and encouraged by Yi Lianhong’s downfall and investigation.” The fact that the downfall of a provincial party secretary could make netizens “delighted and encouraged”—these four words, in the Chinese context, are almost exclusively used to describe the defeat of Japanese invaders or the Chinese national soccer team winning a match. She continued: “I have personally witnessed the public outrage he stirred by ordering the wholesale demolition of Changsha, a city rich in historical sites. He orchestrated the framing of innocent people, leading to illegal detention and excessive criminal charges for ‘picking quarrels and provoking trouble.'”

Not all regions experience the same temperature fluctuations, yet those aligned with the overarching trend prevail. First, consider this month’s standout performance: the Consumer Price Index (CPI) rose 0.2% year-on-year! For an economy mired in deflation, this shift from negative to positive growth is a major relief! Of course, hidden concerns remain. The Producer Price Index (PPI) fell 1.4% year-on-year. This indicates factory prices continue to decline and corporate profitability continues to deteriorate. Of course, there’s never truly “deflation”—only falling prices. Are lower prices unsatisfactory? Certainly not. But if businesses cannot secure profits, the economic cycle comes to an end.

A couple days ago, I wrote an article about scarcity mentality. In the comments section, someone posted this response. The first part quoted my original text: “From early black-and-white TVs to later color TVs and air conditioners—it’s the same story. Frequently opening and closing the refrigerator door was also forbidden in countless households. These are all mindset patterns from an era of scarcity.” The second part, highlighted in red, was their comment: “Frequent opening and closing really is bad. Try turning your home lights on and off dozens of times nonstop and see for yourself.” Though I write frequently, I almost never respond in the comment section.

Weekly Voices:

I came across an online post claiming that renowned professor Luo Xiang had once again gone viral for his “silence” and subsequently retreated from the internet. Upon checking, it turned out to be a false alarm. While Luo’s official Douyin account is indeed no longer searchable, the excitement over his Weibo being cleared stems from an old story. As far as I recall, Luo stopped posting on Weibo after another controversy years ago. Since Weibo only displays posts from the past three years, his account was automatically cleared two years ago due to inactivity, sparking a round of discussion back then. Fortunately, Luo Xiang’s Bilibili account remains active—he just uploaded a new video a few hours ago.

The latest “account” has finally emerged regarding paintings donated to the Nanjing Museum appearing at auction houses. It can only be called an “account,” not the “truth.” The Jiangsu Provincial Party Committee and Provincial Government investigation team announced: In 1959, Pang Zenghe donated 137 paintings, including the scroll “Spring in the South,” to the Nanjing Museum for its collection. Yet the investigation results shifted blame onto individuals who passed away decades ago—making the dead take the fall while the living remain unscathed. The depravity of these people is beyond imagination.

The appeal portal is hidden and the process lacks transparency. After receiving a suspension notice, users can see an “Appeal Details” button, but clicking it often leads to a pre-set, templated process with no effective pathway for direct communication with human customer service. Human customer service responses are inefficient, with widespread buck-passing and evasion. Most agents are outsourced personnel with limited authority, unable to provide substantive responses to core issues. Permanently banning accounts and freezing balances based solely on “suspected violations” violates legal boundaries in platform governance.

I never expected to feel a touch of emotion during my visit to Ming Pao. The printing plant is downstairs, while the editorial department is upstairs. Stepping into the printing plant, I was greeted by the long-forgotten scent of ink. Years ago, when I worked as a night editor at Chengdu Business Daily, I visited the printing plant several times as a “first reader”—and it was exactly this same smell. The editorial department upstairs also bore a striking resemblance to Chengdu Business Daily, even down to the structure of their journalism awards. Everything about Ming Pao felt familiar and comforting—even the librarian in the reference room seemed like an old colleague.

Every year around this time, I can’t help but recall the Wuhan Diary. Do you remember how many people, without even reading the original text, rushed to take sides and condemn it, demonizing it as a “tool of Western hostile forces”? They imagined its overseas publication as “handing over a knife,” claiming it would bring about a “national security crisis.” But did this exaggerated “harm” ever materialize? To this day, no evidence has surfaced suggesting that a personal diary could undermine the foundations of the nation. Instead, with the passage of time, those vitriolic attacks now appear pale and laughable.

The Liberal Democratic Party’s landslide victory in the House of Representatives has predictably divided public opinion in Chinese-language social media circles. Some beat their chests in despair, declaring they would pack up and leave Japan. Others beamed with delight, hailing it as a triumph for Japanese democracy and the awakening of the Yamato spirit (most of whom reside outside Japan). Yet this is not a black-and-white, all-or-nothing affair. Certain policies of the Kōji administration possess inherent rationality. Faced with severe geopolitical risks in East Asia, Japan’s military buildup sends a clear signal to the region—a move that is absolutely necessary.

Whether it’s those who’ve emigrated or the overseas student community, they’re currently the most targeted groups online. I have no plans to emigrate, nor have I ever studied abroad. Even among the people who matter most in my life, none belong to these two groups. I have some ordinary friends, but our relationship remains strictly ordinary—exchanging greetings a few times a year, occasionally consulting each other when seeking information. Truthfully, after decades of life, most relationships follow this pattern. Life is a process of subtraction—in the end, you and I are both walking alone on this path.

Hey, everyone’s seen GeekBay’s latest video, right? It basically lays bare the manufacturers’ secrets—almost all domestic Android media devices are custom-tuned machines. Alright, let me break down this “custom-tuned device” thing for you. First, what exactly is a custom-tuned device? It’s a device specifically optimized for a particular influencer or a specific app (like a game). These custom-tuned devices are usually reserved for top-tier influencers—think GeekBay or Xiaobai Reviews. Mid-tier influencers like me only get review units.

Due to external factors beyond our control, this account will no longer publish any content under the name “Chiapas Dongfeng Television.” Thank you for your continued support. We shall meet again. “Chiapas East Wind Television” previously covered social issues such as labor rights and death by overwork, reporting on the sudden death of a Visonic employee and the death of 26-year-old engineer Chen due to overwork. We conclude with a farewell poem: “First, we must be honest; second, we must be kind; and most importantly, we must never forget one another.”

Weekly Stories:

At 5 a.m. in Linyi, Shandong, the temperature hovered at 0 degrees Celsius. Han Shouyi, 69, stood in the biting wind, his nose frozen bright red. He pulled his electronic ID badge from his work uniform, wanting to test that legendary “SOS” emergency button. He pressed it hard, paused, then pressed it again. No response. No one had ever explained how to use this feature. Yet somewhere unseen, he was becoming a blinking green dot on a large screen. This thin, lightweight electronic badge on his chest, utilizing positioning and electronic fencing technologies, enabled comprehensive monitoring of his work trajectory and periods of inactivity.

When calculating New Year expenses, many young people working away from home discover that the biggest expenditure isn’t buying holiday goods, but their parents’ pension contributions. This spring, the 2026 urban and rural residents’ pension insurance payment period has commenced, while the surge in back payments that began last year continues. Many children from rural areas are making retroactive contributions to their parents’ pension insurance as one way to address their parents’ retirement needs. To come up with the money, they wrestled with the decision before finally deciding to deplete their savings. The pressure is twofold: on one hand, the struggle to make ends meet while working in big cities; on the other, the challenge of supporting their aging parents back home.

Under the threat of disciplinary action for absenteeism, workers gradually returned to the factory over several days. During this period, protest videos uploaded by workers to social media platforms were subject to varying degrees of censorship or deletion. The spark for this strike was the “five-day, eight-hour workweek” system—a global labor achievement that, within China’s low-end manufacturing sector, has become a disguised form of oppression. It guarantees workers only a base salary of nearly 2,000 yuan per month, far insufficient to sustain basic living in Shenzhen.

“A Product of Its Time” On January 18, Zhong Yaohua visited the Shaanxi Andoumen Smart Rail Transit Station near his home. The platform was desolate: the once-flashing screens of the automatic ticket machines were powered down, the service hotline was covered with colored tape, and thick layers of dust had accumulated in many areas. He snapped a few photos and posted them on his social media to bid farewell to this transportation line right outside his door. On January 12, the Operations Division of Xixian New Area Rail Transit Investment and Construction Co., Ltd. issued a notice stating that due to vehicle maintenance and line upgrades, the Xixian New Area Smart Rail Demonstration Line 1 would suspend operations effective immediately.

Opening the Gaode Ride-Hailing interface, it’s easy to notice that the lowest-priced platform always appears first. According to data from the Ministry of Transport, in October 2025, ride-hailing orders reached 892 million, with aggregation platforms accounting for 31% of the market. Under this aggregation model, the ride-hailing market is being reshaped into a traffic game. Aggregators like Gaode function as “Wanda Plazas,” serving as traffic gateways, while smaller platforms are “small merchants” competing for top rankings through rock-bottom pricing. The cost of this price war is being passed on to drivers. The influx of new ride-hailing drivers who entered the industry over the past two years are now being pushed out again under Didi’s stringent regulations.

It subconsciously implants a sense of shame, as if coding in Beijing, delivering food in Shanghai, or livestreaming in Shenzhen means you’re no longer a true Northeasterner. Before the Spring Festival season, two films adapted from Northeastern literature hit theaters: The Aviator and My Friend Andrei. Both boasted impressive casts and aggressive marketing campaigns, yet neither delivered at the box office or with critics. Beyond inherent flaws, the persistent fixation on poverty, decline, and suffering in Northeast narratives has begun to turn stomachs. The successive successful adaptations of works by Northeast-born authors like Shuang Xuetao, Ban Yu, and Zheng Zhi attracted a flood of speculative capital.

Category:Today’s Emails,⦿Social media platforms,▣Social Sync,CDT Weekly,◉Speech Pavilion

Tags:Economy,China’s Economy,Xi Jinping,Social issues,Spring Festival Gala,Robot,

Posted in Economy 经济, Media 媒体, Politics 政治, Society 社会 | Tagged , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , | Leave a comment

1993 – 2016: (16) : “Humanity’s Transition to Communism is Inevitable”, Chapter Sixteen of “The Logic of Politics” 王沪宁等著《政治的逻辑》

Summary Chapter 16 of The Logic of Politics: Principles of Marxist Political Science

Wang Huning, then Fudan University professor and leader of the early 1990s The Logic of Politics: Principles of Marxist Political Science project and today politburo member and leader Chinese Communist Party ideologist, wrote this concluding chapter. Communism, Wang writes, is not a moral wish-list but the objectively necessary outcome of modern historical development. This destiny emerges from the core contradiction of capitalism—private appropriation of the means of production versus the increasingly centralized and cooperative character of large-scale production. This brings with it the struggle between the bourgeoisie and the proletariat — capitalism expands productive forces even as it creates its own “gravedigger class”. An outline of communism that avoids the pitfall of utopianism: two stages of development (socialism as a lower phase, communism as a higher phase), characterized by socialized ownership, increasing abundance enabling “from each according to ability, to each according to need,” the elimination of the “three great divides” (town and country, industry and agriculture, mental and manual labor), the withering away of class and ultimately the state, and the conditions for all-round human development.

“The Logic of Politics: Principles of Marxist Political Science”

Building on earlier chapters’ treatment of state, democracy, revolution, and political development, Chapter Sixteen reframes “the withering away of the state” as a transformation of public power’s class character rather than the disappearance of social coordination as such. It develops the book’s recurring theme that political forms must correspond to—and actively organize—economic development by emphasizing the shift from “rule over persons” to “administration of things and direction of production,” and by presenting “the social republic” (modeled on Marx’s understanding of the practical problems that the Paris Commune faced) as the institutional logic of socialist politics: society “reclaims” public power from government, a force standing above it, and reconstitutes it as its own organized capacity. In Chapter Sixteen discussions in earlier chapters of socialist democracy and institutional design are made into a normative checklist of mechanisms—electability and recall, combining legislative and executive functions, public servants without privileges, expanded local self-government alongside necessary central functions, and an “economic principle” of low-cost governance—to keep public power embedded in society rather than re-separating from it to loom above.

Finally, Chapter Sixteen builds on analyses in earlier chapters of equality and freedom to a thesis about how transforming social and economic conditions make human emancipation possible. That is, although political equality is historically progressive it remains limited so long as commodity exchange and private property reproduce substantive inequality. Tracing bourgeois “formal equality” to the logic of commodity exchange (“commodities are born forces for equality”) and then contrasting it with the proletarian demand that equality be extended into the social-economic sphere.

Chapter Sixteen argues that genuine equality requires abolishing private property and overcoming alienated labor. This involves restrictions on “equal rights” under socialism because constraints need be placed on “bourgeois rights” until abundance makes needs-based distribution possible. This trajectory is then folded into Marx’s idea of a “free association of producers,” where individual freedom becomes possible only through collective conditions and consciously organized social labor—thereby closing the book’s arc: from diagnosing capitalism’s structural contradictions and the political forms they generate, to specifying the direction of socialist political development as the practical pathway toward a communist society understood as the fullest realization of human freedom – when “the Internationale becomes the human race.”


The Logic of Politics: Principles of Marxist Political Science  is translated here in full.

Sources of quoted text are usually not provided in the Chinese text. Source citations have been found and added to the translated English text.

The Chinese text of Chapter Sixteen follows the chapter English translation and notes on the editors and authors of The Logic of Politics — Principles of Marxist Political Science.

The theme and statements of Marxist faith in Chapter Sixteen reflect the sentiments of the old Communist anthem “The Internationale


Chapter 16: Humanity’s Transition to Communism is Inevitable

Marxism advanced its lofty political ideal: the realization of a communist society. Every theoretical system of political science has its own political ideal and value system. Based on its understanding of the objective laws governing the development of human history and the necessary trends in the social, economic, political and cultural development of human society, Marxism is confident that a communist society is the inevitable outcome of historical development. As for the concrete institutional design of communism itself, Marxism avoids overly detailed argumentation. Instead, it focuses on demonstrating that communism is an inevitable law of historical development, setting out the general characteristics of communist society and the basic direction of political development.

Section One: Communism Is the Inevitable Result of Historical Development

I. Communism is the Outcome of Modern Economic Trends

First of all, Marxism holds that a communist society is an objective necessity, not a subjective desire. The inner driving force of historical development—the contradictory motion of the various relationships within human society—inevitably leads to the realization of a communist society. This necessity stems from the internal contradictions of the capitalist mode of production, specifically the conflict between private ownership of the means of production and large-scale, socialized production. Although capitalism creates powerful productive forces, the capitalist mode of production cannot accommodate the ever-more-powerful social productive forces it has created. Ultimately, the development of these forces must break through the capitalist mode of production and transition to a new mode, requiring corresponding transformations in society’s superstructure.

In the contradictory movement between productive forces and relations of production, another movement occurs in society: the contest among class forces. The bourgeoisie—that is, people behind the accumulation of capital and development—creates powerful social productive forces and, simultaneously, its opposite: the proletariat. Marxism holds that modern large-scale industry produces the proletariat. This class represents the direction of historical development. This direction does not require the abolition of the privileges of a particular class but rather the abolition of classes altogether. On the other hand, modern large-scale industry produces the bourgeoisie, who own all the means of production and subsistence. However, they are powerless to command the increasingly developed social productive forces because the development of those forces has surpassed the bourgeoisie’s capacity to control them. The contradiction and struggle between the proletariat and the bourgeoisie are also important conditions for the transition of humanity to a communist society.

The inevitability of a communist society lies in the fact that modern social development has already produced the mechanisms necessary for the formation of a new society. Marxism analyzes how the growing development of production in modern capitalist society leads to the concentration of capital, resulting in one capitalist striking down many. Along with the concentration of capital and the expropriation of many capitalists by a few, cooperative forms of labor continuously expand. Science is increasingly applied to production techniques, and instruments of labor are increasingly used shared. The peoples of all countries are also increasingly drawn into the network of the world market, so the capitalist system increasingly takes on an international character. In reality, the socialization of production has reached an unprecedented degree.

“The centralization of the means of production and the socialization of labor at last reach a point where they become incompatible with their capitalist integument. This integument is burst asunder.”

Karl Marx. Capital Volume One, Chapter Thirty-Two: Historical Tendency of Capitalist Accumulation

The movement of the capitalist mode of production itself creates conditions for the future society and determines the objective necessity of that future society.

Lenin pointed out that the capitalist society must inevitably be transformed into a socialist society—this conclusion is drawn from the laws of the modern economic movement. But in the course of historical development, people and political forces are not powerless.

Engels said:

“The proletariat seizes the public power, and by means of this transforms the socialized means of production, slipping from the hands of the bourgeoisie, into public property. By this act, the proletariat frees the means of production from the character of capital they have thus far borne, and gives their socialized character complete freedom to work itself out. Socialized production upon a predetermined plan becomes henceforth possible. The development of production makes the existence of different classes of society thenceforth an anachronism. In proportion as anarchy in social production vanishes, the political authority of the State dies out. Man, at last the master of his own form of social organization, becomes at the same time the lord over Nature, his own master — free.”

Frederick Engels, Socialism: Utopian and Scientific, III [Historical Materialism]

From the standpoint of the ideal of political development, this also fully demonstrates the methodological significance of Marxist political science: starting from the necessary transformation in the socio-economic sphere and ultimately drawing out the transformation of society as a whole, including, of course, political transformation.

II. Basic Characteristics of a Communist Society

What will a future communist society look like? Marxism does not provide a detailed picture; in fact, the founders of Marxism deliberately tried to avoid doing so. The more minutely and meticulously a political or social ideal is described, the more likely it is to lapse into utopian fantasy. Marxists only set out the basic principles of a future society, principles derived from the inherent necessity of the material movement of society rather than “dreamed up” as some utopian socialists did. According to the Marxist conception, the future communist society will pass through two stages.

  • The first is the lower stage of communist society, commonly called socialist society today.
  • The second is the higher stage of communist society, the future direction of human social development.

The classic Marxist writers summarize the basic characteristics of communist society in this way:

First, communist ownership by all the people. Under highly developed productive forces, communist society implements ownership by the people, placing the means of production in their hands—that is, in the hands of society. Possessing the means of production is a requirement not only of social progress but also of the all-round development of human beings.

“With this recognition, at last, of the real nature of the productive forces of today, the social anarchy of production gives place to a social regulation of production upon a definite plan, according to the needs of the community and of each individual. Then the capitalist mode of appropriation, in which the product enslaves first the producer, and then the appropriator, is replaced by the mode of appropriation of the products that is based upon the nature of the modern means of production; upon the one hand, direct social appropriation, as means to the maintenance and extension of production — on the other, direct individual appropriation, as means of subsistence and of enjoyment.”

Frederick Engels, Socialism: Utopian and Scientific, III [Historical Materialism]

Second, implement the principle “from each according to his ability, to each according to his needs.” A communist society is formed on the premise of highly developed productive forces; accordingly, production in a communist society will be highly developed, and social wealth will increase abundantly. This high level of productive development and the ample growth of wealth will transform society’s structure and relationships, and it will also transform relationships among people.

“In a higher phase of communist society, after the enslaving subordination of individuals to the division of labor has vanished—and with it the opposition between mental and physical labor; after labor has become not only a means of life but life’s prime want; after the productive forces have also increased with the all-around development of the individual, and all the springs of cooperative wealth flow more abundantly—only then can the narrow horizon of bourgeois right be crossed in its entirety, and society inscribe on its banners: From each according to his ability, to each according to his needs!”

Karl Marx, Critique of the Gotha Programme, I

Third, abolish the three major divisions. A communist society will abolish the class divisions in society by likewise abolishing the divisions between city and countryside, between industry and agriculture, and between mental labor and manual labor.

Fourth is the elimination of classes and the withering away of the state. In communist society, the state will wither away. According to Marxist political science, in a future society, the proletariat will first seize political power. One of the most important actions the proletariat will take after seizing power is to turn the means of production into state property. This act follows the dialectical logic of the negation of the negation. Once the means of production become the property of society as a whole, the proletariat will no longer exist, nor will class distinctions or class antagonisms. Once class differences are abolished, the state will also lose any reason to exist.

“When, at last, the state really becomes the representative of the whole of society, it makes itself superfluous. When there is no longer any social class to be held in subjection, when class rule and the struggle for individual existence rooted in the present anarchy of production have been eliminated—and with them the collisions and excesses arising from these—then there is nothing left that needs to be held down, and there is no longer any need for a special coercive force, a state. The first act by which the state truly constitutes itself the representative of the whole of society—taking possession of the means of production in the name of society—is at the same time its last independent act as a state. The state’s interference in social relations will, one after another, become superfluous in every sphere and then die out of itself. The government of persons is replaced by the administration of things and the direction of the processes of production.”

Frederick Engels 1877, Anti-Dühring by , Part III: Socialism, II. Theoretical

Fifth is the all-round development of the individual. In communist society, the conditions described above will have been established, and society itself will have reached a high level of development. As a result, members of society will have the opportunity to develop in all areas. In this future society, individuals will be able to develop in accordance with human nature, free from the constraints of external social and political relations and natural limitations. Each person will be able to freely develop all their talents and capacities.

“The all-round development of the individual ceases to be a mere ideal, a duty, and so on only when the effect the external world has on the actual development of the individual’s abilities is brought under the individual’s own control—precisely what the communists aspire to.”

Karl Marx, The German Ideology, Part I: Feuerbach.
Opposition of the Materialist and Idealist Outlook
D. Proletarians and Communism

Communist society creates the conditions necessary for the all-around development of individuals. Engels described this concept even more clearly:

“Organize society in such a way that every member can develop and use all their capabilities and powers in complete freedom without infringing on the fundamental principles of this society.”

Friedrich Engels, 1847, Draft of a Communist Confession of Faith

Although the founders of Marxism did not draw up a detailed blueprint of the future society, they did establish its basic principles. The formation of a communist society is an inevitable long-term trend in human history.

Section Two: The Republic Should Be a Social Republic

I. Rule over people becomes administration of things

Although Marx and Engels wrote extensively about political phenomena, most of their writings consist of analyses and descriptions of historical events and political movements of their time. They never produced a single, systematic exposition on political development after a socialist system has been established. In fact, they also avoided making detailed, speculative predictions; what they offered was generally stated in the form of basic principles. When Engels criticized utopian socialism’s blueprints for the future, he said:

“These new social systems were foredoomed as utopian; the more completely they were worked out in detail, the more they could not avoid drifting off into pure fantasies.”

Frederick Engels, Socialism: Utopian and Scientific, I [The Development of Utopian Socialism]

According to the basic view of historical materialism, the superstructure—including social politics, law, and culture—is constrained by the development of socioeconomic trends and must adapt to their requirements. Therefore, in historical-materialist terms, it is not rational to devise a detailed design for the superstructure without first determining the level and scale of future socio-economic development. However, this does not mean that Marx and Engels did not have ideas about political development in a socialist society. Broadly speaking, we can draw inspiration from two sources: first, historical materialism’s account of the general laws of social movement, and second, their ideas expressed in various works about a future political landscape and political forms.

Marx and Engels repeatedly indicated that, in a future society, the state and political life will wither away. Engels said:

“In proportion as anarchy in social production vanishes, the political authority of the State dies out.”

Frederick Engels, Socialism: Utopian and Scientific, III, [Historical Materialism]

If that is so, then there would be no such thing as “political development” in a socialist society. However, this view cannot be understood simplistically; it requires a deeper study, namely a clear grasp of their vision for the development of future societies.

First, when Marx and Engels said that “public power loses its political character,” they meant that public power loses its class character, not that public power disappears altogether.

“Political power, properly speaking, is merely the organized violence of one class oppressing another.”

Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels, The Communist Manifesto, Chapter II. Proletarians and Communists

A future society needs to change precisely this, not the idea that society no longer needs public authority to regulate society.

Second, the ideal society they envisioned has yet to appear in people’s real lives. Actual socialist societies are far from the future society they imagined, primarily in terms of economic development and educational attainment. The domestic and international political struggles confronting real societies are exceptionally complex and intense. Therefore, although the attributes of public power have undergone a qualitative transformation, it must continue to exist and be developed further as a social force.

After examining the Paris Commune, both Marx and Engels strongly emphasized the use of political power to achieve their aims. In 1883, Engels pointed out:

“One of the final results of the future proletarian revolution will be the gradual dissolution and ultimate disappearance of the political organization called the state… But at the same time, we have always held that, in order to achieve the aims of the future social revolution—and far more important aims—the working class must first seize organized state power and, with its help, crush the capitalist class’s resistance and reorganize society.”

Marx-Engels Correspondence 1883, Engels to Philipp Van Patten In New York

The point is clear: strengthening political power is necessary to consolidate political rule and organize a new society. These two tasks are the responsibility of the working class. Only after these tasks are completed can political power wither away. In their conception, these tasks should be accomplished during the “transition period,” but the difficulty of these tasks in the real socialist movement has extended the “transition period.”

Not only must a socialist state cope with domestic political resistance, it must also fend off political and military threats from abroad. The history of socialist development in the 20th century proved this point conclusively. Even after the domestic balance of political forces becomes relatively stable, the international strategic pattern persists for a long time. Marx and Engels envisioned socialism triumphing simultaneously in advanced capitalist countries. In reality, however, socialism has always prevailed at capitalism’s weak links. This naturally reinforces the necessity of state power. That is one point.

The second task expands the meaning of the “transition period” even further. According to Marx and Engels, organizing the new society would be realized once society’s material forces had already reached a high level. It would not require much effort because the conditions would already be “ripe.” However, today’s socialist states have all been established under relatively backward economic conditions. The productive forces are less developed, the relations of production are less “mature,” and the levels of knowledge, culture, and education are lower. Consequently, organizing a new society is especially arduous and time-consuming; it cannot be achieved overnight. Socialist states have made decades of effort, yet it cannot yet be said that this problem has been solved. Therefore, the task of public authority in organizing a new society remains as important as ever.

Under these conditions, political development in a socialist society is far more complex than Marx and Engels imagined. However, this trend is consistent with their theory because they specified the conditions under which political power is necessary. Political power should not disappear before those conditions disappear—and in fact, it cannot disappear. For this reason, political development will continue.

Examining the trajectory of real-world socialist politics reveals that the complexity of political life and the necessity of political power far exceed what Marx and Engels envisioned. While the general direction of socialist political development aligns with their predictions, the specific processes and unique characteristics were beyond their ability to foresee. That said, they also fully explained why and how social organization would still have to develop after the “political character” of public power had been superseded. Even after public authority undergoes a transformation in its nature, mechanisms must still be retained and further developed.

The central issue here is the question of authority in a future society. In rebutting Bakunin’s idea that there should be no authority in a future society, Engels pointed out:

“Without a will that makes the final decision, without unified leadership, how are people actually supposed to run factories, manage railways, and steer ships?” He also asked, “How could a society, even one made up of only two people, exist if each person refused to give up any measure of autonomy?”

When discussing authority in a future society, he added,

“On the one hand, a certain authority—no matter how it is brought about—and, on the other hand, a certain subordination. These two things are necessary for us, regardless of the form of social organization, under the material conditions on which the production and circulation of products depend.”

Friedrich Engels, 1872, On Authority

Their view on this point is clear: In a future society, some form of coordinating and regulating power will exist. Once such power exists, the problem of how organization develops necessarily arises. According to them, authority will not disappear; it will “only change its form.”

The key, then, is determining what that change amounts to. This reflects Marx and Engels’ guiding idea about the development of social and political life in the modern world: the modern state is a product of modern production.

In On Authority, Engels clarifies this idea further: as modern, socialized, large-scale production develops, society becomes increasingly organized, forming “combined action.” A substantial share of the bourgeois state’s functions are required by the needs of modern, large-scale production. Therefore, even after abolishing “purely oppressive institutions,” “functions that properly belong to governmental authority” will remain, except these functions will be “carried out by responsible servants of society itself.” Engels says that to insist that “central functions”—not in the sense of a governmental authority controlling the people, but in the sense of functions that must be performed to meet society’s general needs—would become impossible is “utterly absurd.”

Government functions determined by modern large-scale production and shared social needs must exist and continuously develop as production develops. Engels’s famous formulation is that

“the government of persons should be replaced by the administration of things and the direction of the process of production.”

Frederick Engels, Socialism: Utopian and Scientific, III, [Historical Materialism]

This transformation does not require the elimination of governmental functions. Rather, it requires that governmental functions in a socialist society be adapted to the administration of things and the direction of the production process. The proposition is that political and organizational development in a socialist society must align with socioeconomic development. They should promote the development of society’s productive forces.

The more the economy advances, the more governmental functions and structures must continually adjust and improve. Even if this is true for the society that Marx and Engels imagined, which was one of abundant material production, then it is all the more true for actually existing socialist societies that political and economic development must proceed in a mutually reinforcing way.

II. Society Reclaims State Power

In terms of social and philosophical vision, Marx conceived of a future society as an

“association of free persons,”

Karl Marx, Capital, Volume I (1867) , Chapter One: Commodities, Section 4 THE FETISHISM OF COMMODITIES AND THE SECRET THEREOF

an ideal he reaffirmed at the end of Capital. In terms of political organization, he identified the future model as a “social republic.” He expressed this idea repeatedly:

“The proletariat, having won the republic with arms in hand, stamped it with its own imprint and proclaimed it a social republic.”

The Eighteenth Brumaire of Louis Bonaparte (1852) — Chapter I

He suggested that a republic could exist only as a “social republic.” Such a republic would have to wrest the state apparatus from the capitalist and landlord classes and replace it with the Commune. The Commune should openly declare “social emancipation” to be the republic’s primary goal and use its organization to ensure this social transformation. Clearly, Marx believed that the organizational form of the future society should be a “social republic.” What must be clarified now is what Marx meant by “social republic.” To do so, we must first discuss the general principles of the “social republic” as Marx envisioned it.

The “social republic” is a political form that stands in opposition to the bourgeois republic. As Marx and Engels pointed out in The Communist Manifesto:

“The executive of the modern state is but a committee for managing the common affairs of the whole bourgeoisie.”

Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels, The Communist Manifesto, Chapter I

In The Eighteenth Brumaire of Louis Bonaparte, Marx systematically analyzes how this kind of bourgeois republic was formed, how it functions, and its effects. He develops the ideas from The Communist Manifesto to their fullest extent in this outstanding work of political analysis. A crucial point of Marx’s exposure and critique of the bourgeois nature of the bourgeois republic is that bourgeois revolutions did not accomplish the goal of human emancipation.

Marx’s method of analysis differs from that of the bourgeois-revolutionary era. Enlightenment thinkers, for the most part, operated with a juristic worldview. They treated political change as merely institutional and legal, resulting in only a formal kind of liberation. Marx argued that human emancipation must be realized across the entire social spectrum, especially in the realm of material production.

According to Marx, bourgeois revolutions strengthened the state apparatus. These revolutions advanced—and greatly accelerated—the historical process by which successive transformations had reinforced the state, without altering its character as an instrument of the ruling class. The state remained a power standing above society:

“a public power separated from the mass of the people.”

Friedrich Engels, Origin of the Family, Private Property, and the State — Chapter III

Marx believed that a political form of this kind was bound to be superseded by history.

Marx proposed two related concepts: “political emancipation” and “social emancipation.” This pair reflects Marx’s political ideal of going beyond the formal political emancipation of the bourgeois democratic republic and transforming society itself to achieve social emancipation and bring political form into unity with the substantive content of social relations. In this sense, “social emancipation” is the central aim of the “social republic.” When analyzing the Paris Commune, Marx invoked the “social republic” again and regarded the Commune as a model of it. From this, one may infer the general principle of the “social republic.” In The Civil War in France, Marx wrote:

“The Commune—that is, the reabsorption of state power by society as its own living forces, rather than as forces that control and subdue it. It is the resumption by the popular masses of their own social life by forming their own force, instead of the organized force that oppressed them. It is the political form of their social emancipation, replacing the usurped power—originally their own, but organized against them and turned into an instrument of their oppressors.”

The basic proposition of Marx’s “social republic” is this: society should reclaim the power that arises from it yet becomes separated. In other words, public authority should be fused with society itself so that it no longer stands above society as a coercive force.

This principle is a conclusion drawn from historical materialism. When analyzing the emergence and development of political power, Marx consistently emphasizes the dialectical process. In Marx’s “Ethnological Notebooks” and Engels’s “The Origin of the Family, Private Property, and the State,” they use abundant historical materials to demonstrate how the state—or social power—emerges and develops. They show how this power originates from society and then becomes a coercive force over society. However, the development of future society will be a return—on a higher plane—to the original historical pattern. In the final paragraph of The Origin of the Family, Private Property, and the State, Engels closes with a meaningful quote from Morgan’s Ancient Society: “It will be a revival, in a higher form, of the liberty, equality, and fraternity of the ancient gentes.”

It is worth reflecting on the fact that this overall principle proposed by Marx has not yet shown an easy “fit” within socialist societies. According to Marx, this principle could be realized during revolutionary transformation or after a transitional period. However, reality has shown that the actual course of development is far more complex; the situations people have encountered differ greatly from Marx’s theoretical design and forecast. While smashing the bourgeois state machine can be accomplished through revolution, building a social system that conforms to Marx’s vision cannot be achieved instantly. Realizing this ideal requires a gradual, progressive process of development. For this reason, Marx’s principle still has guiding significance today, especially regarding how to transform a widely recognized principle into concrete, workable institutions.

III. The Republic as the Ready-Made Political Form of Proletarian Rule

The second level concerns Marx and Engels’ conception of the organizational structure of a future society.

Although they did not sketch an overall blueprint, a systematic thread can be traced across their various discussions. Marx’s concept of a “social republic” suggests that the political structure of the future society should be republican. Engels pointed out:

“For the proletariat, the republic differs from the monarchy only in that it is the ready-made political form for the future rule of the proletariat.”

However, they also made it clear that a republic is merely a political form.

“Like any other form of government, a republic is determined by its content. So long as it remains the form of bourgeois rule, it is just as hostile to us as any monarchy.”

Engels To Paul Lafargue … London, 6 March 1894

Thus, their logic is this: Certain political institutions that human society has achieved are not to be discarded by a socialist revolution. Rather, they are to be transformed so that they genuinely live up to their name. The key is the content. From dismantling the old political apparatus to developing an entirely new socialist form of social organization, this is precisely the task of socialist political development.

In The Civil War in France, Marx provided an in-depth analysis of the political structure of future societies. For societies that did not meet these requirements, he set forth a system of benchmarks for political development. Marx’s basic summary is as follows:

(1) Abolish the standing army that protects the interests of the old ruling class of the state and replace it with an armed populace.
(2) Elect society’s representatives by universal suffrage. These representatives should be accountable to voters and recallable at any time.
(3) Implement the principle of combining deliberation and execution. Decision-making bodies should not be parliamentary in the traditional sense. Rather, they should be working bodies that handle administrative and legislative functions simultaneously.
(4) The police should lose all political functions and become a responsible body that can be replaced at any time. They should no longer be an instrument of government.
(5) All public officials, from top to bottom, should receive only wages equivalent to those of workers. This abolishes all privileges enjoyed by high state officials, as well as office expenses paid to them. (6) While abolishing the standing army and the police—the two “material instruments of power” of the old government—destroy the “instrument of spiritual oppression” as well: clerical power. Declare the separation of church and state and make all schools free and open to the people.
(7) Like other public servants, judges should be elected, accountable to voters, and recallable.
(8) The old centralized government should give way in the provinces to producers’ self-governing bodies. “The commune should be the political form of even the smallest village.”
(9) Establish local delegate assemblies responsible for all public affairs of rural communes in their district. These assemblies send delegates to the national delegation in Paris. Delegates must strictly follow voters’ specific instructions and be recallable at any time.
(10) The central government still has a small number of functions, but they are extremely important and should be entrusted to commune officials who are strictly accountable and conscientious. As has been said, “the purely repressive organs of the old state apparatus should be abolished, while the legitimate functions of the old governmental power should be wrested from the authority that seeks to place itself above society and handed over to society’s responsible public servants.” (11) Achieve national unity through organization under the commune system. The above are Marx’s main views—drawn from the practice of the Paris Commune—on the political form of the future.

It can be said that people generally place greater emphasis on the first seven points, and existing socialist practices have, at least in theory, all affirmed those first seven principles. Of course, the concrete process of putting them into practice differs from country to country. By contrast, the last four principles have attracted much less attention, and in practice they remain far from Marx’s original conception. The basic reason is that contemporary countries and societies practicing socialism have not reached the highly developed level of productive forces that Marx envisioned; moreover, these principles are also much more complex and difficult to implement in practical terms.

In summary, Marx’s prescriptions for the politics of a future socialist society can be outlined as follows:

(1) The social principle: This political form should shed the political coloring of class rule and become the political organization that society needs to realize its goals and interests.

(2) The democratic principle: All public officials should be elected and subject to recall.

(3) The principle of combining deliberation and execution: The defects of bourgeois representative systems should be eradicated.

(4) The economic principle: The ideal political form should be the least costly to promote social development.

(5) The public servant principle: All public officials are servants of society and should enjoy no privileges or special advantages.

(6) The principle of self-government: All kinds of autonomous organizations should be developed to realize people’s self-management.

(7) The principle of representation: The various interests in society should fully express their views and have them taken up in the process of social administration.

(8) The principle of relative centralization: The political form should ensure The degree of centralization that society requires while preserving and improving necessary central functions.

(9) The unity principle: Through effective mechanisms, society as a whole (the nation) should achieve a high degree of unity and balance. These principles continue to guide the development of socialist societies because they have not yet reached the level of development Marx envisioned.

The relationship between the state and society is fundamental to political development. According to Marx, public power originally arises from society. However, with the emergence of private property and classes, public power breaks away from society and becomes an “alien power” — a tool of domination. The fundamental goal of a future revolution is to eliminate this separation and alienation in political life so public power can merge with society again.

[Translator’s Note: An alien power or force is discussed in the Economic and Philosophic Manuscripts of 1844 (Estranged Labour) and Marx & Engels, The German Ideology (1845-1846). Also Engels, Origin of the Family, Private Property and the State, ch. 9 (“Barbarism and Civilization”):
a power, apparently standing above society… arisen out of society, but placing itself above it, and increasingly alienating itself from it…” later quoted by Lenin in State and Revolution. End note.]

The development of political forms provides effective institutions and mechanisms for this transformation, ensuring that public power—and those who exercise it—remains connected to society and fully represents and safeguards its interests. This aligns with Marx’s vision of how a socialist society develops. The choice and improvement of future political forms are the institutional expression of these general principles. Without such an expression, the principles cannot be realized. According to historical materialism, in a society with private property, the contradiction between state and society cannot be resolved so long as the relations of production have not undergone a socialist transformation.

Even after the relations of production have been transformed, the balance within this contradictory relationship must be secured by concrete political forms; otherwise, it will not automatically settle into equilibrium. In this sense, Marx gives political forms a definitive status and significance in the development of a socialist society.

Changes in the relations of production and ownership of the means of production overcome contradictions that were previously internal to society and seemingly insurmountable. However, they still require the development of new political forms to advance and ensure those changes. This is one of the most important tasks facing socialist political development today.

The main principles of political development in the socialist society envisioned by Marx are based on the analysis above.

(1) In actual socialist societies, political development is important because these societies lack the mature economic and cultural conditions that Marx assumed.

(2) Political development should proceed in step with socioeconomic development and serve as a driving force for it. It should also take on the function of organizing the new society.

(3) The overall goal of political development is to steadily improve and enrich political and social democracy. Through effective mechanisms, it should return relevant functions to society.

(4) A key issue in political development is forming appropriate mechanisms of authority, especially those suited to modern, large-scale production.

(5) Socialist politics should follow an economic principle. They should direct greater financial, material, and human resources into social development rather than consuming them in political and administrative operations.

(6) Political development should develop social and mass self-governance to the greatest extent possible. It should also expand grassroots democracy.

(7) Political development should ensure national and social integration, grounding that integration in new and effective mechanisms.

Section Three: Political Equality Sublated into Social Equality

I. Commodities Are Born Egalitarians

Equality has shimmered with a captivating glow throughout progressive social and political thought in the modern era. The bourgeoisie used the idea of equality as an ideological weapon and, with the help of its well-established political power, emerged onto the stage of history. In response, the proletariat advanced its own conception of equality, making it a political ideal and revolutionary weapon to oppose the capitalist system and build a future society.

Marxism is a concentrated expression of the proletariat’s demands for equality and the fundamental differences between the proletarian and bourgeois views of equality. Research shows that Marxism critiqued and superseded the bourgeois notion of equality, replacing it with communism and bringing about a revolutionary transformation in one of humanity’s earliest formulations of the pursuit of a better life—the ideal of equality.

The emergence of the idea of equality is historically necessary. Whether in bourgeois or proletarian form, equality is a historical product. Its formation requires specific historical conditions, which presuppose a long prior historical development.

Throughout human history, the concept of equality has evolved over thousands of years. In primitive societies, a form of equality existed among members of the primitive commune. However, this equality was extremely limited. In ancient Greece and Rome, the idea of inequality dominated: thinkers such as Plato and Aristotle considered inequality to be the basis of social and political life. By the Middle Ages, Christianity acknowledged a form of equality: equality in original sin or the equality of “God’s elect.” Later, as the capitalist mode of production and the bourgeoisie gradually rose, the capitalist economy’s growth made the emergence of the bourgeois idea of equality inevitable. At the same time, it made the bourgeoisie the inevitable political representative of that idea. Marxism offered a profound analysis of the historical reasons why the idea of equality arose with the development of the capitalist mode of production.

Marx noted that

“commodities are born equalizers.”

Karl Marx, Capital, Volume I, Chapter 2: “The Process of Exchange”

For this reason, the formation of commodities as the basis of capitalist wealth is the starting point not only for Marxist analysis of the capitalist mode of production, but also for analyzing the bourgeois idea of equality.

As the capitalist mode of production develops, commodity production comes to occupy the dominant position. Commodity exchange becomes extremely widespread and important, causing the product of labor itself to split into a useful thing and a value-bearing thing. This dual character is significant because the value side calls for an equal right: everyone’s labor should have equal and effective social validity. Socially necessary labor time is the equal measure of value for commodities. It is a “ghostly objectivity,” yet also a real force.

Commodity production uses this equal measure to gauge all commodities, reducing the different kinds of labor contained in different commodities to what they have in common: general human labor. In political economy, this equal right of commodities is expressed as the law of value, which governs commodity production: equivalents exchange for equivalents. This law not only operates within capitalist commodity production, but it can also become a driving force of historical development. The socially necessary labor time required to produce particular products acts as a regulating law of nature and forcibly makes its way—just as the law of gravity forcibly makes its way when a house collapses on someone’s head.

Second, for the law of value to take effect, commodity owners must be free and unrestricted, and be released from feudal constraints and relations of personal dependence. Only products of independent labor that do not rely on one another can be exchanged directly as commodities. Only then can people exercise their equal rights according to the principle of exchanging equivalents. However, in feudal society, the social relations of material production—and the spheres of life built upon that production—are characterized by personal dependence. Escaping personal dependence necessarily negates feudal privileges and breaches feudal institutions. Thus, this equal right is the direct result of the negation of the various privileges of the feudal order by commodity production.

Third, the capitalist mode of production is one in which capital continuously expands in the production process. Capital’s self-expansion requires a certain number of free workers. They are an indispensable condition for capital’s pursuit of surplus value. Free workers must also break free of feudal privileges and relations of personal dependence as well as the restraints of feudal guilds. Only then can the laborer and the capitalist confront each other in the market as owners of commodities with

“equal legal status.”

Karl Marx, Capital, Volume I, Chapter 4: “The Transformation of Money into Capital”

The only difference is that one is the seller and the other is the buyer. Legally, they are equal. Thus, the further development of commodity production inevitably presents itself as a demand for universally recognized human rights of freedom and equality.

Marxism traces the bourgeois concept of equality back to the fundamental requirements of this economic system. According to Marx,

“As pure ideas, equality and freedom are merely an idealized expression of the exchange of exchange values.”

Karl Marx, Grundrisse: Notebook II – The Chapter on Capital

As an ideology, the concepts of freedom and equality merely reflect the real demands of economic development while simultaneously turning those economic demands into political principles. The bourgeoisie once worshipped this notion of equality with fanatic devotion. Locke asserted: “Men being all equal and independent, no one ought to harm another in his life, health, liberty, or possessions.” Equality was established not only as an ideology, but also as a political and legal order. The United States’ Declaration of Independence (1776) states that “all men are created equal.” France’s 1789 Declaration of the Rights of Man and of the Citizen states that “men are born free and remain equal in rights.”

The bourgeois conception of equality is classically expressed in Rousseau’s political doctrine. Rousseau promoted the bourgeois ideal of equality, which is based on the social contract because “each person is born free and equal.” Therefore, he argued that “the social compact establishes such an equality among the citizens that they all undertake the same obligations and all enjoy the same rights.” Rousseau’s idea of equality became a foundational articulation of bourgeois demands for equality. Even today, Western theorists insist that equality means providing the same rights to every individual.

Clearly, the bourgeois demand for equality is an attempt to secure the equality required by capitalist production in specific political and legal forms. This demand does not extend beyond the realm of commodity rights. In essence, it safeguards the rights of commodities and their owners, much like Plato and Aristotle defended inequality to serve the interests of aristocrats and free citizens.

As economic development increasingly required the implementation of equality while feudal political institutions became obstacles to it, the real movement necessarily found a reflection in ideas. This reflection naturally first aimed at the existing social and political order, demanding that the various claims raised by the material movement be fixed in legal relations.

Thus, the bourgeoisie’s advocacy of freedom and equality did not arise purely from ideals or a new ethical outlook. They were simply expressing the economic content inherent in the capitalist mode of production in political language.

II. Distinguishing Formal Equality from Substantive Equality

Marxism not only explains why bourgeois equality arises, but also uses historical materialism to analyze the capitalist mode of production and its social and political structures. This exposes the limitations of bourgeois equality. Marxism also scientifically demonstrates that private ownership is the root of inequality. As the capitalist mode of production develops, private ownership becomes increasingly entrenched and expands further, causing inequality within bourgeois society to reach its historical peak.

From the standpoint of how the bourgeois idea of equality emerges, “equality” is merely the political expression of how commodities are transformed into abstract value within social relations. When commodities become abstract value in social relations, people can likewise be reduced to “abstract people.” Bourgeois equality takes this “abstract person” and “abstract life” as its premise. Marxism, by contrast, insists on starting from real material life when investigating the roots of inequality and the conditions under which equality can take shape.

Marxism holds that material life, independent of any individual’s will, namely a definite mode of production and forms of social intercourse, constitutes the real foundation of the state and political life. To understand equality, one should not begin with an abstract life but with the material life of society.

Based on this, Marxism focuses on the real person: the social person situated within specific production relations. Marxism supersedes Feuerbach’s anthropological notion of the “abstract human being.” Marxism pays close attention to examining human beings in connection with the world in which they live, discovering real connections and clearing away “imaginary, fabricated connections.”

Marx points out that human beings are social animals in the fullest sense. Humanity’s primary activity is material production. Marxism treats human beings as “people who act in history,” so its analysis unfolds primarily in the domain of material production in human society.

First, capitalist production requires free labor power. However, for the owner of labor power to sell it, it is not enough to merely break free from personal dependence. They must also be stripped of all means of production. The history of this expropriation is written in the annals of humanity “in letters of blood and fire.” Thus, although this “free” labor power possesses the same legal rights as owners of the means of production, workers are compelled to sell their labor power because they are unable to survive otherwise. In the labor market, which belongs to the sphere of circulation, the transaction formally appears as an exchange between two persons with equal rights.

As Marx puts it, it is “in fact a very Eden of the innate rights of man.” However, the analysis must “leave this noisy sphere, where everything takes place on the surface and in view of all men”

Karl Marx. Capital Volume One, Chapter Six: The Buying and Selling of Labour-Power

and enter the concealed site of production—that is, the sphere of production. Once we do so, the inequality of the capitalist system becomes obvious.

According to Marxism, the fundamental purpose of capitalist production is to appropriate the surplus value created by workers. During the production process, the value created by combining labor-power with the means of production exceeds the value of labor-power itself, and the capitalist wholly seizes and appropriates this portion of value. Furthermore, capitalists can compel labor to provide the maximum amount of surplus labor by various means. This is why Marx says that, once a worker has sold their labor power, they have only one prospect: to be beaten. Here, bourgeois equality shows its true face: formally, it is equality; substantively, it is extreme inequality. The law of the exchange of equivalents is negated here.

Second, in the realm of politics and law, the bourgeois-democratic republic presents itself as a respectable entity that solemnly “protects” the rights of capital. For a time, the stage is filled with ornate rhetoric about freedom and equality, and lavish hymns praise bourgeois “equality.” Yet, in the sphere of production, everything is different. The bourgeoisie loves systems of divided powers and modern representative government in ordinary political life, but in the factory, capital arbitrarily establishes its despotism over workers through “private legislation.”

Ownership of the means of production enables capitalists to establish absolute despotism in the economic realm. Here, there is no question of an equal relationship. To compel workers to perform more surplus labor and create more surplus value, capital develops into a “relation of coercion.” The means of production become a “legal right” and a “coercive right” to exploit others’ labor and surplus labor. Capital develops into a “right of command” over labor and workers.

Ultimately, “equality” is merely the equality of the bourgeoisie’s extraction and oppression of surplus value. Capitalism is equalitarian by nature. It demands equal conditions for exploiting labor power throughout every field of production and treats this demand as its innate human right. Equal exploitation of labor is capital’s primary human right.

Marxism’s theory of surplus value reveals the secret of the capitalist mode of production, exposing the fact that it is based on inequality. The bourgeois demand for equality is merely that of the bourgeoisie; it cannot reach the radiant horizon of human emancipation and genuine human equality. As Engels said:

“Capitalist production has little more respect, if any, for the equal right of the majority to pursue happiness than slavery or serfdom did.”

Frederick Engels, Ludwig Feuerbach and the End of Classical German Philosophy, Part 3: Feuerbach

The founders of Marxism also revealed the contradiction between formal equality and substantive inequality in capitalist society. Engels pointed out:

“Democracy, like any other form of government, is, in the long run, self-contradictory, a lie, and hypocritical. Political freedom is false freedom; it is the worst form of slavery. This so-called freedom is merely an appearance; in reality, it is slavery. Political equality is the same.”

Friedrich Engels, Articles for The New Moral World, Progress of Social Reform On the Continent

Marx expressed this idea vividly as well:

“History has transformed political classes into social classes, so that just as Christians are equal in heaven yet unequal on earth, the members of a people are equal in their political world yet unequal in society.”

Karl Marx, 1843, Critique of Hegel’s Philosophy of Right

According to this understanding, Marxism holds that historical development must necessarily supersede the bourgeois conception of equality and that the proletarian conception of equality is the scientific realization of genuinely human equality.

III. From Political Equality to Social Equality

Proletarian equality is also a historical product: “The proletariat draws from political equality the conclusion of social equality.” Since equality is not merely a matter of appearances or something carried out only in the state, or the political sphere, it must be real and carried out in the social and economic spheres as well. Therefore, the proletariat’s practical demand for equality is to abolish classes. Only by doing so can humanity achieve genuine equality.

The realization of the proletariat’s demand for equality is a historical process.

First, the bourgeoisie must be deprived of its monopoly over the means of production, and private ownership must be abolished to establish social ownership of the means of production. This is the precondition for achieving genuine equality. Bourgeois ownership of the means of production is the root of inequality in capitalist society.

Social ownership removes the foundation of human inequality and provides a material guarantee. Even after the proletariat takes political power and institutes public ownership, achieving genuine equality remains a historical process.

The realization of equality passes through two stages here.

The first phase of communism: communism has not yet fully developed and still bears the marks of capitalist society in economic life, morality, and intellectual and spiritual culture. During this period, equal rights are confined within a bourgeois framework. The same principle that prevails in the exchange of commodity equivalents also prevails here: the principle of exchanging equivalents. However, the form has changed: the rule becomes ‘from each according to his ability, to each according to his work.”

This framework is said to be “bourgeois” because “the producers’ right is proportional to the labor they supply; equality consists in measuring by an equal standard—labor.” However, differences in physical strength and intelligence mean that different people supply different quantities or qualities of labor. Yet, equal rights only consider the quantity and quality of labor, disregarding the workers’ own circumstances, such as strength, ability, and how many children they have.

“It tacitly recognizes unequal individual endowment and productive capacity as natural privileges. Therefore, it is a right of inequality in its content, like every right.”

Karl Marx, Critique of the Gotha Programme, I

Equal rights mean applying the same standard to everyone. Marxism recognizes that simply transferring the means of production to social ownership alone cannot eliminate defects in distribution and the inequality embedded in “bourgeois right.”

The second phase of communism: only during this second phase of communism can real equality can be achieved. To avoid the aforementioned problems, rights should not be “equal,” but “unequal,” and society should implement the principle “from each according to his ability, to each according to his needs.” Therefore, a truly equal condition must be based on further developing the productive forces under public ownership of the means of production.

The Marxist view of equality is a dialectical movement that ultimately demands the abolition of classes. However, once classes and class distinctions have been eliminated, the demand for equality loses its meaning. For this reason, the proletariat’s struggle for equality is also a process of negating equality as it is traditionally understood. Marxism holds that communism is, in fact, a kind of “inequality”: it does not require treating everyone the same. Bourgeois demands for equality only reach the surface of society (the sphere of formal rights), whereas the Marxist demand for equality penetrates deeper layers of society (the socioeconomic sphere). More fundamentally, it subverts the traditional concept of equality, treating “inequality” as a prerequisite for genuine equality.

Thus, the Marxist conception of equality negates and transforms the bourgeois conception of equality and a revolutionary transformation of the idea of equality itself. Marxism recognizes that the idea of equality is a historical product that has played a positive role at certain moments in history. However, because it is historically produced, it cannot be an eternal idea and is bound to disappear in the course of historical development.

Communism is the disappearance of the idea of equality because, at that point, real life (from each according to ability, to each according to need) has moved beyond the bounds of the traditional concept of equality, becoming an affirmative negation of that concept. Bourgeois thinkers are incapable of discerning this necessary historical tendency. When they advocate for equality, they merely give their own class’s notion of equality an eternal and universal form. By examining the laws of historical development, Marxism sees that the basis of ideas lies in the material productive activity of a society at a specific stage in history. Therefore, every idea has only historical significance and cannot become an eternal ideal.

From the beginning, the founders of Marxism sought a path to human emancipation. They discovered early on that human emancipation could not be realized through traditional demands for equality because such demands could not achieve ultimate liberation. The idea of equality can be regarded as a “false idea”: People should not submit to the products of their own minds or their own creations. Instead, they should cast off these historically inherited ideal conceptions—including traditional equality—and seek the path to human emancipation in real life.

Unlike bourgeois thinkers, Marxism does not pursue human equality merely in formal terms. Rather, it focuses on creating a happy life for real people—concrete, social human beings. This inquiry drives Marxism into the deeper layers of society, moving from the sphere of exchange to the sphere of production. Marx long ago pointed out that the bourgeois demand for equality reaches only “political emancipation.” “Political emancipation” is certainly a significant achievement, but it is not the ultimate form of human emancipation.

For this very reason, Marxism holds that the bourgeois demand for equality does not correspond to the true condition of human life, because human rights are “the rights of the egoistic man, of man separated from his essence and from the community”;human rights “do not free man from property; they give him the freedom to own property”; they “do not make man renounce the sordid pursuit of gain; they merely grant him the freedom to trade.

Freedom, as a human right, “is not based on the association of one person with another, but rather on the separation of one person from another. It is the right of this separation—the right of the narrow, self-enclosed individual.” Human rights thus produce an individual “separated from the social whole.” On the one hand, the demand for equality generates a kind of estrangement in human life; on the other hand, equality before rights that are grounded in private property intensifies social inequality. This is the outcome produced by bourgeois equality.

[Translator’s Note. Quotes in the preceding paragraphs from Works of Karl Marx 1844, On The Jewish Question]

Marxism goes beyond the bourgeois ideal of equality, which separates people from one another, and instead calls for a perfected condition in which people freely associate with one another. Marx first expressed this ideal using Feuerbach’s terminology as “species-being.” Later, Marxism named its social ideal communism. According to the Marxist view, equality signifies the unity of the human essence, or human species consciousness and species activity, and the real identity of one person with another. In capitalist society, however, everything is the opposite. While bourgeois equality formally overcomes feudal “political alienation,” it intensifies “alienation of labor,” producing a more concealed and comprehensive form of “political alienation.

According to Marxism, realizing the authentic condition of the future depends on three requirements: an economic precondition, the necessary solidarity of all for the free development of each, and a common mode of activity by individuals based on existing productive forces. In a communist society, individuals are brought together in a unified whole and enjoy full freedom. Yet, their free development and activity must also take the unity of the collective as the guiding norm.

Public ownership of the means of production will eliminate the limited concept of equality created by commodity production. The idea of treating everyone by the same yardstick is superseded because, here, people have no need to be measured by a single standard in any respect, as human beings (apart from natural differences). They are all active members of the association and joint owners of all property. As consumers, products appear directly as social products. The social conditions under which commodities are turned into abstract value have disappeared. When material goods are abundantly available, the idea that one has rights in proportion to their labor has no basis. Of course, such a society is based on public ownership of the means of production and highly developed productive forces.

Therefore, the Marxist conception of equality negate and transforms traditional notions of equality into communist humanism, which carries communist moral and ethical values. Because it directly demands communism and advocates realizing the principle “from each according to his ability, to each according to his needs,” it is, to a certain extent, not “equality” at all, but communism itself.

Section Four: The Future Society as an Association of Free Individuals

I. Freedom as the essence of species being

Marx’s system of thought aims to achieve the emancipation of humankind, not an individual, a faction, or a particular class. In Marx’s system, the fundamental principle of human emancipation is that humanity attains freedom.

In June 1842, when Marx was still a revolutionary democrat and his worldview bore a strong idealist imprint, he passionately advocated for viewing the state as an association of free individuals engaged in mutual education. The concept of an “association of free individuals,” which Marx emphasized throughout his work, appears here for the first time. In the years that followed, he repeatedly clarified and developed this concept.

In 1848, The Communist Manifesto clearly stated the socio-political ideal of communism: “In place of the old bourgeois society, with its classes and class antagonisms, we shall have an association, in which the free development of each is the condition for the free development of all.

In 1867, in Capital, Marx again treated the “association of free individuals” as the highest goal of historical movement, pointing out: “Let us now imagine, by way of change, an association of free men working with means of production held in common and expending their many individual labor powers as one social labor power.” It is clear from this that Marx outlined a direction of development, showing how to tightly bind communism to the development of humanity itself.

The concept of the “association of free individuals” (or “human freedom” in abbreviated form) takes on different meanings at different stages of Marx’s intellectual development. Marx’s account of it evolves and becomes progressively more scientific. Whenever he achieved a major theoretical breakthrough, he would reexamine and refine the concept.

In his youth, Marx believed that freedom was both the ultimate human goal and the purpose of history. He divided world history into two periods: one of unfreedom and one of freedom. The period of freedom begins when “human history was still part of natural history” and ends with the era of feudal absolutism—from “Egyptian legend” to “states in which the estate system occupies the dominant position.”

Marx borrowed a term from Hegel to describe this period as the “animal kingdom of the spirit.” During this time, humanity was divided into many different “herds” of animals, and the relationships among them were unequal. The law at the time specified and upheld these relations. Marx sharply exposed the unfreedom of the feudal system.

He borrowed Goethe’s phrase “holy humanity” from the poem Mysteries to evoke the free period of world history. Here, human beings ought to become “great holy ones,” that is, noble members of “holy humanity,” capable of free transformation. Marx believed that human history could no longer do without a period of freedom, which he believed was beginning to dawn, sweeping away the gloomy clouds of feudalism. At this point, his view of freedom had several features.

First, his philosophy of history was clearly influenced by Hegel’s. For Hegel, reason rules the world; therefore, the process of world history is rational. He held that spirit is both subject and object: as subject, it creates the object for itself; as object, it knows itself. Once spirit knows itself, it returns to itself and becomes free spirit. The development of this concept of freedom is history.

Marx, however, distinguished himself from Hegel by emphasizing the practical, real-world nature of freedom. While freedom functions as an abstract objective consciousness in Hegel, Marx emphasized the purposive character of freedom in history to enable real people to become free in real life. When Marx explored human freedom, he used this historical outlook as his guiding standard. He contrasted the ways in which the German feudal system constrained human freedom and the French bourgeois revolution emancipated it, using the latter as his critical yardstick.

In his early writings, Marx greatly admired the forms and principles of French political and social life because he was using general democratic principles to criticize feudal politics. This critique remained within the bounds of German feudalism.

Second, this freedom is a general kind of freedom, or an abstract freedom. The young Marx broadly accepted the eighteenth-century democratic interpretation. He believed that freedom is part of human nature. He wrote,

Free will is man’s nature,” “the universal freedom of human nature,” “freedom is indeed something inherent in man,” and “freedom is the species-essence of the entire realm of spiritual existence.”

Marx/Engels Internet Archive, 1842, On Freedom of the Press
Proceedings of the Sixth Rhine Province Assembly, Debates on Freedom of the Press
and Publication of the Proceedings of the Assembly of the Estates

These statements show that Marx believed freedom to be the essence of human beings—an intrinsic human quality independent of all material and social relations.

However, this interpretation did not break out of the ideological track laid down since the Enlightenment. Having made this point clear, Marx went on to note, “Every kind of freedom has always existed, only at one time as a privilege and at another as a universal right.” In other words, this inner essence still undergoes a process of “externalization.” In the past, it was distorted and “externalized” as the privilege of a class, becoming the independence and freedom of privileged estates. It appeared as private privilege and individual freedom that ran counter to the people and the government. History’s task is to reveal the essence of freedom as universal freedom.

Marx distinguished two concepts of freedom: general and particular (concrete). Just as each planet in the solar system turns on its own axis while revolving around the sun, so too does each sphere in the system of freedom turn on its own axis while revolving around freedom as its central sun. The relationship between general and particular freedoms is twofold.

First, every particular freedom is an expression of general freedom. One cannot use the freedom of any “particular species” as the standard for measuring the scope and scale of other “species.” The proper measure is general freedom.

On the other hand, general freedom is constrained by all particular freedoms; one form of freedom restricts another, just as one part of the body restricts another. Although the young Marx treated freedom as the essence of human beings, its content was still real and embodied in human practice, appearing as autonomy and independence in social conduct.

In this way, Marx naturally came to see that human freedom depends on certain external conditions. He identified these conditions in the sphere that governs people’s practical activities, namely the state’s legal and institutional systems. According to the young Marx, establishing rational political institutions and transforming feudal politics is the key to realizing human freedom. Thus, he placed his hopes in an ideal state with published laws.

Regarding the state, Marx believed that a state that does not promote rational freedom is a flawed state. An ideal state should be based on freedom and reason. Within this institutional framework, legal, ethical, and political freedom must be realized. The state’s task should be “to unite moral individuals freely.Specifically, the state accomplishes this by making its members into state members, turning private purposes into universal purposes, crude instinct into moral intention, and natural independence into spiritual freedom. The state fuses individual life with the life of the whole, ensuring that the whole is reflected in the consciousness of each individual. Only in this way can human freedom be realized.

Regarding law, Marx believed that genuine law should be the realization of human freedom. Law functions as genuine law only when the unconscious natural laws of freedom are transformed into conscious state laws. Wherever law becomes genuine law—where freedom is realized—there law truly realizes human freedom. In one’s life, one obeys the natural laws of freedom. Only when one oversteps this boundary does the natural law of freedom, now raised to law, exercise coercive force. The purpose of this coercion is to transform a person into a “free person.

In the eyes of the young Marx, safeguarding human freedom lay in the state’s legal and institutional order. This view aligned with the political stance of the Young Hegelians at the time. Although Marx’s conception of freedom was not yet thoroughly materialist and his views on the state and law were still influenced by that outlook, one thing is clear: he gave freedom a revolutionary meaning. He used the concept of human freedom to oppose feudal rule and fight for a democratic revolution. Because his conception of freedom began with such a high ideal, it was able to develop in a more scientific direction later on.

II. Restoring human freedom hinges on abolishing private property

As Marx indicated in the preface to A Contribution to the Critique of Political Economy, his practical struggles required him to formulate views on the material sphere. At this point, he began immersing himself in economics and French socialist thought. Feuerbach’s humanism also influenced Marx, prompting him to critique Hegel’s system of thought. From that point on, Marx’s concept of human freedom underwent a sharp transformation.

In his article “Justification of the Correspondent from the Mosel,” Marx points out: “When studying the phenomena of state life, it is easy to go astray by ignoring the objective nature of the various relations and explaining everything in terms of the will of the parties involved.” What, then, is meant by the “objective nature of the various relations”? Marx’s investigation led him to discover the decisive role of private property in the political life of the state and civil society, which pushed his analysis of human freedom forward.

Examining private property allowed Marx to clarify a layer of relations to which he had already been paying attention. Previously, he had used concepts such as “private interest” and “state interest,” “the contradiction between reality and administrative principles,” “the universal freedom of human nature and the independence and freedom of privileged estates,” and “privilege and universal rights” to define this relationship.

Now, he traced this merely formal opposition back to the opposition between private property and human beings. This deepened his understanding of feudal political arrangements.

He stated plainly: “The highest stage of political constitution is private property.” “What, after all, is the political state’s power of domination over private property? It is the power of private property itself—the realized essence of private property.” “Independent private property—abstract private property—together with the corresponding private individual, is the supreme structure of the political state.” Political ‘independence’ is described as ‘independent private property‘ and ‘the person who possesses this independent private property.‘” The will of private property is “the highest existence of the political state, the highest ethical existence.” Here, there can be no talk of human freedom.

[Note: Quotes in the preceding paragraph are from Karl Marx, On The Jewish Question ]

In his critique of the liberty clauses in the Declaration of the Rights of Man and of the Citizen, Marx points out that the “freedom” described there is the freedom of an isolated person—shut up inside himself like a monad. Marx longs for a different kind of freedom: the freedom of everyone, or an association of free individuals. This kind of freedom must be achieved through “human emancipation.

Marx then examines how private property restricts human freedom. In practice, human beings treat nature as an immediate means of production and as the material, object, and instrument of human life activity. Human life activity is labor. For human beings, labor is the condition for maintaining bodily existence. Yet, human beings consciously direct and coordinate their own life activity—and man’s species character is precisely free, conscious activity.” Conversely, the human species-character is conscious activity, which is why human beings are species-beings. “It is precisely because man is a species-being that he is a conscious being—that is, his own life is an object to him. Only because of that is his activity free activity.” Human freedom lies in the capacity to consciously arrange one’s own life. Human freedom lies in labor as conscious life activity.

However, under conditions of private property, human freedom is negated. The force that negates it is alienated labor [Translator’s Note: in German entfremdete Arbeit translated as estranged labor in early Marx translations, alienated labor is equivalent term more common today. End note]. Alienated labor is evident when labor’s object confronts labor as an alien being. Labor becomes something “external to the worker, not belonging to his essential being.” In conditions of separation and rigid opposition between capital and labor, labor—which should embody the free activity of human life—“does not confirm the worker, but denies him; does not make him happy, but miserable; does not freely develop his physical and mental energy, but mortifies his flesh and ruins his mind.” As a result, human freedom is reduced to nothing. The worker feels that he is engaged in “free activity” only when he is performing “animal functions” such as eating and drinking.

When he performs “human functions,” he feels that “he is nothing but an animal.” Alienated labor degrades “self-activity” and “free activity” into mere means. Thus, human unfreedom takes the form of one’s own activity serving, being dominated by, and existing under the coercion and oppression of capital.

Marx realized that the key to restoring human freedom was abolishing private property. By this point, he had studied socialist and communist thought. By the 1840s, these doctrines had spread widely in countries such as Britain and France. Utopian socialists regarded private property as a shackle on human freedom and a condition of enslavement. The abolition of private property and the restoration of labor’s human essence were the views they held in common. These views became the core of Marx’s intellectual system. He pointed out:

“Communism is the positive supersession of private property as human self-estrangement,” and “it is the genuine resolution of the conflict between man and nature, and between man and man—the true resolution of the strife between existence and essence, objectification and self-affirmation, freedom and necessity, and the individual and the species.”

Karl Marx, Economic and Philosophical Manuscripts, Third Manuscript, Private Property and Labor, see also “Private Property and Communism

The positive supersession of human self-estrangement is equivalent to the realization of human freedom. Thus, Marx gave an initial formulation of the idea that the realization of human freedom depends on overcoming contradictions in two dimensions: between human beings and nature and among human beings themselves. Human freedom is determined not only by relationships among people, i.e., the state and law, but also by the relationship between human beings and nature, i.e., the mode of production.

Marx held that private property is “the material, sensuous expression of estranged human life,” and that all previous movements of production are the “sensuous revelation” of the movement of private property. “Religion, the family, the state, law, morality, science, art, and so on, are only particular modes of production and therefore come under its general law.

Superseding private property means appropriating human life and superseding all alienation—thereby superseding religion and the state as well. “Man’s return to himself” is another variation on the theme of human freedom. Here, one can already see Marx’s line of thought about how material production constrains every domain of social life in embryonic form.

III. Individual freedom is possible only within the collective

Regarding human freedom, Marx made a significant contribution to the Marxist system as a whole in The German Ideology. In that work, Marx criticized both the Old and Young Hegelians (who believed that “religion, concepts, and universal principles rule the existing world“) and moved beyond Feuerbach’s humanism. For Marx, the premise of a scientific method of observation is the human being—

“not a person in some imaginary condition of isolation, cut off from the world and living as a hermit, but a person situated within definite conditions, engaged in a real process of development that can be observed empirically.

Marx & Engels, The German Ideology, Part I (“Feuerbach”), A. “Idealism and Materialism

Human beings are no longer “abstract” humans or humans as a generic “species,” but rather people who live and produce under real conditions—people as members of classes. Human freedom is likewise constrained by these objective conditions, and the pursuit and realization of freedom cannot be separated from this foundation. Material production and the material conditions of life give concrete form to what is conceptualized as “alienated labor.”

Marx places the analytical emphasis on the material conditions of individual activity. He believes this is essential not only for explaining the conditions of human freedom but also for understanding human history. Marx identifies two constraints on human freedom:

  • First, producing the means of subsistence and the resulting “mode of life,” and
  • Second, the relationship between producers and the natural world. An individual’s circumstances depend on the material conditions under which people produce. Marx emphatically affirms this point, stating,

“The production of life—both the production of one’s own life (through labor) and the production of new life (through procreation)—immediately appears as a twofold relation: on the one hand, as a natural relation; and on the other, as a social relation.”

Marx & Engels, The German Ideology, Part I (“Feuerbach”),

How are these two relations related to each other? Building on ideas he had outlined in the Economic and Philosophic Manuscripts of 1844, Marx argues that the natural relation constrains the social relation. This is an extremely important thesis. Marx points out that, initially, nature confronts humanity as “a completely alien, all-powerful, and unassailable force,” standing over against them. Humans submit to nature’s power much as animals do. As humans progress and develop their capacities, they gradually begin to master and regulate nature.

“Here, as everywhere, the identity of man and nature appears in such a way that people’s restricted relation to nature determines their restricted relation to one another, and their restricted relation to one another in turn determines their restricted relation to nature.”

For the first time, Marx pries the question of freedom away from “social relations” in the narrow sense — i.e., the domain of politics and law — and treats human freedom as primarily constrained by the relationship between humans and nature.

Marx studied the division-of-labor theory developed by British classical political economists. Adam Smith’s theoretical system is based on labor and the division of labor because the division of labor is the fundamental means by which human beings transform nature and create wealth. Classical economics treats the division of labor as a prerequisite for economic development and highly praises it. Hegel examined the relationship between the division of labor and human needs, emphasizing the dependence and interconnection among people produced by the division of labor. By contrast, Marx saw the theory of the division of labor as a major constraint on human freedom in real life.

First, the basic structure of the division of labor is constrained by the development of productive forces. As the division of labor develops, different forms of ownership arise. As long as the division of labor develops spontaneously rather than voluntarily, human activity itself becomes an external force that opposes the individual. People do not control these forces; rather, these forces control people. This is because the division of labor assigns each person a particular, exclusive sphere of activity from which they cannot escape and beyond which they cannot act freely. The division of labor is coercive because people can only obtain the means of subsistence in this way.

On the one hand, social activity formed through the division of labor results in

“this fixation of social activity, this consolidation of what we ourselves produce into an objective power above us, growing out of our control, thwarting our expectations, and bringing our calculations to naught.”

Marx & Engels, The German Ideology, Part I (“Feuerbach”), in the discussion of the division of labor

On the other hand, this same social activity produces a “multiplied productive force.” Throughout earlier history, however, people’s common activity arose spontaneously rather than voluntarily. Therefore, it turned into an alien, external power rather than their “own united power.” Rather than promoting human freedom, it reinforced human servitude.

When Marx speaks of the division of labor that produces social antagonism, he mainly refers to the division between “material labor” and “mental labor.” The division of labor is the cause of private property and the condition for its existence. According to Marx, the greatest division between mental and manual labor is expressed in the separation of town and country. In this separation, people are subordinated to the division of labor and forced to engage in activities they did not choose. Some become “restricted town-animals,” while others become “restricted country-animals,” thereby losing human freedom.

Marx also believed that the division of labor forms the basis of industry and that people are dominated by the products of labor, especially accumulated labor. The antagonism generated by the division of labor manifests as the conflict between private property and labor. “In big industry and competition, the entire set of conditions of existence, limitations, and biases of individuals fuse together into two basic forms: private property and labor.”

The division of labor contains a distribution of labor conditions—such as tools and materials—and thus contains the fragmentation of capital and the split between capital and labor.

“The more the division of labor develops and accumulation grows, the sharper the forms that this process of differentiation assumes.”

Karl Marx, The German Ideology, Part I: “Feuerbach”, D. Proletarians and Communism,“9. Contradiction Between the Productive Forces and the Form of Intercourse.”

Thus, under the capitalist mode of production, a highly developed division of labor produces an all-around opposition between capital and labor. The productive forces become the power of private property, and the people who embody these forces are opposed to their own creative power. Outside of labor, human self-directed activity has no other form; capitalism also causes labor, this self-directed activity, to take on a negative form.

Therefore, Marx arrived at the logical conclusion that the proletariat can only secure its own survival, attain self-directed activity, and obtain the conditions for winning freedom by appropriating the totality of the existing productive forces. He argued that the proletariat is the only force capable of realizing human freedom and embodying it.

First, appropriation must have a universal character commensurate with the productive forces and social intercourse. Appropriating the totality of productive forces unleashes a corresponding totality of individual capacities that match the material instruments of production. The proletariat creates modern productive forces as a whole; therefore, only the proletariat possesses the universal character suited to modern productive forces and modern intercourse. Moreover, only a proletariat that has completely lost self-activity can achieve fully developed, unrestricted self-activity. Historically, every form of appropriation has been limited because limited instruments of production and intercourse constrain individuals’ self-activity.

“Modern universal intercourse can be controlled by individuals only when it is controlled by all.”

Karl Marx, The German Ideology, Part I: Feuerbach.
Opposition of the Materialist and Idealist Outlook
D. Proletarians and Communism

Second, the means required to bring about appropriation also constrain it. Marx declares that appropriation can be realized only through association. Given the proletariat’s inherent character, this association can only be universal, and appropriation can only be realized through revolution. Through revolution, the proletariat breaks the old mode of production, forms of intercourse, and social structure while simultaneously building a new world. In doing so, they cast off everything the old society has left behind. Only then does self-activity come into harmony with material life, corresponding to the development of individuals into fully realized beings and the abolition of all spontaneity. Similarly, labor’s transformation into self-activity and the transformation of earlier forced intercourse into intercourse in which all individuals participate as real individuals correspond to each other. The appropriation of the totality of productive forces by associated individuals abolishes private property.

As mentioned earlier, Marx’s idea that human freedom is limited by the relationship between humans and nature is crucial; it establishes a materialist foundation for comprehending and achieving human freedom. Early Marx emphasized safeguarding human freedom through the legal form of the state, i.e., warding off any force that might violate freedom. Thus, the foundation of freedom was a sound legal form of the state.

However, Marx later concluded that political life is constrained by material life, and that the key to transforming political life lies in transforming the form of material life. Furthermore, an important aspect of human freedom lies not only in the political sphere, but also in the sphere of material life. Thus, under the modern capitalist system, individuals are “less free because they are more subject to the violence of things.” By ensuring the freedom of capital, the state makes political freedom nothing but the freedom of capital. The proletariat stands in “direct opposition” to the state.

The state limits human freedom because it embodies the requirements of the material mode of production. Only by changing the mode of production and the form of material life can the state be fundamentally transformed, allowing human freedom to be realized. The modern state represents the division of humanity, freedom ruling over unfreedom, and an “illusory community” repressing a “real community.” Marx repeatedly stresses that when individuals appropriate the totality of production, they gain more freedom by relying on their own power to conquer nature and thereby overcome its constraints on human freedom. Human freedom is constrained when individuals’ powers are converted into the power of things; restoring freedom requires re-subjecting these powers to human beings and abolishing the division of labor. “This is not possible without the community…. Only in community… is personal freedom possible.” Such an association, based on advanced productive forces, creates the conditions for individuals to freely develop and move under their own control.

IV. The Full and Free Development of Every Individual

Marx argued that human freedom is constrained by the material relations of production. Freedom, first of all, is a positive, material condition closely bound up with people’s life-activity, not an abstract, negative condition tied only to mental activity. In this respect, Marx had basically established the core of his own conception of freedom. The fuller development and deepening of these propositions, however, came after his systematic study of political economy—above all in the Economic Manuscripts of 1857–1858 (the Grundrisse) and in Capital.

In the Grundrisse, Marx analyzed the fundamental aspects of capitalist production, such as commodity production and exchange, and developed a scientific labor theory of value. Equality and freedom are respected not only in exchange on the basis of exchange value, but also in the exchange of exchange values, which is the productive, real foundation of all equality and freedom.

Ideological notions of equality and freedom are the “idealized expression” of this economic movement. Historically, bourgeois freedom meant breaking free from feudal absolutism so capitalism could develop, shaking off feudal personal dependence and obtaining one’s “own freedom,” including the freedom of labor power.

Marx demonstrated that the self-expansion of capital’s value is a prerequisite for capitalist production and that the resolution of the contradiction in the general formula of capital (G–W–G′) explains why labor power, as a unique commodity, can generate value. From the standpoint of the kind of labor required for capital valorization, labor must be “free,” not subordinated to anyone. In Capital, Marx also points out that, in order to sell labor power as a commodity, the owner must be able to dispose of himself—he must be the “free proprietor” of his own body and labor capacity.For money to be transformed into capital, there must be “free workers.” Marx explains that “free” has two meanings.

On the one hand, the worker is a free person who can dispose of labor power as his own commodity. On the other, he has no other commodities to sell. He is “free” of everything and possesses nothing necessary to realize his labor power. Under the pressure of mere survival, the worker can only sell himself. In the labor process, the worker is exploited and dominated by capital, and human freedom is absent.

For Marx, human freedom lies in the emancipation of people’s material productive activity. The most fundamental condition of human freedom is when material production breaks free of capital’s external compulsion and becomes people’s conscious activity. According to Marx, overcoming obstacles between a purpose and its attainment is a realization of freedom. External aims are not merely external necessity, but instead are grasped as purposes posited by individuals themselves. Thus, they are self-realization, or the objectification of the subject—that is, real freedom. This freedom appears in activity as labor. Marx’s point is that freedom consists of human self-determination under conditions that are not dictated by external natural or social compulsion. As long as social production has not developed to this point, people are compelled. They lack freedom of choice and the objective conditions necessary for self-design and self-completion.

Near the end of Capital, Marx restates this idea more explicitly:

“The realm of freedom” begins only where labor determined by necessity and external purposes comes to an end.

Karl Marx, Capital, Capital Vol. III, Part VII. Revenues and their Sources
Chapter 48. The Trinity Formula

Here, Marx is speaking not only of material production, but also of “the development of human powers as an end in itself”—the true realm of freedom. Within the sphere of material production, the most that “freedom” can mean is that socialized human beings—associated producers—rationally regulate their interchange with nature. They bring it under their common control rather than being ruled by it as by a blind force. They accomplish this with the least expenditure of energy and under conditions that are most worthy of and appropriate to their human nature. However, the crucial point is that this remains a realm of necessity. Only on this basis can the realm of freedom be realized.

This is the dialectical unity of freedom and necessity. Necessity is the sphere of production, while freedom is the sphere of human beings’ all-round development. In this sphere, humanity plans and decides the direction of its own development and realizes its self-perfection. Here, human freedom is realized in the great idea of “the full development of the human being.” In Capital, Marx notes that the basic principle of a future society is

“a higher form of society… in which the full and free development of every individual forms the ruling principle.”

Karl Marx. Capital Volume One, Chapter Twenty-Four: Conversion of Surplus-Value into Capital

All-round human development means socialized human beings, driven by will rather than external compulsion, fully unfold and develop all the bodily and spiritual powers bestowed by natural and human social history. The goal is not merely to reproduce human beings, but to allow them to flourish creatively and freely.

From these ideas, we can see that Marx regarded a fundamental transformation in the relationship between humanity and nature as a prerequisite for human freedom. He viewed the development of productive forces as a means of achieving that freedom. Engels spelled this out explicitly. He wrote:

“Freedom consists in the control over ourselves and over external nature, a control founded on knowledge of natural necessity; it is therefore necessarily a product of historical development.” The first humans to separate themselves from the animal kingdom were essentially as unfree as animals, but each step forward in culture was a step toward freedom. Only through these productive forces can a social order be created in which there are no class distinctions or anxiety about individual subsistence, and real human freedom can be achieved for the first time, living in harmony with the recognized laws of nature.”

Friedrich Engels, Anti-Dühring (Herr Eugen Dühring’s Revolution in Science), “XI. Freedom and Necessity”


Postscript

Through the collective efforts of everyone involved, this book has now been successfully completed. After finishing it, readers will naturally want to know what each participant contributed to the project.

The process of designing and finalizing the book’s outline went as follows: Wang Huning put forward the initial plan. Sun Guanhong, Lin Shangli, Liu Huihua, Li Weikang, and Chen Che then held a discussion; afterward, Wang Huning revised it. The revised outline was discussed again by the same group, and in the end Wang Huning established the basic framework. During the writing process, every participant offered valuable suggestions on the outline.

The division of labor for drafting the first versions of the chapters was as follows: Wang Huning (Chapters 1, 2, and 16); Lin Shangli (Chapters 5, 7, 8, 12, 13, and 14); Sun Guanhong (Chapters 3 and 4); Liu Huihua (Chapters 11 and 15); Hu Wei (Chapter 10); Tao Dongming (Chapter 9); and Chen Mingming (Chapter 6). In addition, Zhao Zhimin assisted with supplementary materials for Chapter 3, and Tao Dongming and Wu Tianyong assisted with supplementary materials for Chapter 4.

After the first drafts were completed, Wang Huning offered comments and the authors revised their chapters accordingly. Wang Huning and Lin Shangli then edited and revised the second drafts. All authors took part in a collective editorial review meeting. Finally, Wang Huning prepared the final version.


Translator’s Note

Introducing the Authors of The Logic of Politics: Principles of Marxist Political Science (link to some author biographical sources)

Wang Huning (王沪宁)

Wang Huning is a Chinese political theorist whose scholarship and policy work has focused on state capacity, political development, and the relationship between ideology and governance. Trained in international politics at Fudan University, he led the project’s conceptual framing and final editorial consolidation, serving as the chief coordinator across drafts (as described in the project’s “写作说明”). In contemporary public life he serves as a member of the CCP Politburo Standing Committee and Chairman of the National Committee of the Chinese People’s Political Consultative Conference (CPPCC).

Lin Shangli (林尚立)

Lin Shangli is a political scientist whose work centers on political theory, comparative politics, and contemporary Chinese politics, with a long-standing association with Fudan’s political science community before moving into senior policy and university leadership roles. He served as a core author on multiple chapters and was part of the small group that repeatedly revised the project outline before co-leading the second-round revisions. After serving as President of Renmin University of China (2022–2025), he has appeared publicly in an academic capacity as a professor at Renmin’s School of International Studies.

Sun Guanhong (孙关宏)

Sun Guanhong is widely regarded as a pioneer in the rebuilding of political science in post–reform-era China, combining normative concerns about “the good” in politics with a strong emphasis on scholarly rigor. He has served as a professor and doctoral supervisor at Fudan University, and has edited or authored multiple foundational teaching texts in political science (e.g., Political Science Tutorial/Overview and works on Marxist political science), alongside later reflective monographs. His representative works include Chinese Political Science: An Exploration of Science and the Humanities (2008) and Explorations of Chinese Political Civilization (2019).

Liu Huihua (刘慧华)

Liu Huihua is an international relations scholar associated in public reporting with Harvard’s Fairbank Center as an affiliated research scholar, with research interests spanning international affairs and China’s external relations. Accounts describing his training note that he studied at Fudan and later pursued research in the United States. He has co-authored work on China’s foreign aid, linking policy evolution to broader international political dynamics.

Hu Wei (胡伟)

Hu Wei is a political scientist whose research has emphasized comparative politics, policy analysis, and Chinese government and politics. He has held senior academic leadership roles at Shanghai Jiao Tong University (including a period as dean, per institutional biography) and is also described in public sources as a professor affiliated with the Shanghai Party School system. His publications span state governance, political institutions, and modernization-related questions in Chinese politics.

Tao Dongming (陶东明)

Tao Dongming’s work sits at the intersection of public administration training and applied governance research, reflecting a career tied to the professionalization of public management education. Public conference programs identify him as Director of Fudan University’s MPA Education Center, indicating a focus on public sector management and local governance capacity-building. Fudan listings also place him among the institution’s retired political science/public administration faculty, consistent with a long teaching and program-building career.

Chen Mingming (陈明明)

Chen Mingming is a political scientist at Fudan University whose research areas include political theory, Chinese government and politics, contemporary Chinese political history, and themes of party–state construction. Within the book project, he is identified as part of the doctoral cohort contributing to the department’s larger “academic lineage” and served as author of the Chapter Six draft. His profile reflects an orientation toward theory-driven analysis of Chinese political development and institutions.

Zhao Zhimin (赵志敏)

Zhao Zhimin is a policy researcher whose publicly stated areas include Party theory, public policy, and international issues, and he has held senior roles linked to central policy research work. In late 2023 reporting, he is identified as a Party Group member of the Chinese Academy of Social Sciences (CASS), and other accounts associate him with leadership in the Central Policy Research Office’s international research portfolio. The project’s writers’ acknowledgements also places him among the political science PhDs in the department’s training pipeline that fed into the book team.

Wu Tianyong (吴天勇)

Wu Tianyong is associated in public records with cultural policy and institutional reform work, including leadership participation in drafting local cultural-industry and cultural-system reform plans (as described in library catalog metadata). A Wuhan Academy of Social Sciences report (2022) refers to a “Vice Minister Wu Tianyong” (副部长吴天勇) participating in an official research visit, indicating a role in municipal-level propaganda/theory administration at that time. His background is also described as including a political science master’s degree from Fudan University.

Li Weikang (李维康)

Li Weikang is identified in the project’s writers’ acknowledgements as an associate professor in the Department of Politics and Law at Shanghai Normal University who contributed substantively during the outline-discussion phase, though he did not take on chapter drafting due to other obligations. Beyond this acknowledgement, reliable public biographical detail is comparatively sparse in readily accessible sources. Within the project, his role is best described as a high-impact discussant and early-stage conceptual contributor.


Chapter Sixteen Chinese text

第十六章人类社会必然向共产主义社会过渡

                马克思主义提出了自己的崇高的政治理想,这就是实现共产主义社会。任何政治学理论体系,都有自己的政治理想,有自己的价值选择。马克思主义在对人类历史发展的客观规律的认识上,在对人类社会的社会、经济、政治和文化发展的必然趋势的认识上,确信共产主义社会将是人类社会历史发展的必然趋势。对于共产主义社会本身的具体设置,马克思主义避免作过于详细的论证。马克思主义注意论证的是共产主义是人类历史发展的必然规律,论证了共产主义社会的一般特征,以及政治发展的基本走向。

第一节共产主义社会是历史发展的必然

                一、共产主义是现代经济运动的结果

                马克思主义首先认为,共产主义社会是一种客观必然,而不是人们的主观愿望。历史发展的内在动力,人类社会各种关系的矛盾运动,必然导致共产主义社会的实现。这种必然性,来自于资本主义生产方式的内在矛盾运动,这就是社会生产资料的私人占有与社会化大生产之间的矛盾。资本主义创造了强大的生产力,但是资本主义生产方式又不能容纳它本身创造的越来越强大的社会生产力,最终社会生产力的发展必然要突破资本主义生产方式,过渡到更新的生产方式,同时也要求社会的上层建筑做相应的变革。

                同时,在生产力和生产关系的矛盾运动中,社会上有另一场运动相伴随,那就是社会阶级力量的较量。资产阶级即资本的发展,一方面创造了强大的社会生产力,同时也造就了它的对立面,这就是无产阶级。马克思主义认为,现代的大工业,一方面造就了无产阶级,这个阶级代表了历史发展的方向,它不是要求废除某个阶级的特权,而是要求废除阶级;另一方面,造就了资产阶级,它掌握了全部的生产资料和生活资料的所有权,但是文无力支配日益发达的社会生产力,社会生产力的发展已经超出了他们的权力。无产阶级和资产阶级的矛盾和斗争也是人类社会向共产主义社会过渡的一项重要的条件。

                共产主义社会的必然性,还在于现代社会的发展已经导致了未来新社会的必要机制。马克思主义分析到,在现代资本主义社会中,生产的日益发展,导致资本的集中,一个资本家打倒许多资本家:随着资本的集中和少数资本家对多数资本家的剥夺,劳动过程的协作形式不断扩大,科学日益被使用于生产技术方面,劳动资料日益转化为共同使用的劳动资料,各国人民日益被卷入到世界市场网络,从而使资本主义制度日益具有国际的性质,如此等等。实际上生产的社会化已经达到前所未有的地步。“生产资料的集中和劳动的社会化,达到了同它们的资本主义外壳不能相容的地步。这个外壳就要炸毁了”。资本主义生产方式的运动本身为未来社会创造了条件,决定了未来社会的客观必然性

                列宁指出,资本主义社会必然要转变为社会主义社会,是根据现代经济运动的规律得出的。但是在历史的发展过程中,人们和政治力量并不是无能为力的。恩格斯说:“无产阶级将取得社会权力,并且利用这个权力把脱离资产阶级掌握的社会化生产资料变为公共财产。通过这个行动,无产阶级使生产资料摆脱了它们迄今具有的资本属性,给它们的社会性以充分发展的自由。从此按照预定计划进行的社会生产就成为可能的了。生产的发展使不同社会阶级的继续存在成为时代的错误。随着社会生产的无政府状态的消失,国家的政治权威也将消失。人终于成为自己的社会结合的主人,从而也就成为自然界的主人,成为自己本身的主人一一自由的人。”从政治发展的理想来说,也充分表示了马克思主义政治学方法论的意义,从社会经济领域的必然变革出发,最后引出整个社会的变革,当然包括政治的变革。

二、共产主义社会的基本特征

                未来的共产主义社会究竟是什么样的社会?马克思主义并没有给出十分详细的描绘,因为马克思主义创始人也力图避免这样做。一种政治理想或社会理想,描绘得越详尽,越仔细,越有可能陷空想和虚构。马克思主义创始人只是确定了未来社会的基本原则,而这些原则都是从社会物质运动的必然性中引申出来的,而不是像一些空想社会主义者那样空想出来的。根据马克思主义的设想,未来的共产主义社会将分为两个阶段:一是共产主义社会的初级阶段,即现在一般意义上讲的社会主义社会:二是共产主义社会的高级阶段,即人类社会发展的未来。共产主义社会的基本特征是什么,马克思主义经典作家做了以下的归纳:

                第一,实行共产主义的全民所有制。在社会生产力高度发达的条件下,共产主义社会将实行全民所有制,把社会的生产资料掌握在全体人民的手中,即掌握在社会的手中。占有生产资料不仅是社会进步的要求,也是人的全面发展的要求。“当人们按照今天的生产力终于被认识了的本性来对待这种生产力的时候,社会的生产无政府状态就让位于按照全社会和每个成员的需要对生产进行的社会的有计划的调节。那时,资本主义的占有方式,即产品起初奴役生产者而后又奴役占有者的占有方式,就让位于那种以现代生产资料的本性为基础的产品占有方式:一方面由社会直接占有,作为维持和扩大生产的资料,另一方面由个人直接占有,作为生活和享乐的资料”

                第二,实行“各尽所能,按需分配”的原则。共产主义社会是在生产力高度发达的前提下形成的,因而在共产主义社会生产将高度发展,社会财富也将充分增加。生产的高度发展和财富的充分增加将改变社会的结构和关系,也将改变人与人之间的关系。“在共产主义社会高级阶段上,在迫使人们奴隶般地服从分工的情形已经消失,从而脑力劳动和体力劳动的对立也随之消失之后:在劳动已经不仅仅是谋生的手段,而且成了生活的第一需要之后;在随着个人的全面发展生产力也增长起来,而集体财富的一切源泉都充分涌流之后,一一只有在那个时候,才能完全超出资产阶级法权的狭隘眼界,社会才能在自己的旗帜上写上:各尽所能,按需分配!”

                第三,消灭三大差别。共产主义社会将消灭人类社会中存在的阶级差别,要消灭阶级差别就必须消灭城市和乡村之间的差别,工业和农业之间的差别,脑力劳动和体力劳动之间的差别。

                第四,消灭阶级和国家消亡。国家在共产主义社会中将消亡。马克思主义政治学设想,在未来社会中,由无产阶级首先取得政权,无产阶级取得政权以后的重要行动就是要把生产资料变为国家的财产。这个行为本身具有否定之否定的逻辑。生产资料变为全社会的财产之后,无产阶级本身就不复存在,阶级差别和阶级对立也不再存在。阶级差别消灭之后,国家也失去了存在的理由。“当国家终于真正成为整个社会的代表时,它就使自己成为多余的了。当不再有需要加以镇压的社会阶级的时候,当阶级统治和根源于至今的生产无政府状态的生存斗争已被消除,而由此二者产生的冲突和极端行为也随着被消除了的时候,就不再有什么需要镇压了,也就不再需要国家这种特殊的镇压力量了。国家真正作为整个社会的代表所采取的第一个行动,即以社会的名义占有生产资料,同时也是它作为国家所采取的最后一个独立行动。那时,国家政权对社会关系的干预将先后在各个领域中成为多余的事情而自行停止下来。那时,对人的统治将由对物的管理和对生产过程的领导所代替。”

                第五,个人的全面发展。在共产主义社会中,由于上述条件的形成,以及社会本身的高度发展,社会成员作为个人,有了全面发展的可能性。在未来社会中,个人可以按照人的本性来发展自己,而不再受外部社会关系、政治关系甚至自然关系的强制。社会的每一个成员的全部才能和力量都能够得到全面的自由的发展。“个人的全面发展,只有到了外部世界对个人才能的实际发展所起的作用为个人本身所驾驭的时候,才不再是理想、职责等等,这也正是共产主义者所向往的。”共产主义社会创造了个人全面发展的必要的条件。恩格斯对此做了更为明确的描述:“把社会组织成这样:使社会每一个成员都能完全自由地发展和发挥他的全部才能和力量,并且不会因此而危及这个社会的基本条件。”马克思主义创始人虽然没有对未来社会做详细的描绘,但他们确定了未来社会的基本原则。共产主义社会的形成是一个长期的发展过程,但它是人类历史发展的必然趋向。

第二节共和国应是社会共和国

                一、对人的统治变成对物的管理

                马克思和恩格斯虽然有丰富的分析政治现像的著述,但这些著述大多是对历史和当时政治运动的分析和描述,至于对于建立起社会主义制度之后的政治发展,他们并没有作过集中的论述,实际上他们也避免做这种超前的详细描述,论断都是基本原理式的。恩格斯在批评空想社会主义的未来方案时曾经说过:“这种新的社会制度一开始就注定要成为空想的,它愈是制定得详尽周密,就愈是要陷入纯粹的空想。”根据历史唯物主义的基本观点,社会政治、法律和文化等上层建筑受制约于社会经济运动的发展,要适应社会经济运动的要求,因此在没有确定未来社会经济发展的水平和规模时,具体构思社会的上层建筑是不合乎历史唯物主义的理性的。但这不是说马克思恩格斯就没有关于社会主义社会政治发展的观念,我们大致可以从两个方面来得到启示:一是历史唯物主义关于社会运动一般规律的论述:二是他们在各类著作中表述的有关未来政治格局和政治形式的构想。

                马克思恩格斯多次表示:在未来社会中,国家要消亡,因而政治也会随之而消亡。恩格斯说过:“随着社会生产的无政府状态的消失,国家的政治权威也将消失。”如果是这样的话,就无所谓社会主义社会的政治发展。对他们这个观点,不能作简单的理解,而应当作深入研究,即要弄通弄懂他们关于未来社会发展的基本构想。

                首先,马克思恩格斯所讲的公共权力失去政治性质,其本质意义在于指称公共权力失去其阶级属性,而非公共权力本身,“原来意义上的政治权力,是一个阶级用以压迫另一个阶级的有组织的暴力。”未来社会需要变革的是这一点,而不是说社会不需要作为社会调控杠杆的公共权力。其次,他们所构想的理想社会并没有在人们的现实生活中出现,已有的社会主义社会与他们所设想的未来社会相差甚远,这主要是指经济发展水平和文化教育水平方面。现实社会所面临的国内外政治斗争异常复杂尖锐,因而虽然公共权力的属性发生了质变,但作为一种社会力量不仅还必须存在,而且还必须加以发展。

                经过对巴黎公社的考察,他们均十分强调运用政治权力来达到目的。1883年,恩格斯指出:“未来无产阶级革命的最终结果之一,将是称为国家的政治组织逐步消亡和最后消失。.·但是同时,我们始终认为,为了达到未来社会革命的这一目的以及其他更重要得多的目的,工人阶级应当首先掌握有组织的国家政权并依靠这个政权镇压资本家阶级的反抗和按新的方式组织社会。”这里说得非常明确,加强政治权力是巩固政治统治和组织新的社会的需要。巩固政治统治和组织新的社会是工人阶级的两项任务,只有在这两项任务完成之后,政治权力才可以消亡。这两项任务,在他们的构想中应在“过渡时期”里完成,但在现实的社会主义运动中,这两项任务本身的艰巨性延长了“过渡时期”。社会主义国家不仅要对付国内的政治反抗,而且要抵御来自外部的政治和军事威胁。20世纪社会主义的发展史充分证明了这一点。即使在国内政治力量对比相对稳定之后,国际战略格局依然会长期存在。马克思、恩格斯设想的是发达资本主义国家同时取得社会主义胜利,而实际上社会主义都是在资本主义的薄弱环节上取胜的,这一状态自然会强化国家权力存在的客观必然性。此其一。第二项任务在某种程度上就更加扩展了“过渡时期”的内涵。组织新社会在马克思和恩格斯的设想中是在社会物质力量已经达到高水平以后实现的,不必花太大的气力,因为已经“成熟”了。但现在的社会主义国家都是在经济相对落后的情况下实现的,生产力不那么发达,生产关系也不那么“成熟”,知识文化教育水平也不那么高,因而组织新社会的任务尤为繁重,时间也长,不可能一就而就。社会主义国家已经过儿十年的努力,但仍不能说这个问题已经解决了。所以公共权力组织新社会的任务依然是那样的现实和重要。在这种状况下,社会主义社会的政治发展就要比马克思恩格斯所构想的复杂得多。但这一发展态势又是符合他们构想的,因为他们确定了在什么条件下政治权力的存在是必要的,在这些条件没有消失之前,政治权力不应当消失,也不可能消失。惟其如此,政治发展便会存在。

                从现实社会主义政治的历程观之,政治生活的复杂和政治权力的必要远远超过马克思恩格斯的设想,虽然社会主义政治的总的运动方向是在他们构想之中的,但其具体过程和特点却是他们没有预见到的。不过,从另一方面说,他们也充分论述了“政治性质”消失之后社会组织发展的必要性和必然性,他们谈到公共权力经过性质扬弃之后,还必须保存的机制发展问题。这里首要的论述就是未来社会的权威问题。恩格斯在反驳巴枯宁认为未来的社会不应存在任何权威的想法时指出:“没有一个做最后决定的意志,没有统一的领导,人们究竞怎样开动工厂,管理铁路,驾驭轮船。”,“一个哪怕只有两个人组成的社会,如果每个人都不放弃一些自治权,又怎么能存在”在论述未来社会的权威问题时,他又说:“一方面是一定的权威,不管它是怎样造成的,另一方面是一定的服从,这两者,不管社会组织怎样,在产品的生产和流通赖以进行的物质条件下,都是我们所必需的。”关于这一点,他们的观点是明确的,在未来社会中存在着一定形式的调控权力,有调控权力的存在就有组织发展问题。在他们的构想中,权威不会消失,而是“只会改变自己的形式”。

                关键是这种改变是什么。这里体现着马克思、恩格斯关于现今的社会政治发展的指导性思想。他们有一个明确的思想,就是现代国家是现代生产的产物。恩格斯在《论权威》中更加明确地表示随着现代社会化大生产的发展,社会日益组织起来,形成“联合活动”。资产阶级国家相当部分职能是现代化大生产的需要,所以在废除“纯粹压迫性机构”之后,还存在“理应属于政府权力的职能”,只是这些职能“由社会本身的负责勤务员来执行”。“硬说中央的职能一一不是指政府控制人民的权威,而是指由于国家的一般的共同需要而必须执行的职能一一会变得不可能,是极其荒谬的。”由现代化大生产和社会共同需要所决定的政府职能不仅应当存在,还要因生产的发展而不断发展。恩格斯的名言是:“对人的统治应当变成对物的管理和对生产过程的领导”,这种转变不仅不要求排除政府职能,而且逻辑上要求社会主义社会的政府职能要适应对物的管理和对生产过程的领导。这里提出的命题是:社会主义社会的政治发展、组织发展,必须顺应社会经济的发展,做社会生产力发展的推动者:社会经济越是向前发展,政府职能和结构便要不断调整完善。对马克思恩格斯所构想的产品充分涌流的社会尚且如此,现实社会主义社会的政治和经济相辅相成的发展就更是如此。

二、社会把国家政权重新收回

                关于未来社会的构想,从社会和哲学意义上说,马克思将其构思为“自由人的联合体”,这是马克思在《资本论》结尾处又加以肯定的理想。从政治组织形式上来说,马克思将未来的模式确定为“社会共和国”。马克思多次表达了这一想法:“手持武器夺得了共和国的无产阶级,在共和国上面盖上了自己的印记,并把它宣布为社会共和国。”共和国只有作为“社会共和国”才有可能存在。这种共和国应该夺去资本家和地主阶级手中的国家机器,而代之以公社;公社应该公开宣布“社会解放,为共和国的伟大目标,从而以公社的组织来保证这种社会改造”。可见,马克思相信未来社会的组织形式应当是“社会共和国”。现在需要澄清的是马克思所说的“社会共和国”指称什么?为此,先讨论马克思设想的“社会共和国”的总原则。

                作为一种政治形式,“社会共和国”与资产阶级共和国是相对的。马克思恩格斯在《共产党宣言》中就指出:“现代的国家政权不过是管理整个资产阶级的共同事务的委员会罢了。”马克思在《路易·波拿巴的雾月十八日》中系统地分析了这种资产阶级共和国的形成、机制和作用,把《共产党宣言》中的这段定语发挥得淋漓尽致,是一部卓越的政治学著作。马克思之所以揭露批判资产阶级共和国的资产阶级性质,关键在于马克思认为资产阶级革命没有完成人类解放的目标。马克思的分析方法论与资产阶级革命时期的方法论不同,启蒙思想家总体上是法学世界观,把政治变革仅仅视为体制和法制上的变革,结果这种变革带来的只是形式上的解放。马克思认为,人类的解放应当在整个社会领域中得到实现,即在社会物质生产领域中得到实现。马克思认为,资产阶级革命强化了国家机器,沿着历史上历次变革强化国家机器的轨道在走,而且是大大推进了这一过程,它并没有改变国家机器作为统治阶级工具的性质。国家依然是凌驾于社会之上的权力,“是和人民大众分离的公共权力”。这样一种政治形式在马克思看来必然要被历史所超越。

                马克思提出一对概念:“政治的解放”和“社会的解放”。这一对概念表明了马克思在政治理想上的选择,那就是要超越资产阶级民主共和国的纯形式的政治解放,完成对社会的改造,实现社会解放,将政治形式和社会关系的内容统一起来。可以说:“社会的解放”是“社会共和国”的主要自的。在分析巴黎公社时,马克思再次提到“社会共和国”,并认为巴黎公社就是社会共和国的标本。那么“社会共和国”的总原则就可以从这里推论出来。在《法兰西内战》中马克思指出:“公社一一这是社会把国家政权重新收回,把它从统治社会、压制社会的力量变成社会本身的生命力,这是人民群众把国家政权重新收回,他们组成自己的力量关代替压迫他们的有组织的力量:这是人民群众获得社会解放的政治形式,这种政治形式代替了被人民群众的敌人用来压迫他们的社会人为力量,即被人民群众的压迫者所篡夺的力量,原为人民群众自己的力量,但被组织起来反对和打击他们。”马克思“社会共和国”的基本命题或日总原则是:将产生于社会但与社会相脱离的力量重新还归社会,或日社会收回,使社会公共权力与社会本身融为一体,不再构成超脱于社会之上的强制力量。

                这样的原则是历史唯物主义的结论。马克思分析政治权力的发生与发展时,始终强调事物的辩证发展过程。马克思在《人类学笔记》和恩格斯在《家庭、私有制和国家的起源》中,运用丰富的历史材料说明了国家或日社会权力产生和发展的过程,证明了这种权力怎样从社会产生又怎样变为社会的强制力量。而未来社会的发展将是在更高形式上复归到历史本来的面貌。恩格斯在《家庭、私有制和国家的起源》的最后一段,意味深长地引用了摩尔根《古代社会》的一段话作为结束语:“这将是古代氏族的自由、平等和博爱的复活,但却是在更高级形式上的复活。”

                需要思索的是,马克思提出的这一总体原则在社会主义社会还没有适应性。因为根据马克思的设想,这一原则在革命变革发生时就可以实现了,或者经过一段过渡时期就可以实现了。现实的状况告诉人们,实际的发展过程要复杂得多,人们遇到的情势与马克思的理论设想和预见相差甚远,打碎资产阶级国家机器可以通过革命来完成,但建立起符合马克思构想的社会体制却不能一就而就,实现这一理想原则需要一个渐进的发展过程。所以,马克思构想的这一总体原则在今天依然有其指导性的意义,其意义就在于如何将已经被社会公认的原则变为确切的可以操作的体制。

三、共和国是无产阶级进行统治的现成的政治形式

                第二个层次是马克思、恩格斯对未来社会组织形式的构想。

                在这方面,虽然他们没有描绘未来社会组织形式的总体蓝图,但从他们的各种论述中可以找到系统的线索。马克思主张的“社会共和国”,确定未来社会的政治形式应当是共和制的。恩格斯指出:“共和国是无产阶级将来进行统治的现成的政治形式”。但是他们也说得非常明确,共和国只是一种政治形式,“像其他任何政府形式一样,共和国取决于它的内容;当它还是资产阶级统治的形式时,它就和任何君主国一样敌视我们。”所以,他们的逻辑实际上就是,人类社会取得的某些政治设施,社会主义革命并不是要全然抛弃,而是要加以改造,使之真正成为名实相符的政治设施。关键在于内容。从打碎旧的政治机器到发展为全新的社会主义社会组织形式,恰恰是社会主义政治发展的任务。

                在《法兰西内战》中,马克思集中地分析了未来社会政治形式,并为没有达成这些要求的社会确定了政治发展的指标体系。马克思的基本归纳如下:(1)废除保护旧国家统治阶级利益的常备军,由武装的人民取而代之;(2)社会的代表应当由普选产生,代表应对选民负责,并且随时可以撤换;(3)实行议行合一的原则,决策机构不应当是议会式的,而应当是同时兼管行政和立法的工作机关;(4)作为政府的工具的警察失去一切政治职能,变为可以随时撤换的负责机关:(5)自上至下一切公职人员只应领取相当于工人工资的薪金,取消国家高级官更所享有一切特权以及支付给他们的办公费:(6)在废除常备军和警察这两种旧政府“物质权力的工具”时,摧毁“精神压迫的工具”,即僧侣势力,宣布教会与国家分离,一切学校对人民免费开放:(7)法官像其他社会公务员一样由选举产生,对选民负责,并且可以撤换:(8)旧的中央集权政府在外省让位给生产者的自治机关,“公社应该成为甚至最小村落的政治形式”:(9)地方成立代表会议,主管本地区所有一切农村公社的公共事务,代表会议派代表参加巴黎的全国代表会议,代表必须严格遵守选民的确切训令,并且随时可以撤换;(10)中央政府还有为数不多然而非常重要的职能,应该交给严格负责的公社官更,“旧政府机关的纯粹压迫机关应当铲除,而旧政府权力的合理职能应该从妄图驾于社会之上的权力那里夺取过来,交给社会的负责的公仆”:(11)通过公社制度组织实现民族的统一。以上是马克思从巴黎公社实践中得出的关于未来政治形式的主要观点。可以说,通常人们较为强调前7点,而一般现有的社会主义实践在理论上都确定了前7项原则。当然,具体实践的过程在各国又有所不同。而后4项原则却不太受到注意,在实践中也远未达到马克思的构想,基本原因是当代实践社会主义的国家和社会没有达到马克思所设想的生产力水平高度发达的状态,另外这几项原则在操作上也要复杂和困难得多。

                将马克思的构想归纳一下,马克思对未来社会主义政治的规定是:(1)社会原则,即这种政治形式应当摆脱其阶级统治的政治色彩,成为社会为达成自身目标和利益而必要的政治组织;(2)民主原则,所有公职人员应该选举产生,并可以撤换:(3)议行合一原则,根除资产阶级代议制的弊端:(4)经济原则,理想的政治形式应当是成本最小的形式,以促进社会的发展;(5)公仆原则,所有公职人员均是社会公仆,不应享受任何特权和优惠;(6)自治原则,应当努力发展各类的自治组织,实现人民的自我管理;(7)代表原则,各种利益应当在社会管理过程中有充分的意见反映和采纳;(8)相对集中原则,政治形式应当保证社会必要的集中,必要的中央职能要予以保存和完善;(9)统一原则,整个社会(民族)在有效的机制下达成高度的统一和平衡。这些基本原则对今天社会主义社会的发展依然有指导意义,因为这些社会还没有达到马克思所说的那种发展水平。

                国家与社会的关系历来是政治发展中的基本关系。马克思的基本思想认为,社会公共权力原本产生于社会,但因私有制和阶级的产生,它脱离了社会的母体,转而成为社会的“异已力量”,成为统治工具。未来革命的根本自的就是要在政治上消除这种脱离和异已性,使社会公共权力重新与社会融为一体。政治形式的发展便是要为这种政治变革提供有效的体制和机制,保证公共权力和执行公共权力的人不脱离母体,完全代表和维护社会的总体利益这和马克思构想的社会主义社会的总体发展相吻合。未来政治形式的选择和完善是总体原则的制度表现,没有这个制度表现,总体原则也无以实现。历史唯物主义认为,在私有制存在的社会中,在生产关系没有发生社会主义的变革之前,国家与社会这一对矛盾关系无以化解,而在生产关系发生变革之后,这一对矛盾关系的平衡还需要具体的政治形式来保障,否则这层关系并不能自动地平衡。这里,马克思为社会主义政治发展确定了政治形式的地位和意义。这也就是说,生产关系和生产资料所有制的变革克服了以往社会内在的不可克服的矛盾,但还需要政治形式发展来促进和保证,这正是目前社会主义政治发展面临的首要任务之一。

                根据上述分析,马克思构想的社会主义社会的政治发展的主要原则包括:(1)在现实社会主义社会中政治发展是一项重要的任务,因为它们没有马克思所构想的那些成熟的经济文化条件:(2)政治发展应当与社会经济发展同步,成为其推动力量,担当起组织新社会的职能;(3)政治发展的总目标是不断完善和丰富政治民主和社会民主,通过有效机制将有关职能返还社会:(4)政治发展的重要课题是形成适当的权威机制,尤其是适应现代化大生产的权威机制:(5)社会主义政治应当奉行经济原则,将更大的财力、物力和人力投入社会发展,而非消耗在政治和行政运转本身:(6)政治发展应当尽可能地发展社会自治和群众自治,扩大基层民主;(7)政治发展应保证民族和社会的一体化,把一体化建立在新型的有效机制上。

第三节政治平等升华到社会平等

                一、商品是天生的平等派

                平等观念在近代一切进步的社会政治思想中闪烁着迷人的光芒。资产阶级以平等观念为思想武器,借助本身已经充分发展的政治力量登上了历史的舞台。相应地,无产阶级也提出了自己的平等观念,并且把它作为反对资本主义制度,建立未来社会的政治理想和革命武器。马克思主义集中表述和反映了无产阶级的平等要求,以及无产阶级平等观与资产阶级平等观的根本区别。研究表明,马克思主义批判并扬弃了资产阶级的平等观念,以共产主义取而代之,使人类追求美好生活的早期表述一一平等观念发生了革命变革。

                平等观念的产生具有历史必然性。平等的观念,无论以资产阶级的形式出现,还是以无产阶级的形式出现,本身都是一种历史的产物,这一观念的形成需要一定的历史条件,而这种条件本身又以长期的已往的历史为前提。

                平等观念在人类历史上经过了几千年才最终形成。在原始社会中,存在着一种原始的平等,即原始公社中公社成员之间的权利平等。但是,这种平等非常狭隘,局限于有限的范围内。在古希腊和古罗马,不平等的观念占统治地位,柏拉图、亚里士多德等人均把不平等作为社会政治生活的基础。到了中世纪,基督教也承认所有的人都有一种平等,即原罪的平等,或者还有“上帝选民”的平等。其后,资本主义生产方式和资产阶级逐渐兴起,资本主义经济运动使资产阶级平等观念的产生成为必然,同时也使资产阶级必然成为这种平等观念的政治代表。马克思主义深刻分析了平等观念随着资本主义生产方式的发展必然产生的历史原因。

                马克思指出:“商品是天生的平等派”。因此,商品这一资本财富的元素形成,不仅是马克思主义分析资本主义生产方式的起点,也是分析资产阶级平等观念的起点。

                第一,随着资本主义生产方式的发展,商品生产占据了统治地位。由于商品交换已经变得十分广泛和十分重要,劳动物便成为商品,分裂为有用物和价值物。商品的这种两重性的意义在于价值物本身要求着一种平等的权利,即所有人的劳动应具有“平等和同等的效用”。社会必要劳动时间就是商品价值的平等尺度,是“幽灵般的对像性”,也是一种现实的力量。商品生产须以这一平等尺度衡量一切商品,把不同商品所包含的不同种劳动化为它们的共同东西,化为一般人类劳动。商品的平等权利在政治经济学上的表现是支配商品生产的价值规律:等价物交换等价物。价值规律不仅在资本主义商品生产中起作用,而且它可以成为历史发展能动力量,生产这些产品的社会必要劳动时间作为起调节作用的自然规律强制地为自己开辟道路,就像房屋倒在人的头上时重力定律强制地为自己开辟道路一样。

                第二,价值规律要能够发生效用,商品所有者就应成为自由的、不受限制的人,并且摆脱了封建的束缚和人身依附的关系。因为只有独立的互不依赖的私人劳动的产品,才能作为商品直接对应,他们才能根据等价物交换的原则来行使他们的平等权利。然而,在封建社会中,物质生产的社会关系以及建立在这种生产的基础上的生活领域,都是以人身依附为特征的。摆脱人身依附必然表现为对封建特权的否定和对封建制度的突破。因此,这种平等的权利是商品生产否定封建制度的各种特权的直接结果。

                第三,商品生产这种资本主义生产方式是一种在生产过程中资本不断增殖的生产。资本增殖要求着一定数量的自由的劳动者,他们是资本寻求剩余价值必不可少的条件。自由的劳动者也必须摆脱封建的特权和人身依附的关系,以及封建行会的束缚。这样,劳动力所有者和货币所有者才能在市场上彼此作为“身份平等”的商品所有者发生关系。他们的不同在于,一个是卖者,一个是买者。他们双方在法律上是平等的人。因而,商品生产的进一步发展必然表现为争取普遍的自由平等的人权的要求。

                马克思主义从这种经济运动的必然要求上看到了资产阶级平等观念的根源,“作为纯粹观念,平等和自由是交换价值的交换的一种理想化的表现”。作为意识形态的自由平等观念只不过反映了经济发展的现实要求,并且把经济要求变成了纯粹的、普遍的政治要求。这种平等观念曾受到资产阶级的狂热崇拜。洛克断言:“人们既然都是平等和独立的,任何人就不得侵害他人的生命健康、自由或财产。”平等观念不仅作为意识形态,而且也作为一种政治法律制度被确定下来。美国1776年《独立宣言》中载明:“人人生而平等”。法国1789年《人和公民权利的宣言》中规定:“在权利方面,人们生来是而且始终是自由平等的。”资产阶级的平等观念在卢梭的政治学说中得到了典型地反映。卢梭提出了资产阶级平等的理想,即在社会契约的基础上建立平等,因为“每个人都生而自由、平等”,为此,“社会公约在公民之间确定了这样一种平等,以致他们大家完全都遵守同样的条件并且全部应该享有同样的权利”。卢梭提出的平等观念是资产阶级平等要求的基础,甚至今日西方理论家依然断言平等的主要内容是向每个人提供同样的权利。

                可以判明,资产阶级的平等要求是用一定的政治法律形式来保障资本主义生产所要求的平等。这种要求没有超出商品权利的范围,它所保护的实质上是商品及其所有者的权利,正像柏拉图和亚里士多德主张不平等是为了贵族和自由民的利益一样。当经济发展实际上已越来越迫切要求实行这种平等,而封建的政治制度却日益成为它的楷和障碍时,现实的运动必然会强烈地在观念形态上反映出来。这种反映自然会首先针对当时的社会政治制度,首先会要求在法权关系上确定物质运动所提出的各种要求。因此,资产阶级主张自由平等并非纯粹出于理想或新的伦理观念,他们只是用政治语言表述了资本主义生产方式内在的经济内容。

二、区分形式上平等与实质上平等

                马克思主义不仅指出了资产阶级平等产生的必然性,而且更重要的是,它还运用历史唯物主义的观点分析了资本主义生产方式及其社会政治结构,揭示了资产阶级平等的局限性,并且科学地指出,私有制是不平等的根源,随着资本主义生产方式的发展,私有制愈加巩固,愈加扩大,因而资产阶级社会中的不平等必然会达到历史的项点。

                从资产阶级平等观念的产生来看,平等观念只是商品在社会关系中转化为抽像价值的政治表现。在社会关系中,商品化为抽像价值,自然,人就可以化为抽像的人。资产阶级的平等观念便以这种抽像的人和人的抽像生活为前提。恰恰相反,马克思主义坚持从现实的物质生活出发,考察不平等的根源和平等形成的条件。马克思主义认为,不依个人意志为转移的物质生活,即一定的生产方式和交往形式是国家和政治生活的现实基础。理解平等或推演平等,不应从抽像的生活,而应从社会物质生活出发。

                在这个前提下,马克思主义的着眼点便是现实的人、社会的人和处于一定生产关系中的人。马克思主义扬弃了费尔巴哈的“抽像的人”的人类学的观念,十分注重人与生活其中的世界联系起来进行考察,发现现实的联系,从而清除那种“臆造的人为的联系”。马克思指出,人是最名副其实的社会动物。人类的主要活动是物质生产活动,马克思主义把人类当作“在历史中行动的人”,因而其分析和考察也首先在人类社会的物质生产领域中展开。

                第一,资本主义生产需要自由的劳动力。但是,一方面,劳动力所有者要出卖自己的劳动力,除了摆脱从属地位的伽锁之外,还有一个先决条件,那就是他们必须被剥夺了一切生产资料,而对生产资料这种剥夺的历史是用血和火的文字载人人类编年史的。这样一来,虽然这种自由的劳动力在法律形式上与生产资料的所有者具有一样平等的权利,但是由于他们无法生存,不得不出卖自己的劳动力;另一方面,在劳动力市场上(它属于流通领域),这种交易形式上是两个具有平等权利的人之间的交易,正如马克思所言,这里,“确实是天赋人权的真正乐园”,然而,考察应“离开这个噜杂的、表面的、有目共睹的领域”,进入隐蔽的生产场所,即进入生产领域。这样,资本主义制度的不平等就会昭然若揭。马克思主义指出,资本主义生产的根本自的在于占有工人创造的剩余价值。劳动力在与生产资料相结合的生产过程中,所创造的价值高于劳动力本身的价值,而这一部分价值又全部被资本家剥夺和占为已有。而且,资本家还可以通过各种手段让劳动力提供最大限度的剩余劳动。所以马克思说,工人出卖了劳动力之后,就像在市场中出卖了自己的皮一样,只有一个前途一一让人家来揉。资产阶级的平等在这里显出了原形:形式上是平等的,而实质上是最不平等的。等价交换的法则在这里被否定了。

                第二,在政治法律上,由于资产阶级的民主共和制冠冕堂皇地保护了资本的这种权利,所以自由平等的华丽辞藻、资产阶级平等的溢美颂诗也鼓噪一时。然而,在生产领域中,一切却截然不同:资产阶级平时十分喜欢分权制,特别是喜欢现代代议制,但资本在工厂法典中却通过私人立法独断地确立了对工人的专制。资本在生产资料的占有权使资本家在经济领域中建立了绝对的专制,在这里没有任何平等关系可言。为了迫使工人从事更多的剩余劳动,创造更多的剩余价值,资本发展成一种“强制关系”。生产资料变成了榨取他人劳动和剩余劳动的“合法权”和“强制权”,资本发展成为对劳动和工人的“指挥权”。

                最后,平等只表现为资产阶级剥压剩余价值的平等。资本是天生的平等派,它要求在一切生产领域内剥削劳动力的条件都是平等的,把这当作自己的天赋人权。平等地剥削劳动力,是资本的首要人权。

                马克思主义的剩余价值学说深刻地揭示了资本主义生产方式的秘密,揭露了资本主义生产方式是以不平等为基础的。资产阶级的平等要求仅仅是资产阶级的要求,它并不可能达到人类解放和实现人类真正平等的光辉境界。因此恩格斯说:“资本主义对多数人追求幸福的平等权利所给予的尊重,即使一般说来多些,也未必比奴隶制或农奴制所给予的多。”

                马克思主义创始人深刻揭示了资本主义社会中形式上的平等和实质上的不平等之间的矛盾。恩格斯指出:“民主制和其他任何一种政体一样,归根到底也是自相矛盾的、骗人的、也无非是一种伪善·。政治自由是假自由,是一种最坏的奴隶制:这种自由只是徒具虚名,因而实际上是奴隶制。政治平等也是这样。”马克思也形像地表述了这一思想:“正如基督教徒在大国一律平等而在人世不平等一样,人民的单个成员在他们的政治世界的天国是平等的,而在人世的存在中,在他们的社会生活中却不平等。”基于这样的认识,马克思主义认为,历史的发展必然要扬弃资产阶级的平等观念,而无产阶级的平等观念是实现人类真正平等的学表述。

三、从政治平等引申出社会平等

                无产阶级的平等同样是历史的产物,“无产阶级从政治平等中引申出社会平等的结论。”因为平等不仅是表面的,不仅在国家即政治领域中实行,它还应当是实际的,应当还在社会的、经济的领域中实行。那么,无产阶级平等要求的实际内容都是消灭阶级的要求。只有消火了阶级,人类才能实现真正的平等。

                无产阶级平等要求的实现是一个历史过程,首先必须剥夺资产阶级垄断的生产资料,消灭私有制,实行生产资料的社会公有制。这是实现真实平等的先决条件。资产阶级占有生产资料是资本主义社会中不平等的根源。生产资料的社会公有扫除了人类不平等的基础,这是一种物质的保证。当然,在无产阶级掌握了政权,实行生产资料公有制之后,真实平等的实现依然是一个历史的过程。在这里,平等要求的实现要经过两个阶段。

                首先是共产主义的第一阶段,在这个阶段,共产主义还不发展,因此它在经济、道德和精神上还带有资本主义社会的痕迹。在这个阶段,平等的权利还仍然被限制在一个资产阶级的框框里。在这里通行的依然是商品等价物的交换中也通行的同一原则,即等价物交换的原则。不过形式改变了,实行“各尽所能,按劳分配”。说这是限制在“资产阶级的框框”里,是因为“生产者的权利是和他们提供的劳动成比例的;平等就在于以同一的尺度一一劳动一一来计量”。人在体力上和智力上的差别会使不同的人提供不同量或不同质的劳动,而平等的权利仅以劳动的数量和质量为尺度,不顾及劳动者本身的情况,如体力的强弱,智能的高低、子女的多寡等等。“它默认不同等的个人天赋,因而也就默认不同等的工作能力是天然特权。所以就它的内容来讲,它像一切权利一样是一种不平等的权利。”权利平等即对所有人都实行同一的尺度。马克思主义充分估计到,仅仅把生产资料转归社会公有还不能消除分配方面的缺点和“资产阶级权利”的不平等。

                真实的平等到共产主义的第二阶段才能实现。要避免上述那些弊病,权利就不应当是平等的,而应当是不平等的,实行“各尽所能,按需分配”的原则。由此可见,真实的平等状态须以生产资料公有制条件下生产力的进一步发展为基础。

                马克思主义的平等观表现为一个辩证的运动,它最终要求的内容是消灭阶级。然而,在阶级以及阶级差别真正消灭了的时候,平等的要求也就失去了意义。因此,无产阶级争取平等的斗争过程本身也就是否定平等(作为传统意义上的平等)的过程。马克思主义确定共产主义实际上是一种“不平等”,它不要求毫无差别地对待一切人。资产阶级平等要求只涉及社会表面(法权方面),马克思主义的平等要求不仅要进入社会深层(社会经济领域),而且要根本扬弃传统意义上的平等观念,把“不平等”看成是真正平等的前提。

                马克思主义的平等观念是对资产阶级平等观念的扬弃,也是对平等观念本身的革命性的变革。马克思主义承认平等观念是历史的产物并在历史上有过积极的作用。然而,既然是历史的产物,那它就必然不是一种永恒的观念,而一定要在历史的发展中消失。共产主义就是平等观念的消失,因为此时实际生活(各尽所能,按需分配)已经超出了传统的平等观念的范畴,成为对传统平等观念的积极否定。这一历史发展的必然趋势,资产阶级思想家是无法发现的。他们在提出平等观念时,只不过是将自己阶级的平等观念赋予了永恒的、普遍的形式。马克思主义通过对历史规律的考察,洞察了思想观念存在的基础是一定历史阶段一定社会的物质生产活动,因而每一种观念都只具有历史的存在意义,不可能成为永恒的理想。

                马克思主义的创始人一开始就在寻求人类解放的道路,他们很早就发现,不能靠传统的平等要求来实现人类解放,因为它不能达到人类的最终解放。平等观念可以看作是“虚假的观念”,人们不应该接受自己头脑产物的统治,不能屈从于自己的创造物,而应当摆脱历史的理想观念,传统的平等观念,在现实生活中寻找人类解放的道路。

                马克思主义不像资产阶级思想家那样从形式上追求人类的平等,而是注重创造现实的人、具体的人和社会的人的幸福生活。这一探索使马克思主义深入到社会深层,从交换领域进人生产领域。马克思早就指出,资产阶级的平等要求充其量达到了“政治解放”。“政治解放”虽然是一大进步,但还不是一般人类解放的最后形式

                正因为如此,马克思主义认为资产阶级的平等要求不符合人类的真正生活状态,因为人权是“脱离了人的本质和共同体的利已主义的人的权利”,“人权并没有使人摆脱财产,而是使人有占有财产的自由:人权并没有使人放弃追求财富的龈行为,而只是使人有经营的自由”。“自由这项人权并不是建立在人与人结合起来的基础上,而是建立在人与人分离的基础上。这项权利就是这种分离的权利,是狭隘的、封闭在自身的个人的权利”。人权造成了“脱离社会整体的个人的人”。一方面,平等要求造成了人类生活的离异;另一方面,包蕴着私有财产的权利的基础的平等权利又加剧了社会的不平等,这便是资产阶级平等造成的结果。

                马克思主义超越了这种造成人与人分离的资产阶级平等理想,要求达到人与人自由联合的真正的完美状态。马克思最初用费尔巴哈的术语表述了自己的理想一一“类存在物”。后来,马克思主义用共产主义来命名自己的社会理想。马克思主义认为平等“表明人的本质的统一人的类意识和类行为、人和人的实际的同一二”。在资本主义社会中,这一切都处于相反的状态。资产阶级平等在形式上克服了封建的“政治异化”,而它却加剧了“劳动异化”,从而造成了更隐蔽、更全面的“政治异化”。

                马克思主义认为未来真实状态的实现取决于三项条件:经济前提,一切人的自由发展的必要的团结一致和在现有生产力基础上的个人的共同活动方式。在共产主义社会中,集中的个人享有充分的自由,但个人的自由发展和运动又须以集体统一为准则。生产资料的公有制将扫除商品生产带来的狭的平等观念。作为用同一尺度对待所有人的平等观念被扬弃了,因为在这里人们作为人(除了天然差别)在任何方面都毋需用同一尺度来衡量。作为人,他们都是联合体的积极成员和一切财产的共同所有者;作为消费者,产品直接表现为社会的产品,商品化为抽像价值的社会条件业已消失。在物质产品十分丰富的条件下,依照劳动享有权利的观念已没有存在的基础。当然,这种社会是以生产资料的公有制和生产力的高度发达为基础的

                因此说,马克思主义的平等观念是对传统平等观念的扬弃,把平等扬弃为一种共产主义的人道主义,具有共产主义的道德价值和伦理价值。从它直接要求共产主义和主张实现“各尽所能、按需分配”的原则来说,它在一定程度上并不是一种平等,而只能是共产主义。

第四节未来社会是自由人的联合体

                一、自由是类的本质

                马克思思想体系的宗旨是达到人类的解放,而不是个人、集团或某个阶级的解放。在马克思的思想体系中,人类解放的基本内容是人类获得自由。

                1842年6月,当马克思还是一位革命民主主义者,其世界观带有浓厚的唯心色彩的时候,他就满怀豪情地提出,应当 “把国家了解为相互教育的自由人的联合体”。马克思一贯注重的 “自由人的联合体”这个概念在这里首先出现。在随后的岁月中,他不断地阐明和发挥这个概念。1848年,在《共产党宣言》中明确规定了共产主义的社会政治理想: “代替那存在着阶级和阶级对立的资产阶级旧社会的,将是这样一个联合体,在那里,每个人的自由发展是一切人的自由发展的条件。”1867年,在《资本论》中,再一次把 “自由人的联合体” 作为历史运动的最高目标,指出: “让我们换一个方面,设想有一个自由人的联合体,他们用公共的生产资料进行劳动,并且自觉地把他们许多个人劳动力当作一个社会劳动力来使用。” 由此可见,“无建议展方向,怎样将共产主义与人类本身的发展紧紧地结合起来。

                “自由人的联合体”(或简称为“人的自由”)这个概念,在马克思思想发展的不同阶段上,其内涵是各不相同的,马克思对它的规定是发展的,是逐步科学化的。每当他在理论上取得重大突破时,总是重新考察这个概念,使之完善。

                马克思在青年时代,认为自由不仅是人的目的,而且是历史的自的。马克思把世界历史发展分为两个时期,不自由的时期和自由的时期。不自由时期从“人类史还是自然史的一部分”的时期一直到封建专制时期,即从“埃及的传说”到“等级制度占统治地位的国家”。马克思借用黑格尔的一个术语,称这一时期为“精神的动物世界”。在这个时期,人类分裂成许多不同种的“动物群”,他们之间的关系是不平等的关系。那时的法律便规定和维护这种关系。马克思深刻地揭示封建制度的不自由。马克思借用歌德《神秘》一诗中的“神圣的人类”一语来描绘世界历史的自由时期在这里,人应当成为“伟大圣者,即神圣的人类的高贵、可以自由转化的成员”。马克思相信,人类历史已经离不开自由时期,而开始进入自由时期,自由的光芒将扫荡封建的暖逮云。这时马克思的自由观有儿几个特点:

                第一,这种历史观显然受到了黑格尔历史哲学的影响。在黑格尔看来,理性是世界的主宰,因此世界历史过程是合理地完成的。他认为,精神同时是主体和客体,作为主体,它为自己创造客体:作为客体,它为自身所认识。精神一且认识了自身便回到自身,成为自由的精神。这种自由概念的发展就是历史。但马克思以自己自由观的实践性和现实性明显地区别于黑格尔。在黑格尔那里,自由作为一种抽像的客观意识发挥着作用,而马克思强调自由的历史的目的性,则是为了现实生活中的人得到自由。马克思在探讨人的自由时,首先以这种历史观为准绳。他把德国封建制度约束人的自由与法国资产阶级革命解放人的自由对立起来,并以法国资产阶级革命的原则为批判标准。在早期著作中,马克思十分推崇法国政治社会生活的样式和原则,原因在于他此时还是在用一般的民主原则批判封建政治,这种批判还限于德国封建主义的范畴。

                第二,这种自由是一般的自由,即抽像的自由。青年马克思笼统地接受了18世纪民主主义的解释。他认为,自由是人的天性,“自由意志是人的天性”,“人类本性的普遍自由”,“自由确实是人所固有的东西”,“自由是全部精神存在的类的本质”。这表明,马克思相信自由是人的本质,是人内在具备的赋,是排除了一切物质关系和社会关系的独立的因素。这种解释没有超脱启蒙时代以来意识形态的轨迹。在确定这一点之后,马克思进一步指出:“各种自由向来就是存在的,不过有时表现为特权,有时表现为普遍权利而已。”换言之,内在的本质还有一个“外化”的过程,在过去的历史中,它被歪曲地“外化”为一个阶级的特权,成为特权等级的独立和自由,“表现为私人特权、违背人民和政府的个体自由”。历史的任务在于使自由的本质表现为普遍的自由。

                在具体形态上,马克思区分出一般自由和具体自由这两种不同的概念,“在宇宙系统中每一个单独的行星一面自转,同时又围绕着太阳运转,同样,在自由的系统中各界也是一面自转,同时又围绕自由这一太阳中心运转”。一般自由和具体自由的关系是双重的:一方面,一切具体自由都是一般自由的表现,不能用其中“一定的种”的自由去衡量其他“种”的尺度、标准和范围,衡量的尺度应是一般自由;另一方面,一般自由又受一切具体自由的限制,自由的一种形式制约着另一种形式,正像身体的这一部分制约着另一部分一样。虽然青年马克思把自由视为人的本质,但自由的内容还是现实的,还是体现在人的实践上,表现为人的社会行为的自主和独立。

                这样,马克思自然就会判明,人的自由有赖于一定的外部条件,马克思把这种条件归之于人们实践活动的秩序领域,即国家法律制度。在青年马克思的心目中,要实现人的自由,必须设立合理的政治机构,必须变革封建政治。所以,他寄希望于理想的国家和公开的法律。

                在国家方面,马克思认为:不实现理性自由的国家就是坏的国家。理想的国家,应建立在自由理性的基础上。在国家这个机构里,必须实现法律的、伦理的、政治的自由。国家的任务应该是“使有道义的个人自由地联合起来”。具体地说,国家本身教育自己成员的办法是:使他们成为国家的成员,把个人的目的变成大家的目的,把粗野的本能变成道德的意向,把天然的独立性变成精神的自由,使个人和整体生活打成一片,使整体在每个个人的意识中得到反映。这样,人的自由才能实现。

                在法律方面,马克思认为真正的法律应当是实现了人的自由。因为法律只是在自由的无意识的自然规律变成有意识的国家法律时才起真正法律的作用。哪里的法律成为真正的法律,即实现了自由,哪里的法律就真正地实现了人的自由。人在自己的生活中服从自由的自然法律,只有超出这个界线,已经上升为法律的自由的自然规律才起强制作用,强制的自的是使人成为“自由的人”。

                在青年马克思看来,人的自由的保障在于国家法律制度。这类看法符合当时青年黑格尔派的政治态度。尽管此时马克思的自由观不是彻底唯物主义的,国家观和法律观也是处于这种状态,但他赋予自由的革命意义的用人的自由的观念反对封建统治、争取人类民主的革命精神却是确定无疑的。正是由于马克思的自由观有这样一个伟大的出发点,他的人的自由的概念在以后才能走向科学化。

二、恢复人的自由关键在于废除私有制

                正如马克思在《《政治经济学批判》序言》中表明的那样,实际斗争要求马克思对物质领域发表见解。这时,马克思开始钻研经济和法国社会主义思潮。同时,费尔巴哈的人本主义也感染了马克思,使他意识到批判黑格尔思想体系的重要意义。从这个时期起,马克思关于人的自由的概念发生了急剧的变革。

                马克思在《摩塞尔记者的辩护》一文中指出:“在研究国家生活现像时,很容易走人歧途,即忽视各种关系的客观本性,而用当事人的意志来解释一切。”这里说的“各种关系的客观本性”是什么呢?马克思探讨的结果,便是发现了私有财产在国家政治生活和市民生活中的决定作用,这一发现推进了马克思对人的自由概念的分析。

                对私有财产的考察,使马克思明确了他早就在注意的一层关系。在此之前,马克思用“私人利益”和“国家利益”、“现实和管理原则之间的矛盾”、“人类本性的普遍自由和特权等级的独立和自由”、“特权和普遍权利”等概念来规定这层关系。现在,马克思把这种形式上的对立归结为私有财产与人的对立。这也就加深了马克思对封建政制的认识,他明白表示:“最高阶段的政治制度就是私有制。”“政治国家对私有财产的支配权究竞是什么呢?是私有财产本身的权力,是私有财产的已经得到实现的本质”。“独立的私有财产,即抽像的私有财产以及与之相适应的私人,是政治国家的最高构成。政治的独立”被说成“独立的私有财产”和“拥有这种独立的私有财产的人,”。私有财产的意志是“政治国家的最高存在,最高的伦理性的存在”。在这里,是没有人的自由可言的。

                马克思批判《人权和公民宣言》中规定的关于自由的条文时,指出:这里所说的人的自由,是作为孤立的,封闭在自身的单子里的那种人的自由。马克思向往的人的自由是一切人的自由,是自由人的联合,这种自由须由“人类解放”来创造。

                马克思继续探讨私有财产对人的自由的束缚和压制。人在实践中,一把自然界当作直接的生产资料,二把自然当作人的生命活动的材料、对像和工具。人的生命活动就是劳动,劳动对人来说就是维持肉体生存的条件,人有意识地指挥和协调自己的生命活动,“而人类的特性恰恰就是自由的自觉的活动”。反过来说,正因为人类的特性是有意识的活动,人才是类存在物。“正因为人是类存在物,他才是有意识的存在物,也就是说,他自己的生活对他是对像。仅仅由于这一点,他的活动才是自由的活动”。人的自由在于能有意识地安置自己的生活,人的自由在于有意识的生命活动劳动。

                然而,在财产私有的条件下,人的自由遭到否定。否定的力量是异化劳动。异化劳动表现为劳动的对像作为异已的存在物与劳动相对立,劳动成了人“外在的东西,不属于他本质的东西”。原本体现人的自由生命活动一一劳动,在资本和劳动分离和额顽的条件下,“不是肯定自己,而是否定自己,不是幸福,而是不幸,不是自由地发挥自己的体力和智力,而是使自己的肉体受折磨,精神遭摧残”。因而人的自由化为乌有,工人只有在运用吃喝等“动物机能”时才觉得自己是“自由活动”,而在运用“人的机能”时却觉得“自己不过是动物”。异化劳动把“自我活动”、“自由活动”贬低为手段。人的不自由呈现为自身的活动替资本服务,受资本支配,处于资本的强制和压迫之下。

                马克思认识到,恢复人的自由,关键在于废除私有制。此时,马克思已经研究了社会主义和共产主义思潮。19世纪40年代:社会主义和共产主义学说在英法等国已广为传播。空想社会主义者均把私有财产视为人的自由的栓楷和人的奴役的条件。废除私有制,恢复人的劳动本质是他们的共同之点。这些观点成为马克思思想体系的新的核心。他指出:“共产主义是私有财产即人的自我异化的积极的扬弃”,“是人和自然界之间人和人之间的矛盾的真正解决,是存在和本质、对像化和自我确证、自由和必然、个体和类之间的斗争的真正解决”。人的自我异化的积极的扬弃等于人的自由的实现。马克思初步表达了这样一个思想,即人的自由的实现还取决于人和自然界、人和人之间这两个方面的矛盾和克服。人的自由不仅由国家和法律即人和人之间关系来决定,而且更由人和自然界的关系即生产方式来决定。马克思认为,私有财产是“异化了的、人的生命的物质的、感性的表现”,以往的全部生产运动都是私有财产运动的“感性表现”。而“宗教、家庭、国家、法、道德、科学、艺术等等,都不过是生产的一些特殊的方式,并且受生产的普遍规律的支配”。扬弃私有财产,就是占有人的生命,扬弃一切异化,从而扬弃宗教、国家。“人的复归”是人的自由主题的另一个变奏。在这里,初步显露了马克思关于物质生产制约社会生活各个领域的思路。

三、只有在集体中才能有个人自由

                关于人的自由的问题,马克思在《德意志意识形态》中做了决定性的理论建设,从而奠定了马克思主义思想体系的基础。在这部著作中,马克思不仅批判了老年黑格尔和青年黑格尔派(因为他们都相信“宗教、概念、普遍的东西统治着现存世界”),而且还超出了费尔巴哈的人本学。马克思认定,科学的观察方法的前提是人,“但不是处在某种幻想的与世隔绝、离群索居状态的人,而是处在于一定条件下进行的、可以通过经验观察到的发展过程中的人”。人不再是抽像的人,作为“类”的人,而是在现实的条件中生活和生产的人,作为阶级的人。人的自由也受到这些客观条件的制约,追求和实现人的自由不能离开这个基础。物质生产和物质生活条件是观念化的“异化劳动”的具体化

                马克思把分析的重点放在个人活动的物质条件上。他坚信这仅是说明人的自由条件的前提,而且也是理解人类历史的前提马克思在这里明确了人的自由所受的两个条件的制约:一是人必需的生活资料的生产以及由此构成的“生活方式”;二是进行物质生产的人与自然界的关系。个人的状况取决于人们进行生产的物质条件。马克思明确肯定了这个论点:“生命的生产一一无论是自己生命的生产(通过劳动)或他人生命的生产(通过生育)一立即表现为双重关系:一方面是自然关系,另一方面是社会关系。”

                这两种关系之间的关系如何呢?马克思在这里发挥了在《1844年经济学哲学手稿》中初步形成的思想,认为自然关系制约着社会关系。这是一个极为重要的论点。马克思指明,对人类来说,自然界起初是一种“完全异己的、有无限威力的和不可制服的力量”,与人相对立,人就像动物一样服从自然界的权力。随着人的进步和人的能力的完善,人们便初步掌握和调节自然界。“自然界和人的同一性也表现在:人们对自然界的狭隘的关系制约着他们之间的狭隘的关系,而他们之间的狭隘的关系又制约看他们对自然界的狭隘的关系。”马克思在这里第一次使人的自由摆开了“社会关系”,即政治法律范围,把人的自由视为首先受到人和自然关系制约的对像。

                马克思研究了英国古典政治经济学的分工理论。亚当·斯密的理论体系以劳动和分工为基础,因为劳动的分工是人类改造自然、创造财富的基本方式。古典经济学把分工看作是经济发展的条件,大加赞赏。黑格尔研究了分工与需要的关系,强调了分工造成的人们之间的依赖性和相互关系。马克思则从分工理论中看见了人的自由在现实生活中所受的主要限制。首先,分工的基本结构受到生产力发展的制约,与分工的发展相适应,产生不同的所有制。只要分工是自发形成的,而不是自愿形成的,人本身的活动就会变为人的异已的、与自身对立的力量,不是人驾驭这些力量,而是这些力量驾驭人,因为分工给每个人都规定了一个特定的活动范围,使他不能超出这个范围而自由活动。分工具有强制的性质,因为人们只有通过这种方式才能获取生活资料。一方面,分工形成的社会活动使人们自身的力量“聚合为一种统治我们的、不受我们控制的、与我们愿望背道而驰的并且把我们的打算化为有的物质力量”。另一方面,这种社会活动又形成“扩大了的生产力”。但在以往的历史中,人们的共同活动出于自发而不是自愿,因而又变为异已的、外在的力量,而不是人的“自身联合的力量”,不是促进人的自由,而是强化人的奴役。

                马克思所说的导致社会对立的分工,主要是指“物质劳动”和“精神劳动”的分工。分工是私有制的原因和存在条件。马克思认为最大的一次脑体劳动的分工表现为城乡分离。在这种分离中,人屈从于分工,屈从于被迫从事的活动,一些人变为“受局限的城市动物”,另一些人变成“受局限的乡村动物”,丧失了人的自由。

                马克思认为分工是工业的基础,人受到劳动产品的统治,尤其是积累起来的劳动统治。分工的对立表现为私有制和劳动的对立。“在大工业和竞争中,各个个人的一切生存条件、一切制约性、一切片面性都融合为两种最简单的形式一一私有制和劳动”。分工本身就包含着劳动条件劳动工具和材料的分配,从而包含着资本的分割,资本和劳动之间的“分裂”,“分工愈发达积累愈增加,这种分裂也就愈剧烈。”因而在资本主义生产方式下,高度发达的分工造成广资本和劳动的全面对立。生产力成为私有制的力量,而体现着这些生产力的人们却与他们自己的创造力对立着。人的自主活动除了劳动之外已没有其他形式,而且,资本主义也使劳动这种自主活动采取一种否定的形式

                马克思由此得出了一个合乎逻辑的结论:只有占有现有的生产力总和,无产阶级才能保证自己的生存,才能达到自主活动,才能获得取得自由的条件。马克思论证了实现人的自由的力量和主体只能是无产阶级。首先。占有应当带有适应生产力和交往的普遍性质,占有生产力的总和是同物质生产工具相适应的个人才能总和的发挥。现代生产力的总和是无产阶级创造的,因而只有无产阶级才具有适应生产力和交往的普遍性质。另外,也只有完全失去了自主活动的无产阶级才能获得充分的、不再限制的自主活动。历史上的占有都带有局限性,因为有限的生产工具和有限的交往束缚个人的自主活动,而“现代的普遍交往除了受全部个人支配,不可能通过任何其他途径受一个个人支配”。其次,占有还受到实现占有所必须采取的方式制约。马克思宣告:占有通过联合才能得到实现,由于无产阶级所固有的本性,这种联合只能是普遍性的,而且占有也只有通过革命才能得到实现。用革命的手段来打破旧的生产方式、交往方式和社会结构,同时建立新的世界,无产阶级也抛弃旧社会遗留给它的一切东西。这时,自主活动才同物质生活一致起来,而这点又是同个人向完整的个人发展以及一切自发性的消除相适应的。同样,劳动转化为自主活动,同过去的被迫交往转化为所有个人作为真正个人参加交往,也是相互适应的。联合起来的个人对全部生产力总和的占有,消灭着私有制。

                前面讲过,马克思提出的人的自由受人和自然的关系的制约的思想极为重要,这是唯物主义认识和实现人的自由的基础。早期马克思注重用国家法律形式保障人的自由,即躲避任何侵害自由的力量,因而人的自由的基础是良好的国家法律形式。现在,马克思得出了新的结论,政治生活受物质生活的制约,变革政治生活的样式关键在于变革物质生活的样式。而且,人的自由的重要领域不仅在政治领域,而且在物质生活领域。所以,在近代资本主义制度下,个人“更不自由,因而他们更加受到物的力量的统治”。而国家恰恰是保证了资本的自由,政治自由只是资本的自由,无产阶级国家处于“直接的对立”中。国家之所以限制人的自由,是因为它体现了物质生产方式的要求。只有改变生产方式和物质生活的方式,国家才会彻底变更,人的自由才能实现。现代国家意味着人类的分裂意味着自由对不自由的统治、意味着“冒充的集体”压制“真实的集体”。马克思反复强调联合起来的个人对生产总和的占有,意味着人们在依靠着自己的力量征服自然中得到更多的自身自由,从而克服自然界对人的自由的限制。个人的力量转为物的力量制约了人的自由,人的自由的恢复在于重新驾驭这些力量并消灭分工,“没有集体,这是不能实现的。只有在集体中,个人才能获得全面发展其才能的手段,也就是说,只有在集体中才能有个人自由”。这种个人联合以发达的生产力为基础,把个人的自由发展和运动的条件置于他们的控制下。

四、每个人全面而自由的发展

                马克思论证了人的自由受到物质生产关系的制约,人的自由首先是一种物质的、与生命活动紧紧相关的积极状态,而不是抽像的,只与思维活动联系的消极状态。这里,马克思基本上确立了自己的自由观的核心内容。不过,这些命题的展开和深化,是在马克思系统研究了政治经济学之后。这主要见之于《1857一1858年经济学手稿》和《资本论》。在《1857一1858年经济学手稿》中,马克思剖析了资本主义生产的基本内容一一商品生产和商品交换,确立了科学的劳动价值理论。平等和自由不仅在以交换价值为基础的交换中受到尊重,而且交换价值的交换是一切平等和自由的生产的、现实的基础。观念化的平等和自由则是这种经济运动的“理想化的表现”。从历史的运动来说,资产阶级的自由便是打破封建专制的栓楷发展资本主义、挣脱封建的人身依附取得自身的自由和自由的劳动力。

                马克思证明资本价值的自行增殖是资本主义生产的必要条件,资本总公式G一W一G矛盾的解决说明劳动力这种特殊的商品能够创造价值。从资本价值增殖需要的劳动力的性质来说,他应当是“自由的”,没有任何从属关系。马克思又在《资本论》中指出,劳动力所有者要把劳动力当作商品出卖,他就必须能够支配自己,成为自己肉体和劳动能力的“自由的所有者”。货市要转化为资本,就必须有“自由的工人”。马克思深刻地指出:“这里所说的自由,具有双重的意义:一方面,工人是自由人,能够把自己的劳动力当作自己的商品来支配,另一方面,他没有别的商品可以出卖自由得一无所有,没有任何实现自己的劳动力所必需的东西。”工人为了生存,只有出卖自身。在劳动过程中,工人受到资本的剥削和奴役,没有人的自由。

                马克思赋予人的自由的本质是人们的物质生产活动的解放。人们的物质生产活动挣脱了资本的外部强制,成为人们自觉的活动,这是人的自由最根本的条件。人们自觉地“克服这种障碍本身,就是自由的实现,而且进一步说,外在目的失掉了单纯外在必然性的外观,被看作个人自我提出的自的,因而被看作自我实现,主体的物化,也就是实在的自由一一而这种自由见之于活动恰恰就是劳动”。马克思表明,自由在于人能不受自然和社会外部强制的情况下自决。在社会生产尚没有发展到这一步时,人是被强制的,因而不能拥有选择的自由,不可能有自我设计、自我完成的客观条件。马克思在《资本论接近结尾的地方,再次明确重述了他的思想:“事实上,自由王国只有在由必需和外在目的规定要做的劳动终正的地方开始”。应当指出,马克思在这里所说的已不是纯粹的物质生产活动,而是“作为目的本身的人类能力的发展,真正的自由王国”。在物质生产领域,人们所能达到的“自由只能是:社会化的人联合起来的生产者,将合理地调节他们和自然之间的物质交换,把它置于他们的共同控制之下,而不让它作为盲目的力量来统治自己,靠消耗最小的力量,在最无愧于和最适于他们的人类本性的条件下来进行物质变换”。重要的是,马克思指出这仍然是必然王国,在这个必然王国的基础上,也只有在它的基础上,自由王国才能实现。这是自由和必然的辩证统一的关系,必然是此岸,是生产领域:自由是彼岸,是人的全面发展的领域,是人类自己筹划自己、自己决定自己的发展方向,并实现自己的发展、自我完善的领域。在这里,人的自由具体化为“人的全面发展”的伟大命题。马克思在《资本论》中指出,未来社会的基本原则是“每个人的全面而自由的发展”。人的全面发展就意味着,社会化的人,不受任何外部力量的强制而受意志的驱动,不由任何物理学和生物学的制约而只受生理能力的支配,充分发挥和发展自然历史和人类社会历史赋予人类的一切肉体力量和精神力量,其目的不是人的再生产本身,而是人的自由的创造性的发扬光大。

                从马克思的这些思想中,我们看到,马克思将人类与自然界关系的根本变革,视为人的自由的决定条件,把生产力的发展视为实现人的自由的积极力量。恩格斯明确地叙述了这一思想。他说:“自由是在于根据对自然界的必然性的认识来支配我们自己和外部自然界:因此它必然是历史发展的产物。最初的、从动物分离出来的人,在一切本质方面和动物本身一样不自由的:但是文化上的每一个进步,都是迈向自由的一步····唯有借助于这些生产力,才有可能去实现这样一种社会制度,在这种制度下不再有任何阶级差别,不再有任何对个人生活资料的忧虑,这种制度下第一次能够谈到真正的人的自由,谈到那种同已被认识的自然规律相协调的生活。”马克思是这样辩证地理解这两者的关系的:人类为了生存必须征服自然界,在征服自然界的斗争中人们相互之间又形成了这样或那样的关系。在表面上,人的自由受到自然界和社会关系两个领域的限制,实际上它们不是平行的领域。在生产尚不发达、生产关系尚带有历史局限性的时候,人的自由直接表现为对社会的关系,表现为对自然的掌握和利用。社会关系受征服自然和掌握自然的程度的制约,人们对自然取得了自由,也就对社会取得了自由。

后记

                本书在全体的努力下已经胜利完成,大家阅读完本书后,一定想了解每一个参与这项工作的人对本书的贡献。

                本书大纲的设计和确立的工作进程是这样的:王沪宁提出了最初的方案,后经孙关宏林尚立刘慧华、李维康和陈车做了一次讨论,讨论后由王沪宁做修改。修改后的大纲又经上述人员讨论,最后王沪宁确立基本框架。在写作过程中,每个人均对大纲提出了宝贵的意见。

                本书各章初稿的写作分工如下:王沪宁(第一、二、十六章)、林尚立(第五、七、八、十二、十三、十四章)、孙关宏(第三、四章)、刘慧华(第十一、十五章)、胡伟(第十章)、陶东明(第九章)陈明明(第六章)。另外赵志敏参加了第三章补充材料的工作,陶东明、吴天勇参加了第四章补充材料的工作。

                初稿写成后,由王沪宁提出意见,由作者进行修改。二稿由王沪宁林尚立加工并进行修改。全体作者参加了集体审稿会。最后由王沪宁定稿。

                1993年3月

Posted in Economy 经济, Foreign Relations 外交, History 历史, Ideology 思想, Politics 政治 | Tagged , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , | Leave a comment